Грамматика английского языка

Теги: языкознание и языки лингвистика языки мира

ISBN: 978-5-4488-2668-9

Похожие

Английский язык. Учебник для медицинских вузов

Конструктивный анализ структуры предложения

Практическая грамматика английского языка

Unit 5. Be healthy!

Текст

СРЕДНЕЕ ПРОФЕССИОНАЛЬНОЕ ОБРАЗОВАНИЕ
____________________________________________________________

Ю.А. Иванова, Ю.И. Мишенева,
В.Г. Нестеренко, Т.Н. Сайтимова

ГРАММАТИКА
АНГЛИЙСКОГО ЯЗЫКА
Учебное пособие для СПО

Рекомендовано Учебно-методическим отделом СПО в качестве
учебного пособия для использования в учебном процессе
образовательными учреждениями среднего профессионального
образования по всем профессиям и специальностям

Саратов
Профобразование
2026

УДК 81
ББК 81.2
Е56

Е56

Грамматика английского языка : учебное пособие для СПО /
Ю.А. Иванова, Ю.И. Мишенева, В.Г. Нестеренко, Т.Н. Сайтимова. —
Саратов : Профобразование, 2026. — 213 с. — (Среднее профессиональное
образование). — Текст : электронный.
ISBN 978-5-4488-2668-9
Учебное пособие содержит материалы для изучения английского
языка: теория грамматики, тренировочные упражнения, тестовые задания,
а также неадаптированные тексты из различных периодических, учебных и
методических английских изданий и задания к ним.
Подготовлено в соответствии с Федеральным государственным
образовательным стандартом среднего профессионального образования.
Учебное пособие предназначено для студентов всех профессий и
специальностей,
изучающих
дисциплину
«Иностранный
язык
(английский)».

Учебное электронное издание

Обложка Я.А. Кирсанов, С.С. Сизиумова, фотобанк Freepik

ISBN 978-5-4488-2668-9

Введение
Обучение иностранному языку в современных условиях направлено на
комплексное развитие коммуникативной, когнитивной, информационной,
социокультурной, профессиональной и общекультурной компетенций
студентов.
Базовая, коммуникативная компетенция, формируемая при изучении
предмета «Иностранный язык», включает ряд других компетенций:
– лингвистическую (автоматизированные экспрессивные и рецептивные
лексико-грамматические навыки, речевые и языковые умения во всех видах
речевой деятельности, знание правил употребления языка);
– социолингвистическую (способность выбора и преобразования
языковых форм в зависимости от характера общения);
– социокультурную (готовность и способность к ведению диалога
культур, знание общественного и культурного контекста, в котором
функционирует язык);
– компенсаторную (развитие умений выходить из трудного положения
(при дефиците языковых средств) за счет использования других средств,
например, синонимов, антонимов, перифраза и т.д.);
– стратегическую (овладение системой знаний о том, как язык может
изучаться и употребляться);
– социальную (наличие личностно значимого опыта и умения вступать в
коммуникацию с другими людьми, способности ориентироваться в ситуации
общения, навыка продуктивного партнерства в условиях коллективной
коммуникации).
Учебное пособие «Грамматика английского языка» создано с учетом
следующих педагогических и методических принципов: коммуникативной
направленности,
культурной
и
педагогической
целесообразности,
интегративности, нелинейности, автономии студентов.
Принцип коммуникативной направленности предполагает преобладание
проблемно-речевых и творческих упражнений и заданий над чисто
лингвистическими,
репродуктивно-тренировочными,
использование
аутентичных ситуаций общения.
Принцип культурной и педагогической целесообразности основывается
на тщательном отборе тематики упражнений, языкового, речевого и
страноведческого материла, а также на типологии заданий и форм работы с
учетом уровня подготовки, возможного контекста деятельности и потребностей
студентов. Формирование собственно коммуникативных и социокультурных
умений происходит в соответствии с принятыми в странах изучаемого языка
нормами социально приемлемого общения. Особое внимание уделяется
осознанию имеющихся ложных стереотипов о культуре других стран, которые
препятствуют формированию разностороннего представления об иноязычной
культуре, с учетом имеющихся социальных, этнических и других особенностей
жизни различных групп граждан.
3

Принцип интегративности предполагает интеграцию знаний из
различных предметных дисциплин, одновременное развитие как собственно
коммуникативных,
так
и
профессионально-коммуникативных,
информационных, академических и социальных умений.
Принцип нелинейности предполагает не последовательное, а
одновременное использование различных источников получения информации,
ротацию ранее изученной информации в различных разделах курса для
решения новых задач. Данный принцип также обеспечивает возможность
моделирования аудиторных занятий с учетом реальных языковых
возможностей студентов.
Принцип автономии студентов наглядно представлен в структуре
пособия, требованиях к выполнению заданий, содержании контроля и
критериях оценивания тестовых заданий, а также в возможностях
использования системы дополнительного образования для корректировки
индивидуальной траектории учебного развития. Организация аудиторной и
самостоятельной
работы
обеспечивает
высокий
уровень
личной
ответственности студента за результаты учебного труда, одновременно
обеспечивая возможность самостоятельного выбора последовательности и
глубины изучения материала, соблюдения сроков отчетности и т.д.
При изучении дисциплины «Иностранный язык» перед студентом стоят
следующие задачи ее освоения:
– развитие и совершенствование знаний, умений и навыков в области
фонетики, грамматики и лексики изучаемого языка;
– развитие навыков устной речи в рамках бытовой, культурной и
профессиональной сфер общения;
– развитие навыков чтения с целью извлечения значимой для студента
информации;
– овладение навыками реферирования, аннотирования;
– готовность проявить позитивное отношение и толерантность к культуре
страны изучаемого языка.
Таким образом, упражнения и задания, предложенные в пособии,
направлены на формирование следующих компетенций у студентов,
изучающих английский язык:
– владение одним из иностранных языков на уровне, позволяющем
получать и оценивать информацию в области профессиональной деятельности
из зарубежных источников,
– готовность к толерантному восприятию социальных и культурных
различий, уважительному и бережному отношению к историческому наследию
и культурным наследиям,
– стремление к саморазвитию, повышению своей квалификации и
мастерства.
В результате изучения дисциплины «Иностранный язык» данного
студент должен знать основные фонетические и грамматические
закономерности английского языка, отражающие специфику общения в
бытовой, учебно-познавательной и культурной сферах, значения новых
4

лексических единиц, связанных с типичными ситуациями для всех видов
устного и письменного речевого общения в рамках изученных тем,
социокультурную специфику страны изучаемого языка, иметь представление о
быте, культуре, своеобразии её традиций, о взаимоотношениях с другими
странами и народностями; уметь составлять высказывание в рамках изученной
тематики и проблематики, выступать с развернутым подготовленным
сообщением по заданной или выбранной теме, композиционно правильно
строить свое сообщение, владеть речевым этикетом повседневного общения,
инициировать и поддерживать беседу на общекультурные и профессиональные
темы, читать с достаточным пониманием тексты разных стилей, используя
основные виды чтения в зависимости от коммуникативной задачи, адекватно
переводить текст социокультурной, деловой и профессиональной тематики с
целью детального понимания основных и второстепенных фактов, понимать
основное содержание и извлекать необходимую информацию из несложных
аутентичных аудио- и видеотекстов, вести личную и деловую переписку,
сообщать сведения о себе в форме, принятой в стране изучаемого языка,
составлять резюме на основе прочитанного текста; владеть основными
навыками аудирования, чтения, говорения и письма на изучаемом языке,
основными навыками реферирования, аннотирования и перевода научной и
другой литературы по специальности, готовностью к повышению уровня
учебной автономии и дальнейшему самообразованию, к использованию опыта
владения языком для исследовательской деятельности, способами
использования приобретенных знаний и умений для получения сведений из
иноязычных источников информации (в том числе через Интернет),
необходимых в образовательных и самообразовательных целях.
Одним из начальных шагов овладения иностранным языком является
изучение грамматических основ. Именно грамматика закладывает правильное
понимание языка и правила его использования, поэтому учебное пособие
«Грамматика английского языка» состоит из шести глав, каждый из которых
содержит в себе ТЕОРИЮ – грамматический справочник с примерами и
исключениями,
ПРАКТИКУ
–
закрепляющие
тренировочные
и
коммуникативные упражнения, ТЕСТЫ – измерительные материалы для
самостоятельной проверки знаний языкового грамматического аспекта и
ЧТЕНИЕ – аутентичный текстовой материал, где встречаются грамматические
конструкции, изучаемые в данной главе с заданиями, связанными с такими
видами речевой деятельности как чтение, говорение, письмо.
Данное учебное пособие ставит своей целью расширить знания студентов
по грамматике английского языка и умения практического использования
грамматических правил посредством разнообразных упражнений. В пределах
каждой главы грамматические упражнения расположены по мере возрастания
трудностей, что позволяет преподавателю подбирать упражнения в
соответствии с языковым уровнем студентов.
Учебное пособие предназначено для студентов всех форм обучения как
на начальном этапе, так и для продолжающих изучение английского языка на
базе средней школы и рассчитано на полный курс обучения. Объем материала
5

представляется достаточным для достижения основной задачи пособия –
овладение основными грамматическими формами и выработка навыков их
применения.
Особенностью изучения иностранного языка является тот факт, что
большая часть языкового материала должна прорабатываться самостоятельно.
Таким образом, каждому аудиторному занятию (2 часа) должна предшествовать
самостоятельная подготовка (не менее 6 часов). В связи с этим данное учебное
пособие предназначено как для аудиторной, так и самостоятельной работы
студентов при изучении английского языка.
Кроме того, тематика текстов, подобранных для главы чтения учитывает
интересы современных молодых людей и дает возможность повысить
общеобразовательный уровень студентов, уметь использовать знание
иностранного языка в целях профессионального и личностного развития и
владеть стратегиями расширения профессионального кругозора при
совершенствовании иностранного языка.

1 глава

Theory
Артикль
(The Article)
Артикль – это служебное слово, являющееся одним из основных
формальных признаков существительного.
Он не имеет самостоятельного/отдельного значения и не переводится на
русский язык. В английском языке есть два артикля – неопределенный и
определенный. В русском языке артиклей нет.
1 Неопределенный артикль имеет две формы: a и an.
Форма a употребляется перед словами, которые начинаются с согласного
звука: a man - человек. Форма an употребляется перед словами, которые
начинаются с гласного звука: an answer - ответ.
– Неопределенный артикль употребляется только перед исчисляемыми
существительными в единственном числе. Во множественном числе он
опускается (так называемый "нулевой артикль"), а иногда заменяется
неопределенными местоимениями some несколько, any любой, всякий.
– Существительное употребляется с неопределенным артиклем, когда оно
называет какой-нибудь – любой предмет из всего класса однородных предметов.
This is a table. Это стол.
– В восклицательных предложениях перед исчисляемым существительным
в единственном числе, стоящим после слова what какой, что за:
What a lovely day! Какой чудесный день!
– Неопределенный артикль входит в ряд устойчивых сочетаний и
выражений:
a few несколько

a good deal много

a little немного

as a rule как правило

a lot of много

as a result в результате

a great deal of много

as a matter of fact собственно
говоря
to have a good time хорошо
провести время

at a speed of со скоростью
at a time when в то время
когда
for a while на некоторое
время

to have a mind намереваться

for a long (short) time в
течение долгого (короткого)
времени

to have a look взглянуть

in a low (loud) voice тихим
(громким) голосом

to have a smoke закурить

to be in a hurry спешить

to have a rest отдохнуть

to go for a walk идти гулять

to take a seat сесть

to have a cold быть
простуженным
It is a pity. Жаль.

to tell a lie солгать

It is a shame! Какой позор!

What a shame! Какой позор!

It is a pleasure. С удовольствием.

2 Определенный артикль имеет одну форму the и употребляется перед
существительными в единственном и множественном числе.
– Существительное употребляется с определенным артиклем, когда речь
идет об определенном предмете (или предметах).
John has brought a book. The book is interesting. Джон принес книгу.
(какую-то) Книга – интересная. (та, которую он принес).
– Определенный артикль употребляется перед существительными,
обозначающими предметы и понятия, единственные в своем роде, например: the
sun солнце, the moon луна, the earth Земля (планета), the ground земля (почва),
the universe вселенная, the cosmos космос, the world мир, the atmosphere
атмосфера, the sky небо, the horizon горизонт, the equator экватор и т.д.
When we went out, the moon was shining.
Когда мы вышли, светила луна.
Но существительное God бог употребляется без артикля:
Do you believe in God?
Вы верите в бога?
– Определенный артикль употребляется перед существительными,
обозначающими социальные группы или классы людей: the aristocracy
аристократия, the nobility дворянство, the bourgeoisie буржуазия, the public
общественность, the proletariat пролетариат, the peasantry крестьянство, the
common people простой народ и т.д.
– А также определенный артикль употребляется перед прилагательными и
причастиями,
превратившимися
в
существительные,
со
значением
множественного числа: the poor бедные, the rich богатые, the strong сильные,
the old старики, the young молодежь, the blind слепые, the wounded раненые,
the learned ученые, the jobless безработные и т.д.
– Определенный артикль the употребляется с названиями:
1) четырех сторон света: the North север, the South юг, the East восток, the
West запад; Но если существительное обозначает направление, то оно

употребляется без артикля: We wish to head west. Мы хотим направиться на
запад (в западном направлении).
2) полюсов: the North Pole Северный полюс, the South Pole Южный полюс,
the Arctic Арктика;
3) регионов: the Far East Дальний Восток, the north of England Север
Англии, the south of Spain Юг Испании;
4) океанов: the Atlantic Ocean Атлантический океан, the Pacific Ocean
Тихий океан;
5) морей: the North Sea Северное море, the Baltic Sea Балтийское море;
6) проливов: the Strait of Magellan Магелланов пролив, the Bosporus пролив
Босфор;
7) каналов: the Panama Canal Панамский канал, the Suez Canal Суэцкий
канал;
8) рек: the Mississippi Миссисипи, the Thames Темза, the Neva Нева;
9) озер: the Baikal Байкал, the Ontario Онтарио;
10) групп островов: the British Isles Британские острова, the Azores
Азорские острова;
11) горных цепей: Alps Альпы, the Rockies Скалистые горы, the Andes
Анды;
12) пустынь: the Karakum Каракумы, the Sahara пустыня Сахара.
– Определенный артикль the употребляется с названиями:
1) сооружений и отдельных уникальных зданий: the Great Wall of China,
the Ostankino Television Tower, the Kremlin, the Tower, the White House, the
Winter Palace, the Royal Palace;
У этого правила много исключений, особенно если название сооружения
или здания содержит определение, выраженное именем собственным (имя
человека или название населенного пункта): Westminster Abbey, Buckingham
Palace, Hyde Park, London Zoo, Edinburgh Castle и т.д.
2) театров, кинотеатров, концертных залов, оркестров, клубов: the Royal
Opera House Королевский оперный театр, the Bolshoy Theatre Большой театр;
3) картинных галерей, музеев, памятников: the National Gallery
Национальная картинная галерея, the Tretyakov Gallery Третьяковская галерея;
the British Museum Британский музей, the Hermitage Эрмитаж; the Washington
Monument памятник Вашингтону , the Lincoln Memorial Мемориал Линкольна;
4) гостиниц, ресторанов: the Metropole гостиница "Метрополь", the Savoy
гостиница "Савой", the Hilton гостиница "Хилтон", the "Astoria" гостиница
"Астория";
5) кораблей, музыкальных групп: the Titanic корабль "Титаник", the
"Queen Mary" корабль "Королева Мария", the "Cutty Sark" клипер "Катти Сарк";
the Beatles группа "Битлз";
6) большинства газет: the Guardian газета "Гардиан", the Times газета
"Таймс", the Washington Post "Вашингтон Пост". Не принято употреблять
артикль с названиями газет там, где его нет в языке оригинала: Izvestia газета
"Известия".

7) государственных учреждений, организаций и политических партий: the
Labour Party Лейбористская партия, the United Nations Organization Организация
Объединенных Наций, the Red Cross Красный Крест, the Greens "зеленые", the
Democratic Party Демократическая партия.
Традиционно артикль не используется со словом Parliament парламент (в
Англии); NATO; может быть опущен перед словом (The) Congress (в США).
Определенный артикль входит в ряд устойчивых сочетаний и выражений:
by the way между прочим
in the morning утром
in the afternoon днем
in the evening вечером
in the country за городом, в
деревне
in the past в прошлом
in the present в настоящем
in the future в будущем
in the distance вдали
in
the
plural
во
множественном числе
in the singular в единственном
числе
in the street на улице
just the same то же самое
on the one hand…on the other
hand с одной стороны…с
другой стороны
on the right (left) справа (слева)

on the whole в целом, в общем
out of the question невозможно,
исключено
the other day на днях (по
отношению к прошлому)
the
day
after
tomorrow
послезавтра
the
day
before
yesterday
позавчера
to go to the theatre (the cinema)
пойти в театр (кино)
to go to the country уехать за
город
to pass the time проводить время
to play the piano (guitar, violin,
etc) играть на пианино(гитаре,
скрипке и пр.)
to tell the truth сказать правду
to tell the time сказать, который
час
to the right (left) направо
(налево)
What is the time? Который час?

to tell the truth сказать правду, но говоря о лжи, пользуются неопределенным
артиклем - to tell a lie, потому что "лжи" может быть много.
3. Отсутствие артикля. Если перед существительным есть другие
определители-местоимения – притяжательные, указательные, вопросительные,
неопределенные; существительное в притяжательном падеже, количественные
числительные, отрицание no, не not.
– С именами и фамилиями людей, и кличками животных. Но если фамилия
стоит во множ. числе и обозначает семью в целом, тогда мы используем
определенный артикль the:
We will invite the Pavlovs.

Мы пригласим Павловых.

– Артикль не употребляется с названиями (все слова с большой буквы):
10

1) улиц и площадей: Broadway Бродвей, Wall Street Уолл-стрит; Trafalgar
Square Трафальгарская площадь ( в Лондоне), Red Square Красная площадь;
2) мостов и парков: Westminster Bridge Вестминстерский мост; Hyde Park
Гайд парк в Лондоне, Central Park Центральный парк в Нью-Йорке;
3) аэропортов, морских портов, станций ж/д и метро: London Airport
Лондонский аэропорт; Kennedy (Airport) аэропорт Кеннеди; London Port
Лондонский порт; Paddington Station станция Паддингтон;
4) учебных заведений (университеты, колледжи и т.п.): Columbia University
Колумбийский университет, Cambridge Кембридж, Oxford Оксфорд;
5) журналов: Time Magazine, National Geograohic – журналы.
6) исключения (встреч. иногда): the Arbat Арбат (в Москве), the Garden
Ring Садовое кольцо (в Москве), the Via Manzoni улица Манзони (в Милане); the
Gorki Park парк имени М. Горького (в Москве) и др.
– Артикль также не употребляется с названиями:
1) заливов: Hudson Bay Гудзонов залив; но в конструкциях с предлогом of
употребляется the: the Gulf of Mexico Мексиканский залив;
2) полуостровов (если используется только имя собственное): Kamchatka пов Камчатка; но с артиклем the в конструкциях: the Kola Peninsula Кольский
полуостров;
3) озер, если перед ними стоит слово lake – озеро: Lake Michigan озеро
Мичиган, Lake Ontario озеро Онтарио, (но без слова lake - the Ontario);
4) водопадов: Niagara Falls Ниагарский водопад;
5) отдельных островов: Great Britain Великобритания, Cuba Куба, Sicily
Сицилия;
6) отдельных гор и горных вершин: Elbrus Эльбрус, Kilimanjaro
Килиманджаро.
7) континентов: Europe Европа, Asia Азия, North/South America
Северная/Южная Америка; также, если перед ними определения типа: South
Africa Южная Африка, South-East Asia Юго-Восточная Азия;
8) стран (есть исключения): France Франция, China Китай, Russia Россия,
England Англия, America Америка, Great Britain Великобритания;
9) провинций, штатов: Quebec Квебек; Texas Техас (штат), California
Калифорния (штат);
10) городов и сел: Paris Париж; Washington Вашингтон; Moscow Москва;
London Лондон; Oxford Оксфорд; Borodino Бородино.
Исключения:
1) названия некоторых стран и местностей: the Ukraine Украина; the
Argentine Аргентина; the Congo Конго; the Caucasus Кавказ; the Crimea Крым;
the Hague Гаага и др.;
2) Артикль the с официальными названиями стран, включающими такие
слова, как republic, union, kingdom, states, emirates, а также с географическими
названиями стран во множественном числе: the German Federal Republic
Германская Федеративная Республика; the Russian Federation Российская
Федерация; the United Kingdom = the UK Объединенное Королевство; the United
States of America = the USA Соединенные Штаты Америки; the United States
11

Соединенные Штаты; the United Arab Emirates Объединенные Арабские
Эмираты; the Netherlands Нидерланды; the Philippines Филиппины;
3) с названиями континентов, стран, городов, если они имеют
индивидуализирующее определение: the Moscow of the 17th century Москва XVII
века; the Europe of the Middle Ages средневековая Европа.
Артикль отсутствует в ряде устойчивых словосочетаний, например:
to ask permission просить
разрешения
to be in bed лежать в постели,
болеть
to be at home быть дома
to be at school быть в школе
to be at table быть за столом (за
едой)
to be in town быть в городе
to be on holiday быть в отпуске
to declare war объявить войну
to go by water (air, sea, land)
передвигаться водным
(воздушным, морским,
сухопутным) путем
to go home пойти домой
to go to bed ложиться спать
to go to school ходить в школу
(учиться)

to go to sea стать моряком
to go to town поехать в город
to keep house вести хозяйство
to leave school закончить школу
to leave town уехать из города
to make haste торопиться
to make use of использовать
to play chess (cards, football, tennis,
hockey, etc.) играть в шахматы
(карты, футбол, теннис, хоккей и
т.д.)
to take care заботиться
to take part участвовать
to take place происходить
to tell lies говорить неправду

to go/(travel, come, arrive) by bus/(car, boat, ship, plane, air, train ехать
(путешествовать, приехать) автобусом (машиной, теплоходом, самолетом,
поездом)
at breakfast (dinner, lunch, supper)
за завтраком (обедом, ланчем,
ужином)
at hand под рукой
at home дома
at night ночью
at peace в мире
at present в настоящее время
at school в школе (на занятиях)
at sunrise на рассвете
at sunset на закате
at table за столом
at war в состоянии войны

by mistake ошибочно
by name по имени
by night ночью
by phone по телефону
by post по почте
by train (tram, boat, bus, taxi и т.д.)
поездом (трамваем, пароходом,
автобусом, такси и т.д.)
in conclusion в заключение
in debt в долгу
in detail подробно
in fact действительно
in mind мысленно
12

at work на работе
in time вовремя
by air по воздуху
in trouble в беде
by chance случайно
on board на борту
by day днем
on business по делу
by hand от руки
on credit в кредит
by heart наизусть
on deck на палубе
by land по суше
on foot пешком
by sea морем
on holiday в отпуске
by mail по почте
on sale в продаже и др.
by means of посредством
arm in arm рука об руку
from morning till night с утра до
day after day день за днем
вечера
day by day изо дня в день
from town to town из города в город
from beginning to end с начала до from time to time время от времени
конца
hand in hand рука об руку
from left to right слева направо
side by side рядом

Practice
1. Put the article where it is necessary.
1. This is ... tree. ... tree is green. 2. I can see three ... boys. ... boys are playing. 3. I
have ... bicycle. ... bicycle is black. My ... friend has no ... bicycle. 4. Our ... room is
large. 5. We wrote ... dictation yesterday. ... dictation was long. 6. She has two ...
daughters and one ... son. Her ... son is ... pupil. 7. My ... brother's ... friend has no ...
dog. 8. This ... pencil is broken. Give me that ... pencil, please. 9. She has ... ball. ...
ball is ... big. 10. I got ... letter from my ... friend yesterday. ... letter was interesting.
2. Put the article where it is necessary.
1. This is ... pen. ... pen is red. 2. These are pencils. ... pencils are black. 3. This is ...
soup. ... soup is tasty. 4. In the morning I eat ... sandwich and drink ... tea. 5. She gave
me ... coffee and ... cake. ... coffee was hot. ... cake was tasty. 6. Do you like ... icecream? 7. I see ... book in your ... hand. Is ... book interesting? 8. She bought... meat, ...
butter and ... potatoes yesterday. She also bought ... cake. ... cake was very ... tasty. We
ate ... cake with ... tea. 9. This is my ... table. On ... table I have ... book, two ... pencils,
... pen and ... paper. 10. This is ... bag. ... bag is brown. It is my sister's ... bag. And this
is my ... bag. It is ... yellow.

3. Put the article where it is necessary.
1. I have two ... sisters. My ... sisters are ... students. 2. We are at ... home. 3. My ...
brother is not at ... home, he is at ... school. 4. My ... mother is at ... work. She is ...
doctor. 5. I am not ... doctor. 6. I have no... sister. 7. He is not ... pilot. 8. I have thirtytwo ... teeth. 9. He has ... child. 10. She has two ... children. Her children are at ...
school. 11. Is your father at ... home? — No, he is at ... work. 12. Where is your ...
brother? — He is at ... home.
4. Put the article where it is necessary.
1. We have ... large ... family. 2. My granny often tells us ... long ... interesting ..
stories. 3. My ... father is ... engineer. He works at ... factory. ... factory is large. 4. My
... mother is ... doctor. She works at ... large ... hospital. She is at ... work now. 5. My ...
aunt is ... teacher. She works at ... school. ... school is good. My ... aunt is not at ...
school now. She is at ... home. She is drinking ... tea and eating ... jam. ... jam is sweet.
I am at ... home, too. I am drinking ... tea and eating ... sandwich. ... sandwich is tasty.
6. My sister is at ... school. She is ... pupil. 7. My cousin has ... big ... black ... cat. My
cousin's ... cat has two ... kittens.
5. Put the article where it is necessary.
1. I am ... engineer. 2. My ... son is ... pupil. 3. He is ... good ... pupil. 4. This is ...
house. 5. This is my ... pencil. 6. You have some ... pencils, but I have no ... pencil.
Give me ... pencil, please. 7. I like your ... beautiful ... flower. Give me ... flower,
please. 8. My ... mother is at ... home. She is reading ... interesting ... book. 9. My ...
father is not at ... home. He is at ... work. He is ... doctor. He is ... good ... doctor. He
works at ... hospital. ... hospital is large.
6. Put the article where it is necessary.
1. Many people have … pets. 2. We have … big garden in … country. My granny used
to work in … the garden. 3. Elisabeth knows how to knit … pullovers. 4. Mary knows
how to cook … soup. 5. My cousin doesn`t like … tomato juice. 6. At … beginning of
June Sarah goes on … holiday. 7. They will play … chess if … weather is rainy. 8.
Harry made … mistakes in … test. … most mistakes were corrected. 9. John told them
… road was closed. 10. It is past … time Jane usually goes to school. 11. There was …
big palm tree in front of … their window. 12. Could you bring … coffee and … milk
for me and … green tea for my companion, please!
7. Put the article where it is necessary.
My friend's ... flat is very comfortable. There are ... three rooms in ... flat: ... living
room, ... study and ... bedroom. ... living room is not very large. ... walls in ... living
room are blue. There are ... pictures on ... walls. There is ... table in ... middle of ...
room with some chairs around it. To ... left of ... door there is ... sofa. Near ... sofa there
are ... two large armchairs. They are very comfortable. There is ... piano in my friend's
living room. ... piano is to ... right of ... door. ... bedroom and ... study are small. ...
furniture in ... flat is brown.

8. Put the article where it is necessary.
Here is ... large window. Through ... window we can see ... room. Opposite ...window
there is ... door. On ... door there is ... curtain. In ... corner of ... room there is ... round
table. On it we can see ... books and ... telephone. There is ... bookshelf over ... table.
On ... bookshelf we can see ... newspapers and ... book by ... Jack London. There are ...
two ... pictures in ... room. One ... picture is small, ... other picture is very large. There
are ... two bookcases in ... room. ... bookcases are full of ... books. There is ... large
sofa in ... room. On ... sofa we can see ... bag. Whose ... bag is that? There is no ... bed
in ... room. On ... small table near ... window there are ... flowers and ... glass of ...
water. In ... front of ... window we can see ... armchair.
9. Put the article where it is necessary.
1.... Moscow is situated on ... Moscow River. ... Moscow is a river that moves very
slowly. There is ... canal called ... Moscow-Volga Canal which joins ... Moscow to ...
Volga. ... Volga runs into ... Caspian Sea. 2. Several rivers run into ... sea at ... New
York. ... most important is ... Hudson River which empties into ... Atlantic Ocean.
Besides ... Hudson there are ... two other rivers: ... East River and ... Harlem River. 3.
In ... Siberia there are many long rivers: ... Ob, ... Irtysh, ... Yenissei, ... Lena and ...
Amur. 4. ... Altai Mountains are ... higher than ... Urals. 5. There is ... splendid ... view
of ... Lake Geneva from this hotel. 6. My ... friends have travelled a lot. This ... year
they are going to fly to ... Canary Islands. 7. Which river flows through ... London? —
….. Thames. 8. Of which country is ... Washington ... capital? — ... United States. 9. ...
United Kingdom consists of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. 10. Chicago is on ...
Lake Michigan.
10. Translate the sentences.
1. У меня есть сосед. Мой сосед – повар. 2. Сын Элизабет – студент. Он студент
технического университета. 3. Это новый дом. Дом был построен одиннадцать
лет назад. 4. Его родители на работе. Они врачи. Они работают в городской
больнице. 5. Роберт – плохой ученик. Он получает плохие оценки. 6. Дайте
девушке цветы. Цветы – это подарок ей. 7. Джеку нужно купить новые тетради
для контрольных работ. 8. У его компании есть партнеры в Марокко. Марокко –
это страна, расположенная на западе Северной Африки. 9. На рынке Мелисса
купила персики, абрикосы, груши, апельсины, бананы и большой арбуз. 10. Мы
не рассчитывали на такую плохую дождливую погоду. 11. Джейн никогда не
могла себе и представить, что ночи в южных горах могут быть такими
холодными. 12. Джерри описывает человека, продающего журналы рядом с
железнодорожным вокзалом.
11. Put the article where it is necessary.
1. What's ... weather like today? — ... weather is fine. 2. ... sun is yellow. 3. ... sky is
grey today. 4. ... earth is ... planet. 5. We had ... English lesson yesterday. ... teacher
asked me many ... questions. ... questions were difficult. 4. Where is your ... brother?
— He is at ... home. He is in his ... room. He is sitting at ... table. He is doing his ...
homework. ... homework is difficult. 5. Our ... cat is sitting on ... sofa. 6. It is very dark
15

in ... room. Turn on ... light, please. 7. Nick went into ... bathroom, turned on ... water
and washed his ... hands. 8. ... Russia occupies ... eastern half of ... Europe and ...
northern third of ... Asia. 9. ... climate of ... northern part of ... Russia is severe. 10.
This winter is ... true Russian winter with ... hard frosts. 11. It is warm in ... Crimea and
... Caucasus. 12. ... Washington is ... capital of ... United States of America. 13. I want
to go to ... New York some day. 14. ... best way to know and understand ... people of ...
other countries is to meet them in their own homes. 15. Is ... Australia ... island or ...
continent? 16. ... Red Sea is between ... Africa and ... Asia. 17. There are seven
continents on ... Earth. 18. ... France is to ... north of ... Italy.

What do you remember?
Put the article “a”, “an”, “the”, “-” where it is necessary.
1. … Moon is shining brightly.
а) the b) a c) an d) 2. Do you have … umbrella?
а) a b) an c) the d) 3. My friend bought … car. … Car is red.
а) a b) an c) the d) –
4. … Girl sits on … bench.
a) а b) an c) the d) 5. My sister studies in … school.
а) a b) an c) the d) 6. Will you drink … tea?
а) a b) an c) the d) 7. There is … apple on … plate.
a) a b) an c) the d) 8. … Cat likes … fish.
а) a b) an c) the d) 9. We have … dinner at five o’clock.
а) a b) an c) the d) 10. There are … oranges on … table.
а) а b) an c) the d) -

Complete this true story. Put in a/an or the. Give a short summary of the text.
(1) … man decided to rob (2) … bank in the town where he lived. He walked into (3)
… bank and handed (4) … note to one of (5) … cashiers. (6) … cashier read (7) …
note, which told her to give (8) … man some money. Afraid that he might have (9) …
16

gun, she did as she was told. (10) … man then walked out of (11) … building, leaving
(12) … note behind. However, he had no time to spend (13) … money because he was
arrested (14) … same day. He had made (15) … mistake. He had written (16) … note
on (17) … back of (18) … envelope. And on (19) … other side of (20) … envelope
was his name and address. This clue was quite enough for (21) … detectives on the
case.

Местоимение
(The Pronoun)
Местоимением называется часть речи, которая указывает на лица,
предметы и их признаки, не называя их, и обычно употребляются в предложении
вместо существительного или прилагательного.
Личные, притяжательные и возвратно-усилительные местоимения
Притяжательные
местоимения

Личные местоимения

Возвратно усилительные
местоимения

Именительн
ый
падеж
(кто, что?)
Iя

Объектный
Основная Абсолютная
Падеж
(кого, Форма
Форма (чей?)
кому?)
(чей?)
me мне, меня
my мой
mine мой

you ты
he он

you тебе,тебя
him его, ему

your твой
his его

yours твой
his его

yourself
himself

she он

her ее, ей

her ее

hers ее

herself

I он, она,
оно
we мы

it его, ее, ему

its его, ее

itself

us нам, нас

our наш

ours наш

ourselves

you вы

you вам, вас

your ваш

yours ваш

yourselves

they они

them их, им

their их

theirs их

themselves

myself

Личные местоимения в английском языке имеют два падежа:
именительный (обычно в роли подлежащего) и объектный (в предложении в
роли дополнения).
Абсолютная форма притяжательных местоимений заменяет
существительное, поэтому после этих местоимений существительное никогда не
ставится. (Эти местоимения всегда употребляются самостоятельно, т.е.
абсолютно).
17

Take my pen. Mine (my pen) is better. – Возьми мою ручку. Моя лучше.
I know his brother but I do not know yours (your brother). – Я знаю его
брата, но я не знаю твоего.
Возвратно-усилительные местоимения образуются путем прибавления
окончания -self к личным или притяжательным местоимениям единственного
числа и окончания -selves к личным или притяжательным местоимениям
множественного числа.
Усилительные местоимения совпадают по форме с возвратными
местоимениями и соответствуют русским "сам", "сама", "само", "сами".
Взаимные местоимения.
each other - друг друга, один другого
one another - друг друга, один другого
Указательные местоимения.
this - этот
these – эти
that - тот
those – те
such - такой, такого рода, подобный
(the) same - тот же самый, те же самые
Местоимение this (these) употребляется при указании на ближайший предмет:
This book is interesting. – Эта книга интересная.
These books are interesting. – Эти книги интересные.
Местоимение that (those) употребляется при указании на более удаленный от
говорящего предмет:
That book is on the table. – Та книга на столе.
Those books are on the table. – Те книги на столе.
Вопросительные местоимения.
who - кто
whom [hum] кого, кому
what - что, какой
which - который
whose - чей
Отрицательные местоимения.
no - никакой, никакая, никакое, никакие
none - никто, ничто, ни один
neither - ни тот, ни другой
no one - никто, никого
nobody - никто, никого
nothing – ничто

Неопределенные местоимения.
some / any - какой-то, какая-то, какой-нибудь, какойлибо
somebody / someone - кто-то
something - что-то
anybody / anyone - кто-нибудь, кто-либо, кто-то
anything - что-нибудь, что-либо, что-то
one – любой
Неопределенные местоимения some, any обозначают: "некоторые",
"несколько", "какие-нибудь".
Местоимение some употребляется только в утвердительных предложениях.
Местоимение any употребляется в вопросительных и отрицательных
предложениях.
Местоимение any в утвердительном предложении употребляется со
значением "любой", "всякий".
I have some English newspapers. – У меня есть несколько английских газет.
Have you any English newspapers? – У тебя есть (какие-нибудь)
английские газеты?
Any man can do it. – Любой (человек) может сделать это.
В отрицательных предложениях вместо not any чаще употребляется по:
I have no English newspapers. – У меня нет английских газет.
Местоимения some и any часто на русский язык не переводятся:
Give me some water. – Дай мне воды.
Если в предложении имеется отрицательное местоимение по, nothing,
nobody, то сказуемое стоит в утвердительной форме, так как двойного отрицания
в английском языке быть не может.
I see nothing there. – Я ничего там не вижу.
Местоимение one (во множественном числе ones) употребляется для
замены существительного во избежание повтора:
The old pen won't write. Will you give me a new one? – Старая ручка не
пишет. Ты дашь мне новую?
One заменяет только исчисляемые существительные и употребляется после
местоимений this, that, another, which и др.

Обобщающие местоимения.
all - все, всё
both - оба, обе (только о двух - оба вместе)
either - и тот и другой (только о двух - каждый из
двух)
each – каждый
every - каждый, всякий
everybody / everyone – все
everything – всё
other - другой, другие
Употребляемые как прилагательные, all, every, each переводятся на
русский язык как "все", "каждый", "всякий". Разница между ними состоит в
следующем: all - представляет объект как однородную массу; every - указывает
на индивидуальный объект как часть массы; each - выделяет индивидуальный
объем из массы.
All (the) books had super covers. - У всех книг были суперобложки.
Every book had a super cover. - У каждой книги была суперобложка
(Общий вывод обо всех книгах.)
Each book had a super cover in a different colour. – У каждой книги была
суперобложка другого цвета.
Количественные местоимения.
many / much – много
few – мало
a few / a little - несколько, немного
several – несколько
Местоимения many (много), few (мало) употребляются с исчисляемыми
существительными.
Местоимения much (много), little (мало) употребляются с неисчисляемыми
существительными.
There are many books on the table. – На столе много книг.
There is much snow in the streets. – На улицах много снега.
I have few English books. – У меня мало английских книг.
I have little free time. – У меня мало свободного времени.
Местоимения a few и a little означают "немного (но достаточно)":
I bought a few apples. – Я купил немного яблок.
I bought a little coffee. – Я купил немного кофе.

Practice
1. Fill in the blanks with personal pronouns.
I see a girl, I see her.
1.I see a teacher, I see____. 2. Please read this letter, read_____. 3. I know the boy, I
know____. 4. I’m glad to meet both Tom and Ann, I’m glad to meet_______. 5. Give
me the book, give_____ to me. 6. I don’t like Ann’s brother, I don’t like_____. 7. This
task was given to you and to me, it was given to_____.
2. Complete the sentences using myself/yourself, etc.
Here is the money, go and buy yourself an ice-cream.
1.Be careful! That pan is very hot. Don’t burn_______. 2. I want to know your better.
Tell me about_________. 3. It isn’t her fault. She really shouldn’t blame_________. 4.
Did you make the dress________? 5. The boy was lucky when he fell down the stairs.
He didn’t hurt________. 6. Tom cut_________ while he was shaving this morning. 7.
Don’t worry about us. We can look after_________.
3. Complete the sentences using some/any/no, etc.
1. There is______ milk in that jug. 2. I'm afraid there isn't_______ coffee left. 3. Is
there_____ one here who speaks Italian? 4. I'd like to buy________ new clothes but I
haven’t______ money. 5. Are there______ letters for me? 6. I can't see my
glasses_____ where. 7. She put her handbag down_______ where and now she can't
find it. 8._______one can tell you how to get there (i. e. everyone knows the way). 9. Is
there_______ one moving about downstairs? I heard______ thing falling.
10. _______thing tells me you've got________ bad news for me.
4. Choose the appropriate pronoun.
1.She was said that (someone/anybody) was waiting for her in the street. 2. He was
standing by the window and was looking (nobody/somewhere) on the right. 3.1 don't
remember (someone/anyone) else. 4. Have you read (something/anything) by Oscar
Wilde? 5. Could you give me (something/anything) to eat? 6. If (someone/anyone)
comes, let me know immediately. 7. I haven't heard from her for a month. I am afraid,
(nothing/something) has happened to her. 8. Have you read (something/anything) about
this author? — No, I've read (something/nothing).
5. Complete the sentences using few/a few/little/ a little.
1.My sister likes_______ sugar in her tea, but I like a lot in mine. 2. There was
still______ time before the lesson began. 3. He has________ knowledge of the subject.
You’d better ask somebody else. 4. We got______ pleasure from the trip, the weather
was bad all the time. 5. Are there many vacant rooms in the hotel? – No, there are
only_______.6. There is________ sunshine in this rainy place. 7. She said she wanted
21

to buy_______ rice and_________ oranges. 8. Do many people know about this new
shop? —No, only_______.
6. Complete the sentences using the necessary pronouns.
1.She says she needs it, so give it to_____(ей) . 2. Is it the Smiths' car? Yes, it
is_____(их). 3. Let's visit Ann and Bill. I haven't seen_____(их) for weeks._____
(мой) house is not very far from here. 4. You say you dislike our town. And do you
like______ (ваш)? 5. You, silly boy! You can't do all the work______ (сам)! You
must ask for help. 6. Let's buy some chocolates for Jane and a fruit cake
for_______(себя).
7. Complete the sentences using the necessary pronouns
1.That morning Jane had … light in her flat. 2. Elisabeth has … potatoes at home to
make chips for our children. 3. My cousin didn`t receive … letters from Spain. 4.
James read many books written by German authors but he read … by Austrian ones. 5.
Alice didn`t inform … about her decision. 6. This stately mansion was really beautiful.
Unfortunately we knew … about it. 7. Jack couldn`t remember … from the last lecture.
8. The water in that river was very cold. … dared swim over. 9. My brother saw …
soldiers near the bridge. 10. Sarah didn`t translate … articles in the morning.
8. Complete the sentences using the necessary pronouns.
1. My colleague sent them … postcards from Tunisia. 2. … Robert`s neighbors have
orange trees in their gardens. 3. Our chief didn`t fire out … worker yesterday. 4. Did
she find … hat for her evening gown? 5. Elisabeth didn`t add … ink to the inkpot. 6.
Could you buy some white bread, please! 7. … the juice is in the jar. The jar is in the
kitchen. 8. Her uncle let her choose … car she wanted. 9. Our visitors want to see our
apple-trees. You have to show them …. 10. Sarah haven`t seen … our tourists there.
9. Complete the sentences using the necessary pronouns.
1. Elisabeth really loves … garden. … used to work there every day. 2. Harry is sure
that the bag belongs to … cousin. … saw … in … hands. 3. This reference book is not
… . It`s … . 4. Robert is never ashamed of … . … is a very naughty boy. 5. Could …
make supper for … tonight? 6. Kevin is going to do it … . 7. The children were sitting
in the corner and whispering among …. 8. Mary`s parents have built … a beautiful
modern house. 9. … neighbors invited … to … party. 10. Put the book on the table! It
is not … !
10. Complete the sentences using the necessary pronouns.
1. Jane had to carry the heavy bag … . 2. Barbara always cuts her daughter`s hair ….
3. His guests already washed … .4. James takes the last look at … in the mirror and
goes out. 5. I always type my articles … . 6. Sarah always worries about her husband
because he can`t look after … . 7. John`s wardrobe is almost empty. The only thing is a
bluish shirt hanging … on a wooden hanger. 8. Have you spent your holiday with your
wife? – No, I spent it … . 9. Alice asked the children to help … to some drinks. 10.
They say John was going to kill … with a gun.
22

11. Complete the sentences using the necessary pronouns.
1.Barbara lived in a big flat together with … parents. 2 Nick and Jane always bring
… children to school by car. 3 Jack`s idea was not interesting for … visitors. 4 …
investigations will show, that we are ahead of all … competitors. 5 … cousin left …
family in the country and came to meet … mother. 6 … engineer will upgrade …
computers.7 … pets are used to eat dry food. 8 … umbrella is like a piece of … citymap. 9 … city is wonderful: … white nights are unforgettable. 10 Elisabeth taught …
children swimming.
12. Complete the sentences using pronouns some or any.
1 There are … flowers in the vase. 2 … articles are very short. 3 John can`t find …
door. 4 Are there … bad pupils in his group? 5 Give him … hot milk and honey.
6 George haven`t seen … people in the mountains. 7 … houses of our village are made
of bricks. 8 Has Jane bought … German books that day? 9 James doesn`t see … way
out now. 10 There are … apples and oranges on the plate.
13. Complete the sentences using the necessary pronouns.
1.Your pupils didn`t know … about the competition. 2 Was there … in the club?
3 Did she put … into her bag? 4 There was … in our garage last night. 5 Has John seen
… else there? 6 Elisabeth has no English magazines. She needs to read … in English. 7
John didn`t tell them … about his parents and their problems. 8 They saw that Robert
took … bag and ran away. 9 Jane never eats … in the evening. 10 … is going to visit
your wife in the afternoon. 11 Sarah never goes by train … . 12 Jack told us he was
going to swim … in the evening.
14. Translate the sentences using the necessary pronouns.
1.Те карандаши на том столе не твои. 2 Дай ему тот черный чай. Этот зеленый
чай горячий. 3 Это его компьютер? – Нет, ее. 4 Эти стаканы грязные. Тебе нужно
взять те. 5 Элизабет не нравятся наши книги. Ей нравятся только ее. 6 Эта
темноволосая девушка – его двоюродная сестра. 7 Это их игрушки? – Нет, это
наши игрушки. А те – их игрушки. 8 Ее сестра не читала эту газету. Она читала
ту. 9 Ричард сказал, что его коллеги аннулируют эти билеты. 10 Энн нравятся эти
цветы? – Нет, ей нравятся те. 11 Это не моя сумка, а его. 12 Это здание с
эстетической точки зрения привлекательнее, чем то.
15. Complete the sentences with possessive pronouns.
1. Angela, please turn off … mobile phone.
2. The students are from Italy. … names are Susanna and Tito.
3. London is famous for … red buses.
4. She is French, but … mother is English.
5. We are in Class 3. … teacher is Bob.
6. … name is Ian. He is from Scotland.
7. I’m Mike. … family is from Dublin.
8. What’s … address and postcode ?
23

9. He is German, but … father is French.
10. … name is Joanna. She is from Wales.
11. He is the director. … name is Michael.
12. It is a school. … name is Queen’s School.
13. Peter, please, give me … book.
14. They don’t know where the keys. … keys are lost.
15. She always buys interesting magazines. … favourite magazine is Psycologie.

What do you remember?
Complete the sentences with possessive pronouns.
Elisabeth really loves … garden. … used to work there every day.
а) her, she b) her, he c) them, it d) his, he
2. Harry is sure that the bag belongs to … cousin. … saw … in … hands.
a) his, he, she, her b) her, his, it, he c) its, he, she, her d) his, he, it, his
3. This reference book is not … . It`s … .
a) mine, yours b) he, she c) its, hers d) hers, she
4. Robert is never ashamed of … . … is a very naughty boy.
a) herself, she b) himself, he c) myself, he d) himself, I
5. Could … make supper for … tonight?
a) you, she b) she, he c) you, us d) he, his
6. Kevin is going to do it … .
a) himself b) herself c) myself d) ourselves
7. The children were sitting in the corner and whispering among … .
a) herself b) myself c) themselves d)ourselves
8. Mary`s parents have built … a beautiful modern house.
a) myself b) ourselves c) themselves d) me
9. … neighbors invited … to … party.
a) my, he, their b) his, them, its c) our, our, my d) our, us, their
10. Put the book on the table! It is not … !
a) yours b) my c) he d) she

Complete the article with any, no or some. What new information have you learnt
from the text?
Did you know that … thirty percent of students have to leave university, not
because they can’t cope with their studies, but because they simply can’t afford it?
In one survey, researchers found that students cited ‘… money’ more often than
… other reason such as ‘courses too difficult’ for ending their studies.

During interviews with the researchers, … of these former students said that
they had tried to do part-time jobs after classes, but they had discovered that they
didn’t have … time or they had … energy left for study when they finished their jobs at
night.
When the researchers asked these students if they had received financial support
from their parents, … said they had, but the majority said they hadn’t received … .
Most of those interviewed said they had … plans to return to university … time soon.

Имя существительное
(The Noun)
Именем существительным называется часть речи, которая обозначает
предмет и отвечает на вопросы кто? что?. Имена существительные имеют:
1. число (единственное и множественное);
2. падеж (общий и притяжательный);
3. род (мужской, женский средний).
Существительные могут быть исчисляемые и неисчисляемые.
Существуют определители существительных - слова, указывающие на то,
что слово, к которому они относятся, является существительным. Определители
ставятся перед существительным или в начале группы существительного.
– Артикли: неопределенный a, an и определенный the:
There is a lamp on the На столе лампа.
table.
– Местоимения притяжательные my мой, his его, her ее, its его, ее, our
наш, your твой, ваш, their их:
Где мой карандаш?

Where is my pencil?

– Местоимения указательные this этот, these эти, that тот, those те:
Эта книга хранится на той полке.

This book is kept on that shelf.

– Местоимения вопросительные what? какой? whose? чей? which?
который?:
What animal is that?
Какое это животное?
– А также местоимения much много, many много, little мало, few мало, a
little немного, a few несколько, some некоторый, несколько, какой-нибудь, any
любой, какой-нибудь, other другой, another другой, each каждый, every каждый,
either и тот и другой, любой; а также neither ни тот ни другой, no никакой, ни
один:
25

I have many things to do.
There are some apples on the plate.
You may take either book.
No words can describe the scene.

У меня много дел.
На тарелке несколько яблок.
Можешь взять любую книгу.
Никакие слова не могут описать эту
сцену.

– Существительные в притяжательном падеже.
Он любил сидеть в кресле Лизы.
книга учителя

He liked to sit in Lisa’s armchair.
the teacher’s book

Число
Имена существительные имеют два числа: единственное и множественное.
Единственное число характеризуется отсутствием окончания: a cup, a table,
a teacher, a day
Множественное число существительных образуется при помощи
окончания –s:
a sea – seas, a tent – tents
При этом:
1. Существительные, оканчивающиеся на -o, -ss, -s, -sh, ch, -x, -z в
единственном числе, образуют множественное число при помощи окончания -es:
a process – processes, a box – boxes, a hero – heroes
2. В существительных оканчивающихся на -y с согласной перед ней, -y
меняется во множественном числе на -i: a baby – babies, a country – countries
3. В тех существительных, где перед -y стоит гласная, -y не меняется на -i:
a day – days, a boy – boys
4. Существительные, оканчивающиеся на -f или -fe во множественном
числе имеют -ves: a wife – wives, life – lives
Но: a handkerchief – handkerchiefs, roof – roofs
Особые случаи образования множественного числа
Единственное число
man
woman
foot
tooth
mouse
goose
sheep
deer
ox
child

Перевод
мужчина
женщина
нога
зуб
мышь
гусь
овца
олень
бык
ребенок
26

Множественное
число
men
women
feet
teeth
mice
geese
sheep
deer
oxen
children

рыба

fish

Существительные, употребляющиеся только в единственном числе
Данные существительные в роли подлежащего в предложении согласуются
со сказуемым в единственном числе.
– Неисчисляемые существительные: вещественные и абстрактные, обычно
употребляются только в единственном числе:
sugar сахар
chalk мел
water вода
snow снег
air воздух
hair волосы

love любовь
friendship дружба
courage отвага
peace мир
weather погода
work работа
Вода была холодной.
Волосы у нее светлые.

The water was cold.
Her hair is blonde.

– Среди них есть существительные, которые соответствуют в русском
языке существительным, имеющим формы и единственного и множественного
числа, или даже только множественного числа, например:
advice совет, советы
progress успех, (-хи)
knowledge знание(-ния)

money деньги
information
информация,
сведение(-я)

The money is on the
table. Take it.
His advice is always
useful.

Деньги
на
Возьми их.
Его советы
полезны.

столе.
всегда

– Существительные fruit фрукты, fish рыба обычно употребляются в
единственном числе, однако: - для обозначения различных видов фруктов употр.
множ. число fruits:
There are peaches,
На
столе
персики,
oranges and other fruits
апельсины
и
другие
on the table.
фрукты.
– для обозначения различных видов рыб употр. множ. число fishes:
the
fishes
of the рыбы
Средиземного
Mediterranean
моря

– Существительное news; слова, обозначающие названия игр; а также
названия наук и видов спорта, оканчивающихся на –ics, применяются в значении
единственного числа, хотя внешне имеют форму множественного.
news новость, новости
chess шахматы
physics физика

phonetics фонетика
economics экономика
athletics атлетика

The news was interesting.
Phonetics is a branch of
linguistics.

Новость была интересной.
Фонетика
–
отдел
лингвистики.

Существительные, употребляющиеся только во множественном числе
Данные существительные в роли подлежащего предложения согласуются с
глаголом-сказуемым во множественном числе и могут употребляться с
определенным артиклем.
– Названия многих парных предметов употребляются только во
множественном числе:
trousers брюки
jeans джинсы
scissors ножницы
The scissors were sharp.

shorts трусы, шорты
glasses очки
scales весы
Ножницы были острые.

– Некоторые существительные собирательного значения, например:
clothes одежда
riches богатство
wages заpплата
goods товар, товары
contents содержание

military войска
police полиция
militia милиция
people люди
cattle скот

His clothes were wet.
Those people are from Russia.
The police are looking for the
murderer.

Его одежда была мокрой.
Эти люди из России.
Полиция ищет убийцу.

Притяжательный падеж
В современном английском языке имя существительное имеет 2 падежа:
общий, не имеющий специальных окончаний, и притяжательный.
1. Притяжательный падеж одушевленных имен существительных в
единственном числе образуется путем прибавления к существительному
окончания ' s (т.е. знака апострофа и буквы s), которое произносится [s], [z] или
[iz], т.е. как окончание множественного числа существительных (см. выше
правила чтения): the student's bag — сумка студента
2. Притяжательный падеж имен существительных во множественном
числе образуется путем прибавления только апострофа: the students' bags —
сумки студентов
Если существительное во множественном числе не имеет окончания -s, то
притяжательный падеж образуется, как и в единственном числе, путем
прибавления 's: the children's room — комната детей
3. Притяжательный падеж сложных существительных образуется путем
прибавления окончания 's к последнему существительному:
my mother-in-law's house — дом моей свекрови
Peter-the-First's reign — царствование Петра Первого
4. Когда два лица и более являются обладателями одного и того же
предмета, окончание притяжательного падежа прибавляется к последнему
существительному: Peter and John's book — книга Петра и Джона
5. Когда обозначается принадлежность предмета предмету, а не лицу,
употребляется:
— либо конструкция с предлогом of:
the walls of the town — стены города
the legs of the table — ножки стола
— либо два существительных в общем падеже стоят рядом, причем первое
используется в качестве определения ко второму:
coffee table — журнальный столик
tennis ground — теннисный корт
6. Кроме одушевленных существительных, притяжательный падеж имеют:
— существительные, обозначающие время и расстояние, такие, как second,
minute, hour, day, night, week, month, year, fortnight:
a month's leave — месячный отпуск
— существительные, являющиеся названиями стран, городов, а также
слова: country, city, ship, world, nature, earth:
Moscow's theatres are the best in the world. — Театры Москвы - лучшие в
мире.
7. Если имя собственное оканчивается на -s, обычно добавляется ' s:
Denis's ['denisiz ] new book — новая книга Дениса
Charles's [tja:lziz ] wife — жена Чарльза
Но:
Dickens' novel ['dikinsiz ] — роман Диккенса
Socrates' ideas ['sokratsiz ] — идеи Сократа
29

1. Write the plural form of the following nouns.
Computer (компьютер), lion (лев), glove (перчатка), lady (дама, леди), bus
(автобус), knife (нож), potato (картошина), desk (парта), boat (лодка), child
(ребенок), boy (мальчик), sheep (овца), leg (часть ноги от стопы до бедра), watch
(часы), tooth (зуб), flower (цветок), play (игра), umbrella (зонт), foot (ступня),
phone (телефон), person (человек), armchair (кресло), tomato (помидор), theatre
(театр), wolf (волк), ox (бык), woman (женщина), subway (подземка, метро), deer
(олень), elephant (слон), monkey (обезьяна), fox (лиса), family (семья), goose
(гусь), butterfly (бабочка), tram (трамвай), daddy (дядя), man (мужчина).
2. Write the plural form of the following nouns.
A fallen leave (опавший лист), the stupid student (глупый студент), the German
guest (немецкий гость), a difficult subject (трудный предмет), the broken window
(разбитое окно), the good marks (хорошие отметки), an interesting example
(интересный пример), a modern plane (современный самолет), the old coin (старая
монета), a beautiful glass (красивый стакан), the driving license (водительское
удостоверение), a fresh tomato (свежий помидор), a white ceiling (белый потолок),
the biggest river (самая большая река), an interesting proposal (интересное
предложение), a standing person (стоящий человек), the important addition (важное
дополнение), a tasty supper (вкусный ужин), the endless day (бесконечный день),
the recorded talk (записанный разговор), an angry goose (злой гусь), a bitter drink
(горький напиток), the new teapot (новый заварочный чайник).
3. Divide the following words into two columns: countable and uncountable
nouns.
Furniture, coffee, leaf, food, computer, list, blood, job, work, language, country,
advice, information, money, progress, permit, permission, baggage, luggage, beach,
traffic, weather, window, knowledge, air, water, holiday, damage, accommodation,
scenery, scene, pigeon, bread, mountain, luck, news, accident, laugh, flour, laugher.
4. Make the following sentences in the plural form.
1. That was a cowboy. 2. Mary found a flight to Delhi. 3. Robert made this bookshelf
himself. 4. The window and the door are closed. 5. There is a mouse in the kitchen. 6.
It is a white goose. 7. That was not a sheep. That was a donkey. 8. It is not an
interesting story. 9. Is that Eric`s knife? 10. There was a beautiful bright star in the sky.
11. It was not the selected song. 12. Is that a studious pupil?
5. Make the following sentences in the plural form.

1.It’s very difficult question to answer. 2. That was a cookie jar. 3. What is that child’s
name? 4. The cat has caught a mouse. 5. There was a lady, a gentlemen, a boy and a
girl in the room. 6. We could see an ox, a sheep, a cow and a goose. 7. Is this worker
an Englishman or a German? 8. Why don’t you eat this potato? 9. This strawberry is
still green. 10. Can you see a bird in that tree? 11. Does your tooth still ache? 12. His
child studies very well. 13. There is a new house in our street. 14. This story is very
interesting. 15. Put this knife on the table. 16. He keeps his toy in a box.
6. Choose the correct form of the verb, singular or plural. In one sentence either
the singular or plural verb is possible.
1. Gymnastics is/are my favorite sport.
2. The trousers you bought for me doesn't/don't fit me.
3. The police want/wants to interview two men about the robbery last week.
4. Physics was/were my best subject at school.
5. Can I borrow your scissors? Mine isn't/aren't sharp enough.
6. Fortunately the news wasn't/weren't as bad as we expected.
7. Where does/do your family live?
8. Three days isn't/aren't long enough for a good holiday.
9. I can't find my binoculars. Do you know where it is / they are?
10. Do you think the people is/are happy with the government?
11. Does/Do the police know how the accident happened?
12. I don't like very hot weather. Thirty degrees is/are too warm for me.
7. Change the underlined nouns into the plural.
1. Jack received a copy of his last order. 2. The last car was sold yesterday. 3. This red
glove is too large for her hand. 4. What is his neighbor`s name? 5. You have to buy a
pencil and a drawing block for Henry. 6. The little girl singing a song is a daughter of
my sister. 7. Yves has bought a very uncommon present for his wife. 8. The copy-book
was on the bookshelf. 9. This beautiful house is made of bricks. 10. Valery has hurt her
leg.
8. Paraphrase the following using the possessive case.
The son of our manager – our manager’s son
The house of Mr. Smith, a doll of the girl, a meeting of the employees, the books of the
children, the cottage of my parents, the influence of the sun, the arrival of the ship, the
policy of the company, the children of my aunt Ann, the times of Ivan the Terrible, the
wives of Henry the Eighth, the gravitation of the planet.
9. Paraphrase the following using the possessive case.
1.There is a swimming-pool of their workers. 2. Your colleagues will discuss the
proposals of Mrs. Smith next week. 3. The mobile phones of Jack and Mary are not
very modern. 4. Our company has not yet discussed the viewpoint report of the
customer. 5. George taught the son of Mr. Brown to read. 6. The country house of her
parents is very modest. 7. The old computer of their chief is now upgraded. 8.
Elisabeth is hanging the wet clothes of her daughters on the drying rack. 9. His son
31

read very many fantastic stories of Robert Sheckley. 10. The leaky boat of the old man
was near the lake.
10. Change the nouns in italics into plural form in the sentences.
1. Put the box on the shelf.
2. I have hurt my foot.
3. Where is the knife?
4. The last leaf fell from the tree.
5. The roof of the house was covered with snow.
6. A copy of the contract was sent to Moscow.
7. I like his new play.
11. Change the nouns in italics into singular form in the sentences.
1. Women and children are coming to the shore.
2. The keys to the boxes were lost.
3. The wolves were shot.
4. These factories produce furniture.
5. The mice were caught.
6. Copies of these letters will be sent to New York.
7. These stories are very long.

What do you remember?
Choose the right variant of the noun in the plural form (1-10) and the right
variant of the noun in the possessive case (11-15).
1. Bad … don’t make people happy.
a) news b) new c) new’s
2. Can I borrow your …?
a) scissor b) scissors c) scissorses
3. My … is clean.
a) hairs b) hair c) hair’s
4. There are a lot of … in the field.
a) sheep b) sheeps c) sheepes
5. Last Sunday we went fishing? But we didn’t catch many … .
a) fish b) fishs c) fishes
6. The sunlit … look wonderful.
a) rooves b) roofs c) roof
7. … are made of bronze.
a) pence b) pennies c) pennys
8. What is your … ?
a) address b) addresses c) adreses
9. … are wild animals.
32

a) fox b) foxs c) foxes
10. I have two different … .
a) umbrella b) umbrellas c) umbrellas’
11. the rabbits / the cage
a) the rabbitts’ cage b) the rabbits’s cage c) the cage of the rabbits
12. Charles / the book
a) Charles’ book b) the book of Charles c) Charles’s book
13. My parents / the friends
a) the friends of my parents b) my parents’s friends c) my parents’ friends
14. Tom and Alice / the car
a) Tom’s and Alice’s car b) Tom and Alice’s car c) the car of Tom and Alice
15. the title / the novel I lent you yesterday
a) the title of the novel I lent you yesterday b) the novel’s I lent you yesterday title
c) the novel’s title I lent you yesterday

Complete Claire’s postcard to her sister. Choose the correct form.
The island is very peaceful. Life/A life is good here. Everybody moves at a nice slow
pace. People have time/a time to stop and talk. It’s experience/an experience I won’t
forget for a long time. There aren’t many shops, so I can’t spend all my money,
although I bought painting/a painting yesterday. Now I’m sitting on the beach reading
paper/a paper. The hotel breakfast is so enormous that I don’t need to have lunch.
I’ve just brought orange/an orange with me to eat later. I’ve been trying all the
different fruit/fruits grown in this part of the world, and they’re all delicious.

Прилагательное
(The Adjective)
Именем прилагательным называется часть речи, которая обозначает
признак предмета и отвечает на вопрос what? какой? Например: red красный,
good хороший, interesting интересный, Russian русский. Имена прилагательные
в английском языке не изменяются ни по родам, ни по числам, ни по падежам:
a young man молодой человек, a young woman молодая женщина, young people
молодые люди, with a young man с молодим человеком. Имена прилагательные в
английском языке могут изменяться только по степеням сравнения.
В
предложении
имя
прилагательное
стоит
перед
именем
существительным, к которому оно относится.
I have bought a red pencil. – Я купил красный карандаш.
33

Когда существительное определяется двумя или более прилагательными,
те из них, которые более тесно связаны по смыслу с существительным, ставятся
ближе к нему.
He is a clever young man. – Он умный молодой мужчина.
She put on a new black woolen dress. – Она надела новое черное
шерстяное платье.
Степени сравнения прилагательных
Имена прилагательные образуют, как и в русском языке, две степени
сравнения: сравнительную и превосходную. Основная форма прилагательного
не выражает сравнения и называется положительной степенью.
Прилагательные односложные образуют сравнительную степень путем
прибавления к форме прилагательного в положительной степени суффикса -еr.
Превосходная степень образуется путем прибавления суффикса -est, который
произносится: cold-colder-the coldest.
По этому же способу образуются степени сравнения двусложных
прилагательных, оканчивающихся на: -у, -ег, -ow, -le: busy-busier-the busiest.
Прилагательные двусложные и многосложные образуют сравнительную
степень путем прибавления more, а в превосходной степени the most: difficultmore difficult –the most difficult
Прилагательные исключения:
Положительная степень
good – хороший
bad - плохой
little - маленький
much/many - много

Сравнительная
степень
better - лучше
worse - хуже
less - меньше
more - больше

Превосходная степень
the best – самый лучший
the worst – самый плохой
the least – меньше всего
the most – больше всего

Имеют по две формы степеней сравнения, различающихся по значению:
Положительная
степень
1) old старый

2) near близкий
3) late поздний

Сравнительная степень Превосходная степень
(артикль the везде)
older
старше
(о
oldest старейший
возрасте)
eldest самый старший
elder старше в семье
в семье
(о старшинстве)
nearest
ближайший
(по расстоянию)
nearer более близкий
next следующий (по
порядку)
later более поздний (о
latest самый поздний
34

4)
far
дальний

далекий,

времени)
latter последний из
двух (по порядку)
упомянутых
farther более дальний
(о расстоянии)
further более дальний,
дальнейший
(по
порядку)

last самый последний
(по порядку)
farthest
дальний

самый

furthest
самый
дальний, далекий

–
После
сравнительной
степени
употребляется
союз
than,
соответствующий русскому союзу чем.
Moscow is larger than St. Petersburg. - Москва больше, чем СанктПетербург.
– Сравнительная степень может быть усилена употреблению перед ней
слов much или far со значением гораздо, значительно.
The Volga is much longer than the Thames. – Волга гораздо длиннее
Темзы.
– Для сравнения двух предметов одинакового качества прилагательное в
положительной степени ставится между as……as со значением такой же….
как, так же……как.
He is as young as my brother. – Он такой же молодой как и мой брат.
– В отрицательных предложениях обычно первое as заменяется на so:
He is not so young as my brother. – Он не так молод как мой брат.
– Русская сравнительная степень после выражений в два раза, в три раза и
т. д. передается в английском языке прилагательным в положительной степени,
стоящим между as ... as:
Your room is twice as large as mine. – Твоя комната в два раза больше
моей.

1. Give the comparative and the superlative form of the following adjectives.
Hot, long, short, simple, important, great, bad, interesting, much, green, difficult,
comfortable, yellow, many, good, deep, light, serious.

2. Put the right form of the adjective.
1. Jane is the (tallest - taller) of the two girls. 2. Father was the (eldest - elder) of seven
sons. 3. This pencil is the (sharpest - sharper) of the two. 4. I think your plan is the
(best - better) of the two. 5.This is the (heaviest - heavier) of the five books. 6. A
(worse - worst) habit could not be found. 7. This was the (most large - largest) power
station I ever saw. 8. That is of the (less - least) importance of all. 9. I like your plan
the (better-best) of the two.
3. Put the right form of the adjective.
1. Kate is (young) than Mary. 2. John is the (clever) boy in the class. 3. The weather is
(dull) today than it was yesterday. 4. London is one of the (big) cities in the world. 5.
This sentence is (difficult) than the first one. 6. My dog is as (good) as yours. 7. His
dog is (good) than yours. 8. Her dog is the (good) of the three. 9. The cat is much
(happy) in her new home. 10. My cold is (bad) today than it was yesterday. 11. This
mountain is the (high) in Europe. 12. This piece of homework is as (bad) as your last
one.
4. Translate into Russian.
1.English is as difficult as German. 2. My composition is not as long as yours. 3. It isn't
as warm today as it was yesterday. 4. The house his aunt lives in is as old as the one his
uncle lives in. 5. His apartment isn't as elegant as her apartment, but it's much bigger.
6. Johnny isn't as rich as Don but he is younger and much happier. 7. My dog isn't as
friendly as your dog. 8. You can eat as much as you like. 9. A football match isn't as
exciting as a hockey match. 10. The hotel isn't as cheap as we expected. 11. His songs
aren't as popular as the Beatles songs. 12. Her brother is as intelligent as his wife.
5. Complete the sentences using as...as or so…as.
1. Mike is ... tall ... Pete. 2. Kate is not ... nice ... Ann. 3. My room is ... light ... this
one. 4. This book is not ... thin ... that one. 5. Sergei is ... old ... Michael. 6. She is ...
young ... Tom's brother. 7. This woman is ... good ... that one. 8. Nick's English is not
... good ... his friend's. 9. I am not ... tall ... Pete. 10. This woman is ... young ... that
one. 11. I am ... thin ... you. 12. Kate is ... lazy ... her brother. 13. This child is not ...
small ... that one.
6. Put the right form of the adjective.
1. We should eat (healthy) food. 2. Today the streets aren't as (clean) as they used to
be. 3. It's (bad) mistake he has ever made. 4. This man is (tall) than that one. 5. Asia is
(large) than Australia. 6. The Volga is (short) than the Mississippi. 7. Which building is
the (high) in Moscow? 8. Mary is a (good) student than Lucy. 9. The Alps are (high)
than the Urals. 10. This garden is the (beautiful) in our town. 11. She speaks Italian
(good) than English. 12. Is the word "newspaper" (long) than the word "book"? 13. The
Thames is (short) than the Volga. 14. The Arctic Ocean is (cold) than the Indian
Ocean. 15. Chinese is (difficult) than English. 16. Spanish is (easy) than German. 17.
She is not so (busy) as I am. 18. It is as (cold) today as it was yesterday.

7. Put the right form of the adjective.
1 Mary is (young) than her sister Jane. 2 Barbara is (young) of four sisters. 3 John is
(clever) than his friend Bob. 4 Richard is (clever) boy in this group. 5 Sirius is (bright)
than the polar star. 6 The polar star is (bright) star in the north hemisphere. 7 The
bedroom is (dark) than the kitchen. 8 The wallpapers in the hall are (dark) ones in our
flat. 9 Your answer was (unusual) than the answer of her son. 10 Elisabeth suggested
(unusual) way out.
8. Put the right form of the adjective.
1 My hat is (grey), but your cap is (grey). 2 This green tea is (hot), but that black tea is
(hot). 3 This book is (interesting), but that book is (interesting). 4 This ball is (dirty),
but that ball is (dirty). 5 This pig is very (fat), but the pig of our neighbor is (fat). 6 Our
classroom is (large), but the hall is much (large). 7 His mother is (lucky), but his sister
is (lucky). 8 Your car is (well appointed), but my car is (well appointed).
9. Put the right form of the adjective.
1. Which is (large): the United States or Canada? 2. What is the name of the (big) port
in the United States? 3. Moscow is the (large) city in Russia. 4. The London
underground is the (old) in the world. 5. There is a (great) number of cars and buses in
the streets of Moscow than in any other city of Russia. 6. St. Petersburg is one of the
(beautiful) cities in the world. 7. The rivers in America are much (big) than those in
England. 8. The island of Great Britain is (small) than Greenland. 9. What is the name
of the (high) mountain in Asia? 10. The English Channel is (wide) than the straits of
Gibraltar. 11. Russia is a very (large) country.
10. Put the right form of the adjective.
1. This man is (tall) than that one. 2. Asia is (large) than Australia. 3. The Volga is
(short) than the Mississippi. 4. Which building is the (high) in Moscow? 5. Mary is a
(good) student than Lucy. 6, The Alps are (high) than the Urals. 7. This garden is the
(beautiful) in our town. 8. She speaks Italian (good) than English. 9. Is the word
"newspaper" (long) than the word "book"? 10. The Thames is (short) than the Volga.
11. The Arctic Ocean is (cold) than the Indian Ocean. 12. Chinese is (difficult) than
English. 13. Spanish is (easy) than German. 14. She is not so (busy) as I am. 15. It is as
(cold) today as it was yesterday. 16. She is not so (fond) of sports as my brother is. 17.
Today the weather is (cold) than it was yesterday. 18. This book is (interesting) of all I
have read this year. 19. January is the (cold) month of the year. 20. My sister speaks
English (bad) than I do. 21. Which is the (hot) month of the year? 22. Which is the
(beautiful) place in this part of the country? 23. This nice-looking girl is the (good)
student in our group.
11. Translate the sentences using the right form of the adjective.
1 Сейчас Энн выглядит еще печальнее, чем утром. 2 Пятое мая был самым
плохим днем в его жизни. 3 Я не могу быть счастливее. 4 Комната моего брата
больше моей (комнаты). 5 Ваш сын – самый вежливый мальчик из всех, кого нам
37

довелось увидеть. 6 Ты должен взять самую тяжелую сумку. 7 Питер – это мой
старший брат. 8 Бабушка Джеймса старше его дедушки. 9 Твое кресло удобнее
моего стула. 10 Он самый известный архитектор в нашем городе. 11 Где
находится ближайшая автобусная остановка? 12 Этот журнал менее известный,
чем «Ньюсуик». 13 Диаметр Земли больше диаметра Луны. 14 Этот рабочий
более занятой, чем тот. 15 Твой кот жирнее моей собаки. 16 Его дом – самый
красивый дом в поселке. 17 Твои волосы хороши, но ее волосы лучше. 18 Джон
самый маленький (по росту) в их классе. 19 Климат здесь мягче. 20 Это самый
короткий путь до нашего бассейна.
12. Translate the sentences using the right form of the adjective.
1.Я знаю интересную историю. 2. Он рассказал нам о самом счастливом
человеке. 3. Это были самые счастливые дни в ее жизни. 4. Это очень легкая
задача. Дайте мне боле трудную задачу. 5. Летом дни длинные, а ночи
короткие.6. 22 июня -- самый длинный день 7. В июле дни короче. 8. В декабре
дни сами короткие. 9. «Четверка» — хорошая отметка но «пятерка» лучше. 10.
«Пятерка» — самая лучшая отметка. 11. Самая плохая отметка — «двойка». 12.
Твое платье, конечно, очень красивое но мое платье красивее. 13. Мой папа
высокий мужчина. 14. Это более теплое пальто.
13. Translate the sentences using the right form of the adjective.
1. Этот дом такой же высокий, как тот. 2. Сегодня вода в реке не такая теплая,
как вчера. 3. Ты не такой умный, как папа. 4. Индия не такая большая, как Китай.
5. Темза такая же красивая, как Нева. 6. Его бабушка не такая старая, как
дедушка. 7 Яблоки такие же вкусные, как сливы, но не такие вкусные, как груши.
8. Русский музей такой же богатый, как Эрмитаж? 9. Державин не такой
знаменитый, как Пушкин. 10. Днепр не такой длинный, как Волга. 11. В
прошлом году август был такой же жаркий, как июль.
14. Write comparative sentences
The Nile / the Amazon (long)
The Nile is longer than the Amazon.
1. Canada / Brazil (big)
2. Tessa / Deborah (pretty)
3. Driving / flying (dangerous)
4. My English / your English (bad)
5. This chair / that chair (comfortable)
6. Her husband / her brother (young)
7. Buses / trains (cheap)
8. French wine / English wine (good)
9. My mother / your aunt (old)
10. New cars / old cars (expensive)
11. This book / that book (interesting)
12. Two heads / one head (good)

13. Cat / dog (clever)
14. February / March (cold)
15. This exercise / that exercise (difficult)
16. Panther / lion (fast)

What do you remember?
Choose the right form of the adjective.
1. The Nile is … than the Amazon.
a) long b) longer c) the longest
2. It is … country in the world.
a) dangerous b) the most dangerous c) more dangerous
3. He is … sudent in the class.
a) bad b) the worst c) good
4. Trains are … than airplanes.
a) cheaper b) expensive c) cheap
5. He is a very … man.
a) better b) kind c) the best
6. What is … place?
a) cold b) colder c) the coldest
7. English is as … as German.
a) difficult b) the most difficult c) more difficult
8. Take some of these sweets: they are very … .
a) nicer b) the nicest c) nice
9. Please be … next time and don’t spill the milk next time.
a) harder b) more careful c) the most careful
10.This child is not so … as that one.
a) smaller b) small c) the smallest

Read the article quickly. Would you like to go there?
The Atacama desert - the perfect place for people who are looking for adventure

The Atacama desert in Chile is a spectacular place. There is very little
vegetation, and it looks like the moon – in fact NASA tested their lunar vehicles here.
There are some very big volcanoes. Almost nobody lives there, but there are some
small villages on the edge of the desert. Life is hard and everything needs to be
imported – food, building materials, and of course water.
In 1971 it rained in the Atacama. People were amazed because the last time it
rained there was 400 years earlier, in 1570! It is the driest place in the world. But in the
village of Chungungo they are now getting water from the fog clouds which come in
from the sea. Daisy Sasmaya, a villager, says, ‘We are very happy because now we can
have a shower every day, and we can water our planets every week.’
The sky over the Atacama desert is hardly ever cloudy, so it is one of the best
places in the world to see the stars. The biggest observatory in the world is being built
on top of a mountain. ‘It’s the purest air in the world,’ says journalist Hugh
O’Shaughnessy. ‘At night the sky is incredibly clear – you feel that there is nothing
between you and Mars.
Read the article again. Choose a, b or c.
1. In the Atacama desert ...
a) it hardly ever rains. b) it never rains. c) it sometimes rains.
2. The only people who live there are…
a) NASA scientists. b) villagers. c) builders.
3. The people in Chungungo…
a) have more water than before. b) have a lot of water. c) can’t water their plants.
4. The Atacama is a very good place to go if you want to…
a) see clouds. b) see mountains. c) see stars.

2 глава

Глаголы to be
Глагол to be является одним из наиболее часто употребляемых глаголов,
поскольку он может выступать в роли всех четырех типов глагола: смыслового
глагола, глагола-связки, вспомогательного глагола и заменителя модального
глагола must.
Глагол to be в отличие от всех других глаголов, изменяется по лицам и
числам.
Спряжение глагола to be

Present Simple

Past Simple

Future Simple

I am
You are
He
She
is
It
We are
They are
I am not
You are not (aren’t)
He
She
is not (isn’t)
It
We are not (aren’t)
They are not (aren’t)

I was
You were
He
She
was
It
We were
They were
I was not (wasn’t)
You were not (weren’t)
He
She
was not(wasn’t)
It
We were not (weren’t)
They were not (weren’t)

I will be
You will be
He
She
will be
It
We will be
They will be
I will not be (shan’t be)
You will not be (won’t be)
He
She will not be (won’t be)
It
We will not be (shan’t be)
They will not be (won’t be)

Am I?
Are you?
he?
Is
she?
it?
Are we?
Are they?

Was I?
Were you?

Will I be?
Will you be?
he be?
Will
she be?
it be?
Will we be?
Wll they be?

Was

he?
she?
it?

Were we?
Were they?

Основные значения глагола TO BE
Глагол to be является многофункциональным, и чтобы определить, какую
роль он играет в данном предложении, надо сначала посмотреть, что за ним
следует.

Если в английском предложении после глагола to be стоит
существительное с предлогом, то он является смысловым глаголом со значением
«быть», «находиться». Нормы русского языка допускают возможность не
переводить глагол to be в форме настоящего времени, в отличие от форм
прошедшего и будущего времени, которые требуют обязательного перевода.
Если после глагола to be стоит существительное без предлога,
прилагательное, числительное или инфинитив, то в этом случае to be является
связкой со значением «быть», «являться», «значить».
Употребление
1. Смысловой глагол «быть», «находиться»

Примеры
He is at home.
We were at the lecture.

2. Глагол-связка
3. Вспомогательный
глагол- для образования
форм Continuous и всех
времен страдательного
залога.

She is a student.
He is reading an article
now.
The book was published
last year.
The letter will be typed.

4. В качестве модального
глагола (в сочетании с
инфинитивом с частицей
«to»)

I am to do the work at
once.
We were to meet in the
evening.

Перевод
Он дома.
Мы были на
лекции.
Она студентка.
Он читает сейчас
статью.
Книга
опубликована в
прошлом году.
Письмо будет
напечатано.
Я должна сделать
эту работу
немедленно.
Мы должны были
встретиться
вечером.

1. Complete the conversation with am, is, are.
Petra: Hello.
Juan: Hi.
Petra: ____ this Class 2?
Juan: Yes. _____ you here for the English class?
Petra: Yes I ____ . _____ you in this class too?
Juan: Yes. We ____ in the same class. My name _____ Juan.
Petra: Hello. My name ____ Petra.
Juan: Where ____ you from, Petra?
Petra: I ____ from the Czech Republic. And you?
Juan: I _____ from Madrid in Spain.
Petra: _____ you Spanish?
Juan: No, I ____ not. I ____ Mexican, but I live in Spain.
42

Petra: Who ____ our teacher?
Juan: Her name ____ Diane.
Petra: ____ she English?
Juan: No, she isn’t. She ____ Canadian.
Petra: Where ____ the other students?
Juan: They _____ in the classroom! We ____ late!
2. Put in am/is/are.
1. We ______ interested in classical music. 2. Vera ______ afraid of snakes. 3. Art
_____ long, life _______ short. 4. Two heads _______ better than one. 5. The game
_______ not worth the candle. 6. Used cars _______ cheaper but less reliable than
new cars. 7. How _________ you? I _________ not very well today. I _______ sorry
to hear that. 8. Where ________ the keys? In your jacket. 9. What __________ the
time, please? Two o’clock. 9. What _______ the weather forecast for tomorrow? 10.
It ________ 10 o’clock. She ________ late again.
3. Put in was/wasn’t/were/weren’t.
1. We didn’t like that house. It ____ very old and it _____ large enough.
2. Helen got married when she _____ 21 years old.
3. I called you yesterday evening but you _____ at home. Where ____ you?
4. My son _____ at work last week because he _____ ill. He’s better now.
5. The shops ______ open yesterday because it _____ a public holiday.
6. _____ you at home at 9.30? No, I _____. I ______ at work.
4. Complete with was/wasn’t or were/weren’t to make true sentences.
1. Julius Caesar ____ the first Roman emperor.
2. The Olympic Games ____ in Barcelona in 1996.
3. Mozart _____ the composer of the Marriage of Fegaro.
4. Albert Einstein _____ born in Germany.
5. Valentina Tereshkova _____ the first woman in space.
6. Vincent Van Gogh _____ from Belgium.
7. The 2002 football World Cup ___ in China.
8. The Incas _____ from Mexico.
9. The Beatles _____ from Manchester.
10.Socrates and Plato _____ Roman philosophers.
11.Che Guevara _____ born in Cuba.
12.Bill Clinton ____ President of the United States in 2002.
13.Marie Antoinette _____ Louis XVI’s wife.
14.The Vikings _____ from Germany.
15.Garibaldi _____ born in Italy.
5. Put in am/is/are/was/were. Some sentences are present and some are past.
1. Last year their son ______ 26, so he ______ 27 now.
2. Today the weather ______ nice, but yesterday it _______ cold.
3. I ______ cold. Can I have something hot to drink?
4. I _____ hungry last night, so I had something to eat.
5. Where ______ you at 10 o’clock last Sunday morning?
43

6. Don’t buy those shoes. They ______ too expensive.
7. Why ______ you so tired yesterday?
8. We must go now. It _____ very late.
9. This time last year I _____ in England.
10.We _____ tired when we arrived home, so we went to bed.
11.Anton Chekhov died in 1904. He _____ a famous Russian writer.
12.Where ______ the dogs? I don’t know. They _____ in the garden ten minutes
ago.
6. Complete the dialogues with was/wasn’t/were/weren’t.
I A _______ you and Susan at the party last night?
B Yes, we __________ .
A _________ it good?
B No, it __________ . The music ________ awful. Where ________ you?
A I ________ ill.
II A Where _______ you born?
B I _______ born in Australia in 1919.
A _________ your parents Australian?
B No, they _________ . My mother _________ Italian and my father ______ Greek.
7. Transform the sentences into the Future Indefinite Tense.
1. My friend is a doctor. (in 5 years)
2. They are in Moscow. (during winter vacation)
3. On Monday our first lesson is English. (next Monday)
4. The lesson is over. (in 5 minutes)
5. I am eighteen years old. (in a year)
6. My parents are at home. (tonight)
8. Put in the verb «to be» in Present Simple, Past Simple or Future Simple.
Ronald Wood … a managing director of the First Bank of Kingsville on Main Street.
He … always on a business trip. Yesterday he … in Geneva. Tomorrow he … in
London. Last week he … in Chicago. Next week he … in New Orleans. At the
moment he … in Amsterdam. In two hours he … in the Hague. Three days ago he …
in Paris. At the end of his trip he … usually very tired but happy. He … with his
family now. His sons … so much excited. They have got new toys from their father.
Everybody in the family … very glad to see him at home again.
9. Read and translate the sentences with the verb «to be».
1. People are different. 2. It was a different way. 3. I am right. 4. They were right. 5.
His point of view is different. 6. To use the scheme was to take a risk. 7. The method
is to change the samples. 8. A plan is a program of actions. 9. To plan is to create
plans. 10. It will be a different way. 11. The point of view of the student was right.
12. Water is a liquid. 13. Our interests were different. 14. Our interests will be
different. 15. The conclusions are different. 16. We were right too. 17. He is right too.
44

10. Translate the sentences into English using the verb «to be».
1. Как тебя зовут? Меня зовут Аня. 2. Как его зовут? Его зовут Джон. 3. Где он?
Он в Лондоне. 4. Откуда ты родом? Я из Санкт-Петербурга. 5. Ваша мама дома?
Нет, она на работе. 6. Мой папа – программист. 7. Мой любимый предмет –
английский язык. 8. Мой брат был в кино вчера. 9 Мы не были на юге прошлым
летом. 10. Вчера они были в библиотеке. 11. Завтра мой дедушка будет в
деревне. 12. Он будет прекрасным журналистом. 13. Моя сестра была
студенткой в прошлом году, а сейчас она – врач. Ты тоже будешь врачом? Нет,
я не буду врачом. Я буду инженером.

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, or c .
1. Are you English? ________
a) Yes, I’m b) No, I not c) Yes, I am
2. They ________ from Milan, they’re from Rome.
a) not are b) aren’t c) isn’t
3. She _______ pretty and friendly.
a) are b) am c) is
4. Where ______ the nearest stop, please?
a) is b) are c) am
5. _______ the shops open at 8 o’clock? No, they ________ closed.
a) Is … are b) Are … are c) Are … is
6. Where _______ you born?
a) was b) were c) wasn’t
7. He ________ eighteen next year.
a) shall be b) will be c) shan’t be
8. Why ________ you at work yesterday?
a) wasn’t b) weren’t c) not were
9. I ______ in France last month.
a) am b) were c) was
10. Tomorrow ________ Saturday.
a) shall be b) will be c) not will be
11. I _______ tired last week.
a) were b) was c) weren’t
12. _________ that hotel expensive?
a) Are b) Is c) Am
13. My hair ________ not clean. I must wash it.
a) are b) is c) was
14. The sweater ________ nice, the trousers __________ nice, too.
a) are… is b) is … is c) is … are
15. My father’s a pilot. I ___________ a pilot too.
45

a) will be b) shan’t be c) shall

Read the text. Mark the sentences T (True) or F (False).
1. Vincent van Gogh was famous during his life.
2. Vincent was from Germany.
3. Theo van Gogh was Vincent's father.
4. Before he was a painter, Vincent was a teacher.
5. Vincent was interested in religion.
6. He was a good student.
7. Paul Gaugin was Vincent's friend.
8. He was a happy person.
9. Vincent's paintings were popular in his life.
10.Today his pictures are very expensive.

A famous painter
Today the artist Vincent van Gogh is very famous, but he was never famous
during his life.
Vincent was Dutch. His family was from a small village in the Netherlands. His
brother, Theo, was a very important person in his life. Vincent was usually poor, but
his brother always helped him with money.
Vincent was always good at painting, but he had many different jobs. He
worked for an art company, and in a bookshop, and he was a teacher. He was
interested in religion, and he wanted to study theology, but he wasn't a very good
student. When he was 27 he started to work as a painter. He lived in Belgium, the
Netherlands, and France, where he was with his friend, the painter Paul Gaugin. But
Vincent was never really happy, and he was often not well. When he was only 37, he
ended his life.
When Vincent was alive, he wasn't famous and his paintings weren't popular.
Today his pictures are very expensive, and you can see them in art galleries all over
the world.

Оборот there is (there are)
Предложения с вводным there сообщают о наличии или существовании
лица или предмета в каком-либо определенном месте.
46

Вводное there в предложении является формальным подлежащим, которое
вводит сказуемое. После оборота there is/are исчисляемые существительные в
единственном числе употребляются с неопределенным артиклем. Во
множественном числе существительные употребляются без артикля.
В случае наличия в предложении более одного существительного
сказуемое согласуется с первым из них.
There is a newspaper and some magazines on the table. – На столе газета и
несколько журналов.
There are some magazines and a newspaper on the table. – На столе
несколько журналов и газета.
Перевод таких предложений обычно начинается с обстоятельства (места
или времени), причем оборот there is на русский язык зачастую не переводится.
There is a book on the desk. – На письменном столе (лежит, находится)
книга.
There is a lot of snow in winter. – Зимой много снега.
Сказуемым в предложении такого типа может быть не только глагол to be,
но также модальные глаголы (can, may, must, ought to) и ряд других глаголов (to
live, to exist, to stand, to lie, to come).
There must be a dictionary on the shelf. – На полке должен быть словарь.
There exist different opinions on this problem. – Существуют различные
мнения об этой проблеме.
Present Simple
Past Simple
There is a book in the bag. There was a book in the
bag.
There are some books
in the bag.
There were some books in
the bag.
There is not (isn’t) a book There was not (wasn’t) a
in the bag.
book in the bag.

Future Simple
There will be a book in the bag.

There are not (aren’t) any There were not (weren’t)
books in the bag.
any books in the bag.
Is there a book in the bag? Was there a book in the
bag?
Are there any books in the
Were there any books in the
bag?
bag?

There will not (won’t) be any
books in the bag.
Will there be a book in the bag?

There will be some books in the
bag.
There will not (won’t) be a book
in the bag.

Will there be any books in the
bag?

1. Translate the sentences into Russian.
1. There is a garden near the house. 2. There are some newspapers on the table.
3. There is some chalk in the box. 4. Is there anybody in the corridor? 5. There are no
mistakes in your test. 6. There was a concert at the University last Sunday. 7. There

won’t be many exams in winter. 8. There are a lot of problems to solve. 9. There will
be a lot of people at the conference. 10. There will be a lot of fruit in our garden.
2. Complete the sentences with the right form of the verb to be.
1. There______ two men at the door. 2. There_______ a good clothes shop not far
from here. 3. There_______ a lot of people at the concert today. 4. There__________
a police woman over here. 5. There_________ a dog and a cat in the garden. 6. There
________no money in my bank account. 7. There___________ four people in my
family. 8. There_________ no news from my friends.
3. Complete the sentences with there is(isn’t)/there are(aren’t) constructions.
1.______a train to Manchester? 2. ________a new disco near the college?
3. _______a good restaurant in this street? 4. ________two hospitals in this town.
5.________many children in the pool? 6. __________three families in this house.
7. ___________a television in the flat? 8. ________a big grey cloud over there.
4. Write sentences using there is/there are with the help of the words given
below. Choose for a word from each column to make up a sentence.
Example: There are seven days in a week.
seven letters September
nine players the USA
fifteen planets a rugby team
twenty-six days the Solar system
thirty days a week
fifty states the English alphabet
5. Ask questions to the following statements then answer them according to the
example.
There is a good programme on TV tonight.
-Is there a good programme on TV tonight? - No, there isn 't.
There aren't any theatres in my town.
-Are there any theatres in your town? - Yes, there are.
1. There is a cat in the window. 2. There are a few changes in the text. 3. There are
plenty of glasses in the cupboard. 4. There were a lot of people at the stadium. 5.
There isn't anything on the plate. 6. There wasn't anybody in the room. 7. There are
difficult exercises in this book. 8. There is something on the shelf. 9. There will be
some interesting programmes on TV tomorrow. 10. There are several empty seats in
the room. 11. There weren't any pears on the plate.
6. Use "there is (are)" construction in the necessary tense form.
1. Look! …… their telephone number in the letter. 2. Chichester is a very old town.
…… many old buildings. 3. Excuse me, ………a restaurant near here? 4. How many
students……….in your group? 5. I was hungry but………anything to eat. 6………..a
football match on TV last night. 7………..many people at the meeting? 8. Look!
48

......... an accident. Call the ambulance! 9. …24 hours in a day. 10. This box is empty.
……………. nothing in it. 11. ……..somebody at the airport to meet you when you
arrive tomorrow. 12. When we arrived at the cinema……..a long queue outside.
7. Translate into English.
A 1. В этом журнале много интересных статей. 2. В нашем городе много музеев
и театров. 3. В этой комнате есть телефон? 4. В этой комнате два окна. 5. В
чашке не было чая. 6. Сколько статей было в этом журнале? - Там было
несколько статей. 7. Сколько студентов в аудитории? - Двадцать. 8. Рядом с
нашим домом будет парк. 9. На этой улице была школа? 10. На столе лежит
несколько книг.
B 1. Рядом с нашим домом есть школа. Школа находится рядом с нашим
домом. 2. В городе несколько театров. Театры находятся в центре города. 3. В
вазе стояли цветы. Цветы стояли в красивой вазе. 4. В театре много детей. Дети
сейчас в театре. 5. Существует несколько способов решения этой задачи.
Способы решения этой задачи приведены на странице
8. Answer the following questions.
1. How many days are there in January? 2. How many minutes are there in an hour?
3. How many students are there in your group? 4. How many rooms are there in your
flat? 5. How many months are there in a year? 6. How many theatres are there in your
city? 7. How many people are there in your family? 8. How many desks are there in
the classroom?
9. Complete with the right form of there is or there are.
1._________ any Cokes in the minibar.
2. _________any free tables in the restaurant?
3._________ any lifts in reception.
4.__________ a bath in the bathroom. It's very big.
5.__________ a swimming pool in the garden?
6.__________ a remote control for the TV. Can you ask reception for one?
7.__________ any pictures in the room.
8.__________ a meeting room in the hotel?
9.___________ some towels on the floor.
10. Complete the dialogue with the right form of there was or there were.
A Hi, Jack. How was the hotel?
B It was awful.
A Why?
B Well, _________a lift, and our room was on the third floor. The room was big, but
it was cold and dark, and ___________ any windows.
A _________ a restaurant?
B No, _______ . __________ only a bar.
A ____________ a lot of people in the hotel?

B No. And I'm not surprised.
A _____________ a swimming pool?
B Yes, _____________, but it wasn't very clean.

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, or c .
1. … some people in this street 3 days ago.
a) There are b) There is c) There were
2. Yesterday … only one banana in my bag.
a) there was b) there is c) there were
3. … only 15 people in this bus today.
a) There will be b) There are c) There weren’t
4. … three thieves in the bank yesterday.
a) There are b) There is c) There were
5. … some games in this shop now.
a) There are b) There were c) There will be
6. … no policeman in the bank yesterday.
a) There was b) There will be c) There won’t be
7. … a table and four chairs in my living-room.
a) There are b) There is c) There were
8. … two shops and a cinema in my street.
a) There was b) There are c) There is
9. … no good news for you today, I’m afraid.
a) There are b) There is c) There was
10.… some interesting reports at the conference tomorrow.
a) There will be b) There is c) There were
11. … a nice film on TV this evening. It is an American thriller.
a) There was b) There is c) There are
12. How many flowers … in the vase?
a) are there b) is there c) there are
13. … many children at school yesterday?
a) Was there b) Were there c) Are there
14.… any food in the fridge.
a) There aren’t b) There are c) There isn’t
15.… something I want to talk to you about.
a) There isn’t b) There are c) There is

Read the text and answer the questions.
50

1. Where is Pompeii?
2. How many people lived there?
3. When did people get up?
4. What did they have for breakfast?
5. What time did they have lunch?
6. Where did they wash?
7. What did they often do in the evenings?
8. Why did life in Pompeii stop?

Pompeii - a town with a difference!
On your next trip to Italy, why not visit the fantastic Roman town of
Pompeii?
In the past, twenty thousand people lived in Pompeii in big houses with big
gardens. The Romans built roads in the town and there were many public places like
baths, amphitheatres, banks, and markets.
There wasn't any electricity and people got up with the sun. For breakfast they
had bread and cheese. People started work very early and stopped at twelve o'clock
for a lunch of fish, bread, cake and fruit. In the afternoon people went to watch the
gladiators or to the public baths to wash and meet friends. In the evening they often
had dinner parties - they were an important part of Roman life.
But life in Pompeii stopped in 79 AD when the volcano Vesuvius erupted.
Today you can see the town exactly as it was nearly two thousand years ago.

Глагол to have
Глагол to have в настоящем времени имеет 2 формы:
• have для всех лиц, кроме 3-го лица единственного числа
• has для 3-го лица единственного числа
В прошедшем времени глагол to have имеет форму had, в будущем - will
have.
Формы глагола to have

Present Simple

Past Simple

Future Simple

I have (got)
You have (got)
He
She
has (got)
It
We have (got)
They have (got)
I have not (got)
You have not (got)
He
She
has not (got)
It
We have not (got)
They have not (got)

I
You
He
She had
It
We
They
I
You
He
She did not(didn’t)have
It
We
They

I will have
You will have
He
She
will have
It
We will have
They will have
I will not (shan’t) have
You will not (won’t) have
He
She
will not(won’t) have
It
We will not (shan’t) have
They will not (won’t) have

Have I (got)?
Have you (got)?
Has he (got)?
Has she (got)?
Has it (got)?
Have we (got)?
Have they (got)?

Did I have?
Did you have?
Did he have?
Did she have?
Did it have?
Did we have?
Did they have?

Will I have?
Will you have?
he have?
Will
she have?
it have?
Will we have?
Will they have?

Значение этого глагола - "иметь, владеть, обладать". Часто в разговорной
речи вместо have, has употребляется словосочетание have got, has got (краткие
формы 've got и 's got) с тем же значением, особенно когда речь идёт о
временном владении или только что приобретённом предмете или предметах:
We've got a nice flat. У нас хорошая квартира.
Have you got any pets? У вас есть домашние животные?
В вопросительной форме в британском варианте языка глагол to have
часто стоит перед подлежащим, в американском варианте вопросительная и
отрицательная формы всегда образуются с помощью вспомогательного глагола
do:

Have you two sons? (брит.)
Do you have a lot of free time? (амер.)
Отрицание выражается формой глагола to have с отрицанием not или с
отрицательным местоимением no:
I haven't got a pen.
I have got no pen here.
В британском английском have со вспомогательным do используется для
обозначения привычного, повторяющегося действия или состояния. Сравните:
We don't usually have whisky in the house. — У нас обычно нет виски в
доме.
I haven't got any whisky. — У меня нет виски.
I've got toothache. — У меня болит зуб.
I often have toothache. — У меня часто болит зуб.
Под влиянием американского английского формы со вспомогательным do
становятся все более употребительными и в тех случаях, когда речь не идет о
привычных действиях:
Sorry, I don't have any whisky. — Извините, у меня нет виски.
В американском английском формы глагола to have проще; как правило, во
всех случаях для формообразования употребляется глагол do:
I have a problem. — У меня проблема
Do you have a problem? — У вас проблема?
То have в этих случаях не имеет форм продолженного времени.
Для обозначения однократных действий используется have got.
I haven't got to work tomorrow. — Мне не надо работать завтра.
В американском английском have to используется для обозначения
привычного, повторяющегося действия и однократного действия (хотя
возможны и формы I have got to).
Под влиянием американизмов это правило распространяется и на
британский английский:
I have to go now. — Сейчас мне надо идти.
What time do you have to be in Boston tomorrow? — В котором часу ты
должен быть в Бостоне завтра?
53

You don't usually have to tell her things twice. — Обычно ей не надо
повторять дважды.
Распространённые сочетания с глаголом to have
to have a lesson/a lecture/a meeting - посещать урок / лекцию / собрание
to have breakfast/lunch/dinner - завтракать / обедать / ужинать
to have tea/coffee – пить чай/ кофе
to have a rest/a sleep/a dream - отдохнуть / поспать / помечтать
to have a drink/a cigarette/ - выпить / выкурить сигарету
to have a holiday/a day off/ a good time – иметь отпуск / выходной день /
хорошо провести время
to have a bath/a shower – принять ванну, душ
to have a shave/a wash – побриться, помыться
В этих случаях вопросительная и отрицательная формы глагола to have
образуются при помощи вспомогательного глагола to do:
Where do you have dinner? — Где ты обедаешь?

1. Transform the sentences into the Past.
1. They have a meeting today. (yesterday)
2. He has a lot of free time. (last week)
3. The students of our group have a scientific conference today. (yesterday)
4. We usually have dinner in the canteen. (last year)
5. We have a dictation in English today. (two days ago)
2. Transform the sentences into the Future.
1. We had a good rest last Sunday. (next Sunday)
2. The students have a lecture in Philosophy. (tomorrow)
3. I have much work to do. (next week)
4. They had plenty of fruit in their garden last year. (next year)
5. You have an English class today. (the day after tomorrow)
3. Make the sentences negative.
1. He has got some relatives in Moscow.
2. She has got a new car.
3. They have got two sons.
4. I have got some friends abroad.
5. We have got many books on this question.

4. Make the sentences interrogative.
1. She has got three new dresses.
2. His friend has got a big flat.
3. You have got a younger sister.
4. They have got two cats.
5. We have got a dictionary of British slang.
5. Put have got, has got, haven’t got or hasn’t got.
1. They like flowers. They … a lot of roses in their garden.
2. Jane … a car. She goes everywhere by bicycle.
3. Everybody likes Tom. He ... a lot of friends.
4. Mr and Mrs Eastwood ... two children, a boy and a girl.
5. An insect … six legs.
6. I can’t open the door. I … a key.
7. Hurry! We … much time.
8. What’s wrong? – I … something in my eye.
9. Where’s the newspaper? – I don’t know. I … it.
10. Julia wants to go on holiday but she … any money.
6. Complete the dialogue using the verb to have in the present or the past.
Sometimes you have to make negative and question forms.
David: … you … a bike?
Mike: Yes, but I don’t ride it very often.
David: … it … lights on?
Mike: Yes, why?
David: Can I leave my bike here and take yours? Mine … any lights. It … any when
I bought it. I meant to get some last week, but I … time.
Mike: But it’s raining now. And you … a coat. I’ll drive you home, David.
7. Read and translate the sentences with the verb «to have».
1. We have three cars. 2. Emma has toothache. 3. Vicky has got blue eyes. 4. I
haven’t got any money. 5. I have a shower every morning. 6. We had a wonderful
holiday. 7. We don’t have parties very often. 8. Where do you have lunch? 9. I
usually have a rest in the afternoon. 10. Claire had lots of presents on her birthday.
11. Mark never has breakfast. 12. We didn’t have a very good time. 13. I had a talk
with Daniel.
8. Translate into English.
1. У них есть три собаки и три кошки.
2. У нее большие зеленые глаза.
3. У моего брата голубая машина.
4. Сколько у вас земли?
5. У нас не было машины в прошлом году.
6. У меня вчера болела голова.
55

7. Когда вы пьете чай?
8. Мы хорошо провели время вчера.
9. Она хорошо провела отпуск на юге.
10. У вас есть книги по истории Англии?
9. Complete these sentences. Use an expression from the list and put the verb
into the correct form where necessary.
have lunch have a swim have a nice time have a chat
have a cigarette have a rest have a good flight have a baby
have a shower have a party have a look
1. I don't eat much during the day. I never have lunch.
2. David likes to keep fit, so he .............................................................. every day.
3. We .................................. last Saturday. It was great - we invited lots of people.
4. Excuse me, can I .............................................. at your newspaper, please?
5. 'Where's Jim?' 'He ................................................. in Ins room. He's very tired.
6. I met Ann in the supermarket yesterday. We stopped and.................................. .
7. I haven't seen you since you came back from holiday..........................................
8. Suzanne................................................. a few weeks ago. It's her second child.
9. I don't usually smoke but I was feeling very nervous, so I ................................. .
10. The phone rang but I couldn't answer it because I ............................................ .
11. You meet Tom at the airport. He has just arrived. You say: Hello, Tom .......... ?

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, or c .
1. Usually I … dinner at 6 o’clock.
a) had b) have c) has
2. My brother … a very interesting job.
a) has b) have c) haves
3. Last year my aunt … a very beautiful car.
a) had b) has c) have
4. Tomorrow I … a break from 3 to 4.
a) had b) will have c) will has
5. Do you want to … an extra day-off?
a) have b) has c) will have
6. My mother … fair hair.
a) have b) haves c) had
7. Every morning I get up, turn on the radio and … a cold shower.
a) had b) has c) have
8. Yesterday my friend and I … a chat on the phone.
56

a) have b) had c) has
9. Let’s … a swim. It’s too hot today.
a) has b) had c) have
10. – We are going to the theatre tonight.
… a good time!
– Thanks!
a) Had b) Will have c) Have
11. Peter … no relatives in France.
a) have b) hasn’t c) has
12. My father’s friends … a lot of books on biology in their study.
a) have b) has c) is having
13. I was so tired last week. I wanted to … a rest.
a) has b) have c) had
14. … the United States of America a lot of industrial cities?
a) Have b) Has c) Will have
15. It is important to … your own opinion in any situation.
a) had b) has c) have

Read the article and answer the questions:
1. Where does James live?
2. What time does he get up?
3. What clothes does he wear?
4. Does he have breakfast?
5. What does he do in the morning?
6. What does he have for lunch?
7. What does he do after lunch?
8. Does he watch TV?
9. What does he do in the evening?

A day in the life of James Blunt
James Blunt is an ex-soldier who is now a singer. He lives alone in Ibiza,
Spain.
I live in a beautiful old house. It’s about 150 years old and it’s on a hill with a
lot of trees. From my window I have a fantastic view of the sea.
I usually get up at about 9.30, and I have a shower. I always wear jeans and a Tshirt. Clothes don’t really interest me. I have two pairs of jeans, one jacket, and six Tshirts. I never have breakfast – I’m not hungry in the morning. I make a fire and clean
the house. Then I play the piano, or I sit on the sofa and play the guitar.

I live near a small village. For lunch I go and buy bread and a tin of tuna, or
maybe ham or cheese. I never cook. After lunch I sometimes work in the garden. I
don’t have a TV – I only have a music system and my music collection. I like singersongwriters from the 1970s, like Lou Reed and Leonard Cohen.
In the evening I usually go out with friends. We have dinner at one of the old
Spanish bars, and then we sometimes go to a club. Before I go to bed I lock the
doors. When I’m in bed I look out of the window at the night sky and think how
wonderful life is.
Look at the highlighted ‘time’ words and guess their meaning. Complete the
sentences given below with these words:
1. I get up at 7.00. _______ I have breakfast.
2. _______ I go out in the evenings, I usually go to a bar.
3. I never drink coffee _______ dinner.
4. I always have a shower ________ I go to bed.
5. At the weekend I go to bed at ________ half past seven.

Настоящие времена
(Present Tenses)
Настоящее простое время
(The Present Simple Tense)
Present Simple обозначает действие в настоящем в широком смысле слова.
Оно употребляется для обозначения обычных, регулярно повторяющихся или
постоянных действий, например, когда мы говорим о чьих либо привычках,
режиме дня, расписании, т. е. Present Simple обозначает действия, которые
происходят в настоящее время, но не привязаны именно к моменту речи.
Образование Present Simple
Утвердительные предложения:
I play
We play
You play
You play
He / she / it plays They play

Английский глагол во временной форме Present Simple почти всегда
совпадает со своей начальной формой без частицы to. Лишь в 3-ем лице
единственного числа к ней нужно прибавить окончание -s:
I work – he works
Если глагол оканчивается на -s, -ss, -sh, -ch, -x, -z, -o, то к нему
прибавляется окончание -es:
I wish – he wishes
К глаголам на –y с предшествующей согласной тоже прибавляется
окончание -es, а -y заменяется на -i-:
I try – he tries
Вопросительные предложения:
Do I play?
Do we play?
Do you play?
Do you play?
Does he / she / it play? Do they play?
Отрицательные предложения:
I do not play
We do not play
You do not play
You do not play
He / she / it does not play They do not play
Вопросительная и отрицательная формы образуются при помощи
вспомогательного глагола do в настоящем времени, который в 3-м лице
единственного числа имеет форму does, и инфинитива смыслового глагола без
частицы to. Когда используется вспомогательный глагол does, окончание -s(-es)
у смыслового глагола опускается:
Does she work at school? – Она работает в школе?
She doesn’t work at school. – Она не работает в школе.
В вопросительной форме глагол ставится перед подлежащим:
Do you like rock? Yes, I do./No, I don’t.
Тебе нравится рок? Да./Нет.
Does he speak English? Yes, he does./No, he doesn’t.
Он говорит по-английски? Да./Нет.

В отрицательных предложениях тоже используется вспомогательный
глагол do/does, но не перед подлежащим, а перед глаголом. После него
прибавляется отрицательная частица not. Do/does и not часто сокращаются до
don’t и doesn’t соответственно:
I do not (don’t) like black coffee.
Я не люблю черный кофе.
She does not (doesn't) smoke.
Она не курит.
Примечание:
Вспомогательный глагол do/does может стоять и в утвердительных
предложениях. Тогда предложение приобретает бoльшую экспрессивность,
глагол оказывается эмоционально выделен:
I do want to help you.
Я на самом деле хочу тебе помочь.
Jane does know how to cook.
Джейн действительно умеет готовить.
В таких предложениях вспомогательный глагол никогда не сокращается.
Употребление Present Simple
The Present Simple Tense употребляется:
1. Для выражения обычного, постоянного действия, происходящего в
настоящее время, не соотнесенного с моментом речи.
I live in Moscow. – Я живу в Москве.
My brother studies at the Institute. – Мой брат учится в институте.
2. Для выражения регулярно повторяющихся действий в настоящем.
I often go to the park. – Я часто хожу в парк.
They play tennis every weekend. – Они играют в теннис каждые выходные.
3. Для передачи общеизвестных фактов, простых истин, действий и
состояний, происходящих независимо от желания человека:
The Earth goes round the Sun. – Земля вращается вокруг Солнца.
The school year begins in September. – Учебный год начинается в сентябре.
4. Для выражения ряда последовательных действий в настоящем.

I get up at seven, do morning exercises, then have breakfast. – Я встаю в семь,
делаю зарядку, потом завтракаю.
I come to the office, look through the mail and then write letters. – Я прихожу
на работу, просматриваю почту, а потом пишу письма.
Указатели Present Simple
Указателями времени Present Simple являются наречия частотности:
always (всегда), usually (обычно), often (часто), sometimes (иногда), seldom
(редко), never (никогда). В предложении они, как правило, стоят между
подлежащим и смысловым глаголом:
He often goes to the cinema. - Он часто ходит в кино.

1. Make affirmative, interrogative and negative sentences in Present Simple.

Helen (to have) a car.
Helen has a car. Does Helen have a car? Helen doesn’t have a car.
1. I (to do) morning exercises.
2. He (to work) at a factory.
3. She (to sleep) after dinner.
4. We (to work) part-time.
5. They (to drink) tea every day.
6. I (to go) to my grandmother every summer.
7. My friend (to speak) English well.
8. My aunt usually (to come) to us on Sunday.
9. They often (to watch) TV in the evening.
10.We often (to write) dictations at our English class.
2. Open the brackets using Present Simple.
1. Alice (to be) a student.
2. She (to get) up at seven o'clock.
3. She (to go) to the institute in the morning.
4. She (to do) her morning exercises every day.
5. For breakfast she (to have) two eggs, a sandwich and a cup of tea.
6. After breakfast she (to go) to the institute.
7. Sometimes she (to take) a bus.
8. It (to take) her an hour and a half to do her homework.
9. She (to speak) English well.
61

10. Her friends usually (to call) her at about 8 o’clock.
11. She (to take) a shower before going to bed.
12. She (to go) to bed at 11 p. m.
3. Open the brackets using the verbs in Present Simple.
1. My working day (to begin) at six o'clock. I (to get) up, (to switch) on the TV and
(to brush) my teeth. At half past seven I (to have) breakfast. I (to leave) home at eight
o'clock. I (to take) a bus to the institute. It usually (to take) me fifteen minutes to get
there. Classes (to begin) at half past eight. We usually (to have) four classes a day.
2. My sister (to get) up at eight o'clock. She (to be) a schoolgirl. She (to go) to school
in the afternoon. Jane (to be) fond of sports. She (to do) her morning exercises every
day. For breakfast she (to have) two eggs, a sandwich and a cup of tea. After
breakfast she (to go) to school.
4. Make up question using the words in brackets.

Bob plays chess. (How often?) – How often does Bob play chess?

1. Andrea usually gets up at seven o’clock. (What time?) 2. She catches the bus to the
University. (What?) 3. She goes home for lunch. (Where?) 4. She goes swimming
after classes. (When?) 5. She gets to the pool on foot. (How?) 6. After swimming she
often goes out with her friends for a pizza. (When?) 7. Sometimes she invites her
friends to her house on Saturday evenings. (Where?) 8. From time to time they go to
the seaside or to the mountains for a weekend. (How often?)
5. Fill in the adverbs given in the brackets in the right place.
1. George eats meat (never). 2. Does Tim go to school by bus (usually)? 3. We spend
summer in France (sometimes). 4. Kate doesn’t go swimming (often). 5. Simon does
his English homework (always). 6. They are late (seldom). 7. They come to see me in
my town house (often). 8. You speak too quickly (usually).
6. Put the verbs in brackets into Present Simple.
1. Fishermen often (to tell) tales about their catches. 2. Their children (to go) to a
private school. 3. My father (to like) a lot of milk in his tea. 4. We usually (to spend)
our summer holidays in Spain. 5. What this sentence (mean)? 6. My brother (to sing)
in Italian opera. 7. What you (see) over there? 8. My sister always (to eat) heartily.
7. Put the verb in brackets into Present Simple (positive or negative).
1. Claire is very sociable. She (to know) lots of people.
2. We’ve got plenty of chairs, thanks. We (want) any more.
3. Most students live quite close to the college, so they (walk) there.
4. My sports kit is really muddy. This shirt (need) a good wash.
5. I’ve got four cats and two dogs. I (love) animals.
6. No breakfast for Mark, thanks. He (eat) breakfast.
7. Don’t try to ring the bell. It (work).
8. We always travel by bus. We (own) a car.

8. Put the verb in brackets into the correct form.
1. How many languages (you/speak)? 2. I have a bike but I (not/use) it very often.
3.How many cups of tea (you/drink) a day? 4. What (you/do)? I’m an engineer. 5.
Where (your father/come) from? He (come) from Minsk. 6. If you need help, why
(you/not/ask) for it? 7. I (play) the guitar, but I (not/play) very well. 8. I
(not/understand) the word “maintain”. What “maintain” (mean)?
9. Fill in the gaps in the dialogue using Present Simple.
- Hello, I … Kate Kern. And what … your name?
- Hi, my name … Ann Brown. I … glad to meet you.
- Where … you live, Ann?
- I … from Leeds. And where … you from?
- I … from London. … there a sports centre in Leeds?
- Yes, there … three big sports centres in my town.
- What … your favourite sport?
- I like swimming. And what about you? … you like swimming?
- No, I … . But my best friend … . And I like tennis.
- … you … any hobbies? … you like reading?
- Yes, I … .
- What … your favourite books?
- I like detective stories. Do you?
- No, I … . … you … any brothers or sisters?
- No, I … an only child.
- And I … a brother.
- How old … he?
- He … 4. He … go to school. I help him much.
- You … a happy girl.
10. Translate the sentences into English using Present Simple.
1. Я обычно делаю домашнее задание вечером. 2. Мой друг живет на Севере. 3.
Моя сестра учится в медицинском колледже. 4. У них два занятия иностранным
языком в неделю. 5. Он всегда навещает нас, когда бывает в Москве. 6. Сколько
времени Вы тратите на дорогу домой? - Как правило, я трачу на дорогу домой
около тридцати минут. 7. Он редко путешествует. 8. Вы часто ходите в кино? 9.
Я не учу французский язык, я учу немецкий. 10. Мы редко с ними встречаемся.

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, or c .
1. My mother … a bad headache.
a) have got b) am c) has got
63

2. Where … the Johnsons live?
a) do b) are c) does
3. Margie and her sister … wonderful voices.
a) does b) has got c) have got
4. I … understand that man because I …speak English.
a) not … don’t b) don’t … not c) don’t … don’t
5. … you … any time to help me? – Sorry, I don’t.
a) Do … have b) Have … got c) Do … have
6. Everybody in our family … Mummy about the house.
a) help b) helps c) to help
7. … Jane Smith … English?
a) Is … speak b) Does … speak c) Do … speaks
8. The Browns … a nice house in the country.
a) has got b) have got c) has
9. … you like swimming?
a) Do b) Does c) Are
10. … Dad … any brothers or sisters?
a) Have … got b) Does … have c) Does … has
11. … your sister often go to the theatre?
a) Is b) Does c) Do
12. We … a car, but we are going to buy it.
a) don’t have b) aren’t have c) hasn’t
13. … Bob know what I want?
a) Do b) Does c) Is
14. They can’t go out because they … rain-coats and umbrellas.
a) have got b) aren’t have c) don’t have
15. Jack lives not far from us, but we … him often.
a) not see b) doesn’t see c) don’t see
16. Don’t give him cigarettes. He … .
a) isn’t smoke b) doesn’t smoke c) don’t smoke
17. Can you help me? I … the way to the market.
a) am not know b) not know c) don’t know
18. … Pete … any beer in the fridge?
a) Does … have b) Do … has c) Have … got
19. My daughter Mary … apples, but she likes oranges.
a) not likes b) doesn’t likes c) doesn’t like
20. What’s the matter? You … very happy.
a) look b) looks c) don’t look

A. Read the text.
B. Look at the highlighted words. What do you think they mean? Check with
your dictionary.

The Rainforest Children
John Allen is 43 years old and he has four children: two daughters and two sons.
John is a plant scientist and he lives with three of his children in the South American
rainforest. Their 'house' is a group of tents near the River Orinoco in Venezuela.
John's wife and one of his daughters prefer to live in London.
John's children don't go to school because John is their teacher. He teaches them
everything he knows, including how to survive in South America.
The children don't know how to use a PlayStation, but they can all drive, even
his 9-year-old son, Simon. At night they drive their car 50 metres from the kitchen
tent to the bedroom tent because there are a lot of wild animals in the area. They
spend their free time playing and reading books and in the evening they listen to the
news on the radio. They don't have a TV or CD player. In the summer the children's
friends come from London to visit. When they go home they tell their parents
incredible stories of their holidays in the Venezuelan rainforest.
C. Write T (True) or F (False).
1. John is a biology teacher.
2. John's four children live in Venezuela.
3. They live in a house.
4. John teaches the children in a school.
5. The children don't play computer games.
6. Simon doesn't drive.
7. They don't watch TV.
8. The children's friends visit with their parents.

Настоящее длительное время
(The Present Continuous Tense)
Время Present Continuous обычно указывает на процесс, длящийся
непосредственно в момент речи. На это могут указывать контекст или такие
слова, как now (сейчас), at the moment (в текущий момент) и т.п.:
Sally is doing her homework at the moment.
Салли сейчас делает домашнее задание.
Dad and me are fishing now.
Мы с папой сейчас рыбачим.
Образование Present Continuous

Утвердительные предложения:
I am playing
We are playing
You are playing
You are playing
He / she / it is playing They are playing
Для того, чтобы поставить глагол в форму времени Present Continuous,
требуется вспомогательный глагол to be в настоящем времени и причастие
настоящего времени (Participle I) смыслового глагола.
To be в настоящем времени имеет три формы:
•
•
•

am – 1 лицо, ед. ч. (I am shaving.)
is – 3 лицо, ед. ч. (He is reading.)
are – 2 лицо ед. ч. и все формы мн. ч. (They are sleeping.)

Примечание:
Личные местоимения и вспомогательный глагол часто сокращаются до I’m,
he’s, she’s, it’s, we’re, you’re, they’re.
Причастие настоящего времени (Participle I) можно получить, прибавив к
начальной форме значимого глагола окончание -ing:
jump – jumping, live – living
Вопросительные предложения:
Am I playing?
Are we playing?
Are you playing?
Are you playing?
Is he / she / it playing? Are they playing?
В вопросительном предложении вспомогательный глагол выносится на место
перед подлежащим, а значимый глагол остается после него:
Why are you laughing?
Почему ты смеешься?
Are you using this dictionary?
Вы используете этот словарь?
Отрицательные предложения:
I am not playing
We are not playing
You are not playing
You are not playing
He / she / it is not playing They are not playing
66

В отрицательных предложениях за вспомогательным глаголом следует
отрицательная частица not. Формы is и are при этом могут быть сокращены до
isn’t и aren’t соответственно.
Radio is not (isn’t) working.
Радио не работает.
Случаи употребления Present Continuous
•

Указание на процесс, происходящий непосредственно в момент
разговора:

The doctor is conducting an operation now.
Врач сейчас проводит операцию.
•

Описание характерных свойств человека, часто с негативной окраской:

Why are you always interrupting people?
Почему ты вечно перебиваешь людей?
He is always shouting at me.
Он всегда на меня орет.
•

Запланированное действие в будущем, часто с глаголами движения:

We are landing in Heathrow in 20 minutes.
Мы приземляемся в Хитроу через 20 минут.
Указатели времени
Момент речи может быть выражен следующими наречиями или словосочетаниями: now, right now, just now, at present, at the moment, today, this
evening, this week (month, season), these days, tonight.
Примечание: Verbs not used in the Continuous form
В английском языке существуют глаголы, которые не могут выражать действие
или состояние как процесс, и, следовательно, употребляться во временах
группы Continuous. Вместо них используется Present Simple.
Условно эти глаголы можно разделить на ряд групп:
1) глаголы чувственного восприятия (to hear, to see, to feel, to smell, to taste, to
touch)
I hear you, don’t shout. Я слышу тебя, не кричи.
2) глаголы эмоционального состояния (to love, to hate, to like, to dislike, to prefer,
to want, to wish)
I love pancakes. Я люблю блинчики.
3) глаголы умственной деятельности (to know, to think, to believe, to understand,
to remember, to forget, to mean, to doubt, to recognize, to guess, to suppose)
I know the answer to this question. Я знаю ответ на этот вопрос.
67

4) глаголы обладания (to have, to own, to possess, to belong, to contain, to consist)
We have a house with a garden. У нас есть дом с садом.
Примечание: Некоторые из вышеперечисленных глаголов могут иметь разные
значения и в одном из них употребляются в Present Continuous:
We have a nice room in the hotel. У нас хороший номер в гостинице.
We are having a great time. Мы хорошо проводим время.
What do you think about this film? Что ты думаешь об этом фильме?
What are you thinking about? О чем ты сейчас думаешь?
He never thinks about other people. He is very selfish. Он никогда не думает о
других людях. Он очень эгоистичный.
I can’t understand why he’s being so selfish. He isn’t usually like that. Я не знаю,
почему он ведет себя так эгоистично. Он обычно не такой.
Do you see that man over there? Ты видишь того человека вон там?
I’m seeing the manager tomorrow morning. Я встречаюсь с менеджером завтра
утром.

1. Make the sentences a) interrogative; b) negative.
1. Tom is waiting for you.
2. The children are playing in the garden.
3. They are arriving in Moscow tomorrow.
4. Mary is doing her lessons now.
5. His parents are leaving next week.
6. The family are having dinner now.
7. Mr Black is speaking on the telephone.
8. They are going to buy a new house.
2. Disagree to the following statements. Use the words in the brackets.

She is reading now. (to write a letter)

– She is not reading. She is writing a letter.
1. Helen is skating now. (to ski)
2. They are playing tennis. (football)
3. The students are going home. (to the library)
4. Mother is making dinner. (to wash dishes)
5. Father is working in the garden. (to take a rest)
6. Ann and John are swimming. (to lie in the sun)
68

7. I am answering your questions. (to ask you questions)
8. We are having a party. (to have an English class)
3. You are having an English class now. Answer the following questions.
1. Are you having an English class now?
2. Are you speaking Russian?
3. Are you sitting or standing?
4. Is the teacher asking you questions?
5. Are you answering the teacher's questions?
6. Is the teacher speaking English?
7. Are you listening to what the teacher is saying?
8. Are you looking at the blackboard?
9. Are you looking at the teacher?
10. What (whom) are you looking at?
11. Who is asking you questions?
12. Whose questions are you answering?
13. What class are you having now?
14. Where are you going after classes?
4. Rachel is in the computer room at college. Complete her conversation with
Andrew. Put in a Present Continuous form of the verb.
Andrew: What … (you/do)?
Rachel: … (I/write) a letter to a friend. He’s a disc jockey. Vicky and I … (try) to
organize a disco.
Andrew: That sounds a lot of work. How … (you/find) time for your studies?
Rachel: Well, as I said, Vicky … (help) me. … (we/get) on all right. …
(we/not/spend) too much time on it. … (it/not/take) me away from my studies, don’t
worry about that. Oh, sorry, … (you/wait) for this computer?
Andrew: Yes, but there’s no hurry.
Rachel: … (I/correct) the last bit of the letter. I’ve nearly finished.
5. Open the brackets using The Present Indefinite or The Present Continuous.
1. I (read) a very interesting book.
2. My friend usually (read) a lot.
3. He (swim) very fast.
4. Look! Somebody (swim) over there.
5. What you (do) tonight?
6. What they usually (do) at the week-end?
7. Where is Aleck? – He is in the garden. I think he (do) his morning exercises.
8. He always (do) his morning exercises with the window open.
9. Mrs Grey seldom (cook) meals at home.
10. – Is Mother in the kitchen? – Yes, she is. She (cook) something.
11. We never (play) football in the gym.
69

12. Manchester United (play) very well today.
13. Our teacher (speak) two foreign languages.
14. – Hello. This is Brown speaking. – Sorry, I (hear, not) you well. Who (speak)?
6. Put the verbs in brackets in Present Continuous or Present Simple.
1. Are you hungry? _________ you________ something to eat? (you/want)
2. Jill is interested in politics but she _________ to a political party. (not/belong)
3. Don't put the dictionary away. I _________ it. (use)
4. Don't put the dictionary away. I _________ it. (need)
5. Who is that man? What _________? (he/want)
6. Who is that man? Why _________ at us? (he/look)
7. George says he's 80 years old but nobody _________ him. (believe)
8. She told me her name but I _________ it now. (not/remember)
9. I _________ of selling my car. (think) Would you be interested in buying it?
10. I ________ you should sell your car. (think) You _________ it very often.
(not/use)
11. I used to drink a lot of coffee but these days I _________ tea. (prefer)
12. Air _________ mainly of nitrogen and oxygen. (consist)
7. Translate into English.
1. Куда Вы идете? – Я иду в спортивный зал. Я всегда хожу туда в пятницу. 2.
Вы читаете? Что Вы читаете? 3. Кому Вы пишете это письмо? – Сестре. Я пишу
ей каждую неделю. 4. Где Виктор? – Он в кабинете. Он читает документы. –
Какие документы он читает? – Я не знаю. 5. Этот писатель пишет новую книгу.
6. Дети спят. Не шумите. 7. Что делает Петя? – Он рисует. 8. Отец дома? – Да,
он работает в саду. Он часто работает там по выходным. 9. Студенты
занимаются в лаборатории три раза в неделю, а сегодня они слушают
английские тексты. 10. Я слушаю очень внимательно, но ничего не слышу.

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a or b.
1. It often (rain) in this part of the world.
a) is often raining b) often rains
2. Take your umbrella. It (rain) cats and dogs.
a) rains b) is raining
3. Granny is in the kitchen. She (make) a plum-cake.
70

a) is making b) makes
4. My wife often (make) plum-cakes.
a) is often making b) often makes
5. Can you phone a bit later, please? Jane (have a bath).
a) is having a bath b) has a bath
6. Run downstairs. Your sister (wait) for you.
a) is waiting b) waits
7. I don’t know Spanish, but I (learn) it now.
a) am learning b) learn
8. John (still/work) in the garden.
a) is still working b) still works
9. Dad usually (work) on Saturdays.
a) is usually working b) usually works
10. Usually I (have coffee) in the morning, but now I (drink) tea.
a) am having coffee/drink b) have coffee/am drinking
11. We sometimes (go) to the cinema.
a) are sometimes going b) sometimes go
12. What she (do)? – She is a secretary at our college.
a) is she doing b) does she do
13. Why you (sit) at my desk? Could you take your place, please?
a) Why you are sitting? b) Why are you sitting?
14. We’ve got tickets, and tomorrow evening we (go) to the cinema.
a) go b) are going
15. … you (do) anything tomorrow afternoon? – I (play) tennis with my friend.
a) Are you doing/am playing b) Do you do/play

Read the text. Mark the sentences T (True) or F (False).
1. Americans eat more fruit than any other food.
2. Cocoa drinks are good for your health.
3. People are buying more soy drinks.
4. People are buying less pasta.
5. Nuts are good for you.

Taking our diet more seriously
Most people believe that health is very important and, because of this, many are
trying to eat more healthily. For example, people in the UK are eating less salt and
more low fat margarine and milk; fruit is now America’s second-favourite snack and
Japan is currently promoting cocoa because it is a healthy alternative to soft drinks
like Coca Cola. These changes in eating habits are also having an effect on the food
market. Global sales are increasing for soy drinks and drinkable yoghurts more than
any other food and sales of bread, pasta, and cereals are growing much more slowly.
71

People are also becoming more interested in fresh fruit and vegetables and ‘farmers’
markets’ are getting more popular throughout Europe. When they can, people often
opt for ‘natural goodness’, and they’re buying more products that are healthy, like
fruit, salads, and nuts. They are also buying products that help to protect the
environment, like organic vegetables. So it’s clear that things in the food world will
never be the same again.

Настоящее совершенное время
(The Present Perfect Tense)
Present Perfect обозначает действие, которое завершилось к настоящему
моменту или завершено в период настоящего времени.
I have done my homework already.
Я уже сделал домашнее задание.
We have no classes today, our teacher has fallen ill.
У нас сегодня не будет уроков, наш учитель заболел.
Образование Present Perfect
Утвердительные предложения:
I have played
We have played
You have played
You have played
He / she / it has played They have played
Вопросительные предложения:
Have I played?
Have we played?
Have you played?
Have you played?
Has he / she / it played? Have they played?
Отрицательные предложения:
I have not played
We have not played
You have not played
You have not played
He / she / it has not played They have not played

Время Present Perfect образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола to
have в настоящем времени и причастия прошедшего времени значимого
глагола, то есть его «третьей формы».
To have в настоящем времени имеет две формы:
•
•

has – 3 лицо, ед. ч. (He has played)
have – 1 и 2 лицо ед. ч. и все формы мн. ч. (I have played)

Причастие второе, или причастие прошедшего времени (Participle II), можно
получить, прибавив к начальной форме значимого глагола окончание -ed:
examine – examined, enjoy – enjoyed, close – closed
Однако есть также достаточно большая группа неправильных английских
глаголов, которые образуют форму прошедшего времени не по общим
правилам. Для них форму причастия прошедшего времени нужно запомнить.
В вопросительном предложении вспомогательный глагол выносится на место
перед подлежащим, а значимый глагол остается после него:
Have you seen this film?
Ты смотрел этот фильм?
Has she come yet?
Она еще не пришла?
В отрицательных предложениях за вспомогательным глаголом следует
отрицательная частица not. Формы have и has при этом могут быть сокращены
до haven’t и hasn’t соответственно:
I haven’t seen him since then.
С тех пор я его так и не видел.
Употребление Present Perfect:
•

Если говорящему важен сам факт произошедшего действия, а не его
время или обстоятельства:

I have visited the Louvre 3 times.
Я посетил Лувр три раза.
Если время события имеет значение, то нужно использовать время Past Simple:
I visited the Louvre last year.
В посетил Лувр в прошлом году.
•

Если период, в который произошло действие, еще не закончился:
73

I have finished reading “Dracula” this week.
На этой неделе я закончил читать «Дракулу».
В противном случае используется время Past Simple:
I finished reading “Dracula” 2 weeks ago.
Я закончил читать «Дракулу» две недели назад.
•

Для обозначения действий, которые начались в прошлом и продолжаются
в момент разговора:

I’ve studied Spanish since childhood.
Я учил испанский с детства.
I haven’t seen my hometown for 45 years.
Я не видел свой родной город 45 лет.
Указатели времени
The Present Perfect Tense употребляется с наречиями неопределенного времени:
already (уже), always (всегда), often (часто), seldom (редко), once (однажды),
many times (много раз), never (никогда), ever (когда-либо), so far (пока), just
(только что), yet (еще – в отрицательных предложениях, уже – в
вопросительных предложениях), lately (в последнее время), recently (недавно),
since (с, с тех пор), for (в течение) и др. Как и все наречия неопределенного
времени, эти наречия ставятся перед смысловым глаголом:
They have just gone out. — Они только что ушли.

1. Fill in the blanks using the Present Perfect Tense.
1. I’m afraid I (forget) my book at home.
2. … the secretary (yet/come)?
3. I (learn) the rhyme. Could you listen to me?
4. They (already/inform) me about the accident.
5. He is the most handsome man I (ever/know).
6. Kevin (already/leave for) Manchester.
7. He (not/receive) any letters from her this week.
8. I (not/hear) from him since he left Paris.
9. I (not/see) Tom for ages.
10. … you (have) a holiday this year?
11. We (see) some good films recently.
12. They (wait) for you for half an hour.

13. Mom (have) a headache since she came from the theatre.
14. Alan (work) in the bank for a year.
15. … you (ever/ride) a horse?
2. Complete the sentences with for or since.
1. Jill hasn’t been there … three years.
2. They have lived there … 1984.
3. They haven’t seen each other … that evening at Mr. Grey.
4. Our family haven’t heard from him … five months.
5. Oh, John! As usual you are late. I’ve waited for you … 11 a.m.
6. He has worked for this company … April.
7. I haven’t spoken to Mary … Christmas.
8. Mr. Pembroke doesn’t often mow the lawn. He hasn’t cut the grass … ages.
9. I have never sailed again … that journey.
10. We’ve lived in Oxford … 1992.
11. I think I’ll ring my girlfriend. I haven’t rung her … the weekend.
12. We are going to see some old friends. We haven’t seen them … five years.
13. Let’s watch a video, shall we? We haven’t watched one … quite a while.
14. We could have a barbecue. We haven’t had one … last summer.
15. Shall we play tennis? We haven’t played it … our holiday.
3. Translate the sentences into Russian.
1. I have already done my homework. 2. He has just phoned me. 3. I haven’t spoken
to him yet. 4. Has he come back yet? 5. Have you ever dined at this café?
6. I have always liked coffee. 7. I have never been here before. 8. I have read a lot
lately. 9. I have heard this opera many times. 10. She hasn’t visited me lately. 11. I
have already broken three cups, shall I go on washing up? 12. Have you ever seen an
iceberg? 13. He hasn’t written to me since September. 14. Mary has had her baby – it
is a boy. 15. I have been all over Africa.
4. Make up sentences using Present Perfect.
1. She / do / many different jobs. – She has done many different jobs.
2. He / travel / to many places.
__________________________________________________________________.
3. We / do / a lot of interesting things.
__________________________________________________________________.
4. I / write / ten books.
_________________________________________________________________.
5. They / meet / a lot of interesting people.
__________________________________________________________________.
6. You / be / married five times.
_________________________________________________________________ .
75

5. Form the Present Perfect form of the following verbs and use them to make
up sentences.
Break, buy, finish, do, go, go, lose, paint, read, take
1."Are they still having dinner?” "No, they have finished.”
2. I _____________ some new shoes. Do you want to see them?
3. "Is Tom here?” "No, he _____________ to work.”
4. "__________ you __________ the shopping” "No, I’m going to do it later.”
5. "Where’s your key?” "I don’t know. I _____________ it.”
6. Look! Somebody _____________ that window.
7. Your house looks different. __________ you __________ it?
8. I can’t find my umbrella. Somebody _____________ it.
9. I’m looking for Sarah. Where __________ she __________?
10. "Do you want the newspaper?” "No, thanks. I _____________ it.”

6. Make up the questions in Present Perfect and ask them to your friend.
1. (to be / to Paris?) Have you ever been to Paris?
2. (play / golf?) Have you ever played golf?
3. (to be / to Australia?) ____________________________________?
4. (lose / your passport?) ___________________________________?
5. (sleep / in the park?) ____________________________________?
6. (eat / Chinese food?) ____________________________________?
7. (to be / to New York?) ___________________________________?
8. (win / a lot of money?) ___________________________________?
9. (break / your leg?) ______________________________________?
10. (run / a marathon?) _____________________________________?
11. (speak / to famous people?) ______________________________?
12. (live / in another town) __________________________________?
7. Fill in the gaps in the sentences using Present Perfect.
1. "Would you like something to eat?” "No, thanks. I have just had lunch.”
(just/have)
2. "Do you know where Julia is?” "Yes, I _____________ her.” (just/see)
3. "What time is David leaving?” "He _____________.” (already/left)
4. "What’s in the newspaper today” "I don’t know. I _____________.” (not/read/yet)
5. "Is Ann coming to the cinema with us tonight?” "No, she _____________ the
film.” (already/see)
6. "Are your friends here yet?” "Yes, they _____________.” (just/arrive)
7. "What does Tim think about your plan?” "I _____________.” (not/tell/yet)

8. Translate the sentences into English.
1. Неужели вы уже перевели статью? 2. Он еще не закончил свою работу. 3.
Она уже вернулась? 4. Я знаю его уже 2 года. 5. Он знает меня c 1995 года. 6. Я
никогда не был в Москве. 7. Я только что вернулся из театра. 8. Я болею с
прошлого понедельника. 9. Они уже уехали в Лондон. 10. У меня было 3 урока
английского на этой неделе. 11. Сегодня он написал 4 письма. 12. Вы еще не
показали мне свою комнату. 13. Вы видели ее сегодня? 14. Вы когда-нибудь
думали об этом? 15. Неужели Вы не были в Киеве?

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, or c .
1. Ben writes very quickly. He’s …. finished his essay.
a) already b) for c) yet
2. What are you going to do? – I don’t know. I haven’t decided …. .
a) just b) since c) yet
3. I’ve …. to London. I went there in June.
a) been b) gone c) just
4. Have you … done any skiing?
a) ever b) for c) just
5. My boyfriend hasn’t rung …. week.
a) for b) last c) this
6. I haven’t seen that coat before. How …. have you had it?
a) already b) long c) since
7. The girls have …. to the cinema. They won’t be back until ten o’clock.
a) already b) been c) gone
8. I haven’t seen my parents …. last Christmas.
a) before b) for c) since
9. This is the first …. I’ve ever lived away from home.
a) already b) since c) time
10. This programme must be new. I’ve …. seen it before.
a) ever b) never c) yet

Read the text about Martha Schwarz, a freelancephotographer.
Complete it with for and since.

A photographer’s life

I’ve had three different homes ______ I was born. My family and I lived in a small
flat _______ the first five years of my life, then we moved to a larger one after my
second sister was born. My parents have lived there _______ then, and don’t want to
move anywhere else because they love the area.
I moved out when I got engaged and I’ve lived in a small house near the Danube
_____ the last seven years. My husband and I have been married _______ almost five
years now and we’re expecting our second child soon. We already have a daughter –
it was her second birthday yesterday – and so we’re hoping for a son this time. I’ve
been pregnant ______ February.
I’ve been a professional photographer ______ nearly six years now and I love it. I
worked for ‘Newsweek’ ______ four years and I’ve been freelance ______ I left. I
prefer working for myself, although I miss all the fun of working in an office – and
the gossip of course!
My favourite camera is my old Nikon 601. I’ve had it ______ my 21 st birthday. I
must have taken about twenty thousand photos with it, and it still works perfectly!

Настоящее совершенное длительное время
(The Present Perfect Continuous Tense)
Present Perfect Continuous указывает на действие, которое началось в
прошлом, продолжалось в течение некоторого времени и либо закончилось
непосредственно перед разговором или все еще продолжается в момент
разговора.
I have been waiting here for 2 hours!
Я прождал здесь два часа!
We have been preparing for our exam since morning.
Мы готовились к экзамену с самого утра.
Образование Present Perfect Continuous
Present Perfect Continuous образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола
to be во времени Present Perfect (have been/has been) и причастия настоящего
времени (форма V-ing) смыслового глагола.
Утвердительные предложения:
I have been playing
We have been playing
You have been playing
You have been playing
He / she / it has been playing They have been playing

В вопросительном предложении вспомогательный глагол to have выносится
на место перед подлежащим, а остальная часть сказуемого располагается после
него:
Have I been playing?
Have we been playing?
Have you been playing?
Have you been playing?
Has he / she / been playing? Have they been playing?
В отрицательных предложениях за вспомогательным глаголом to have
следует отрицательная частица not:
I have not been playing
We have not been playing
You have not been playing
You have not been playing
He / she / it has not been playing They have not been playing
Употребление Present Perfect Continuous:
•

Действие, которое началось в прошлом, продолжалось в течение
некоторого времени и все еще продолжается в момент разговора:

The workers have been trying to move our wardrobe for half an hour, go help them.
Рабочие вот уже полчаса пытаются сдвинуть наш шкаф с места, помоги им.
•

Действие, которое началось в прошлом, продолжалось в течение
некоторого времени и закончилось непосредственно перед разговором:

Do you like this cake? I have been baking
Тебе нравится этот пирог? Я пекла его с самого утра.

since

morning.

Указатели времени
При употреблении Present Perfect Continuous обычно указывается период
времени, в течение которого совершается действие: for an hour (в течение часа),
for a long time (долгое время), since 6 o’clock (с 6 часов), all my life (всю жизнь),
all this week (month, year) – всю эту неделю (весь месяц, год) и др.

1. Put the verb in brackets into the Present Perfect Continuous.
1. I (to work) on this problem for two months. 2. She (to sleep) all this time? 3. You
(to talk) this nonsense all day long. 4. Any news about your latest project? – I just (to
79

tell) about it. 5. He says he (not/to feel) well for the past week. 6. You are red all
over. How long you (to lie) in the sun today? 7. I (to try) to get you all day, George!
8. I (not/to sleep) well for months. 9. We (to see) each other regularly since the party
at Helen’s. 10. Jack isn’t working now. – He (not/to work) for years.
2. Make up sentences using the Present Perfect Continuous.
A) Ann is looking for a job. She began looking for a job six months ago.

Ann has been looking for a job for six months.

1. Jane is writing letters. She began writing letters an hour ago.
2. George smokes. He started smoking five years ago.
3. Helen studies French. She began studying French eight months ago.
4. The boys are playing football. They started playing football two hours ago.
5. It is raining. It began raining three hours ago.
6. Helen is preparing for her exam. She began preparing for it two weeks ago.
B) Lucy began typing at 9 o’clock. She is still typing.

Lucy has been typing since 9 o’clock.

1. Dick started reading that book on Friday. He’s still reading it.
2. Helen began translating the text at 10 o’clock. She’s still translating it.
3. They began to discuss the plan at 12 o’clock. They are still discussing it.
4. Dick began to watch TV at 6. He’s still watching it.
5. Mr Smith began to work for this company last year. He’s still working for this
company.
6. They began to talk at 12. They are still talking.

3. Answer the questions using the Present Perfect Continuous. Use prepositions
since or for.

Is John still sleeping? (hours) - Yes, he’s been sleeping for hours.
1. Is Mary still typing? (two o’clock)
2. Is Dick still waiting for Lucy? (more than an hour)
3. Is Susan still playing tennis? (ten o’clock)
4. Are they still sitting in the garden? (lunchtime)
5. Is Bill still trying to learn Japanese? (ten years)
6. Are you still waiting to see the boss? (ages)
7. Are they still discussing the project? (nine o’clock)
8. Is Mrs Smith still teaching English? (thirty years)
9. Are Helen and Alice still shopping? (morning)
10. Are you still looking for your glasses? (half an hour)
11. Are you still working for the same company? (I graduated from the University)
12. Is Bill still swimming? (an hour)
4. Make up sentences using the Present Perfect Continuous.
1. Suzy is in her riding boots. (she/ride)
2. Have a rest now. (you/work too hard/lately)
3. Her hands are red and wet. (she/scrub/the floors/for three hours)
4. The children are quite voiceless. (they/sing at the top of their voices/since
morning)
5. Trevor and Laura are upset. (they/argue)
6. David is hot. (he/cook)
7. Mark feels very stiff. (he/drive/all day)
8. Henry is annoyed. (he/wait for Claire/long)
5. Put in the verbs using the Present Perfect Continuous.
A journalist visits a film festival and talks to the fans waiting to see the film
stars.
Journalist: Good morning. How long (you, wait) to see your favourite stars?
Fan: Well, we arrived at about 6 a.m. and it’s 10 a.m. now so (we, wait) for about
four hours.
Journalist: And (you, stand) here all that time?
Fan: No, a friend and I take it in turns because of the rain.
Journalist: Yes, it’s pretty wet. (it, rain) long?
Fan: No, only since about 9 o’clock.
Journalist: And how about you? Are you a great film festival fan?
Fan: Oh, yes. (I, come) to this one for six years now.

Journalist: Six years? That’s as long as (I, write) articles for my newspaper. I see
you’ve got an autograph book.
Fan: Yes, I always bring it with me. I’ve got more than 200 autographs.
Journalist: Whose autograph are you hoping to get today?
Fan: Scarlett Johansson’s. (I, try) to get it for years but I still haven’t managed it.
6. Choose the present perfect or the present perfect continuous:
Robin: I think the waiter (forget) ___ us. We (wait) ___ here for over half an hour
and nobody (take) our order yet.
Michele: I think you're right. He (walk) ___ by us at least twenty times. He probably
thinks we (order, already) ___ .
Robin: Look at that couple over there, they (be, only) ___ here for five or ten
minutes and they already have their food.
Michele: He must realize we (order, not) ___ yet! We (sit) ___ here for over half an
hour staring at him.
Robin: I don't know if he (notice, even) ___ us. He (run) ___ from table to table
taking orders and serving food.
Michele: That's true, and he (look, not) ___ in our direction once.
7. Choose the present perfect or the present perfect continuous:
1. Judy: How long (be) ___ in Canada?
Claude: I (study) ___ here for more than three years.
2. I (have) ___ the same car for more than ten years. I'm thinking about buying a new
one.
3. I (love) ___ chocolate since I was a child. You might even call me a "chocoholic."
4. Matt and Sarah (have) ___ some difficulties in their relationship lately, so they
(go) ___ to a marriage counselor. I hope they work everything out.
5. John (work) ___ for the government since he graduated from Harvard University.
Until recently, he (enjoy) ___ his work, but now he is talking about retiring.
6. Lately, I (think) ___ about changing my career because I (become) ___ dissatisfied
with the conditions at my company.
7. I (see) ___ Judy for more than five years and during that time I (see) ___ many
changes in her personality.
82

8. Translate the sentences into English using the Present Perfect Continuous
Tense.
1. Ты давно меня ждешь? 2. Вы опять дрались? 3. Как давно у вас болит нога?
4. Он занимается уже три часа. 5. Я учу испанский с сентября. 6. Анна ищет
работу шесть месяцев. 7. Мой брат курит десять лет. 8. Они работают в
Манчестере с 1 марта. 9. Сколько времени шел снег? 10. У тебя глаза красные.
Ты плакала? 11. С какого возраста ты играешь в шахматы? 12. Как давно вы
живете в этом городе?

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, or c .
1. - What time does the train leave? - I think it … at 2 o’clock
a) leaves b) has been leaving c) has left
2. - Where are Tom and Pauline? - They … to the supermarket.
a) have just gone b) have been going c) go
3. - What is Jill doing these days? - She … for a job for six months.
a) is looking b) has been looking c) looks
4. - Is Mandy watching TV? - No, she … her homework right now.
a) is always doing b) is doing c) does
5. - Have you been for a walk? - Yes, I often … for walks in the evenings.
a) have gone b) am going c) go
6. - Have you seen any films lately? - Yes. Actually I … two this week.
a) have seen b) am seeing c) see
7. - What … ? - It’s a piece of cherry pie. Mum made it yesterday.
a) are you eating b) do you eat c) have you eaten
8. - Are you going on holiday this summer? - Yes, I … enough money.
a) am saving b) have already saved c) save
9. - Is Todd reading the newspaper? - No. He … dinner at the moment.
a) has been making b) makes c) is making
10. - Have you bought any CDs recently? - Yes. Actually, I … two this week.
a) have bought b) have been buying c) am buying
11. - What time does the play start? - I think it … at 8 o’clock.
a) has been starting b) starts c) has started
12. - Where is Mark? - He … to the library to return some books.
a) has gone b) has been c) is going
13.- What … ? - It’s a letter to my pen-friend. I’m telling her my news.
a) have you written b) do you write c) are you writing

I. Read an article about a person whose life was changed by a
holiday. Answer the questions.
1. What is Victoria doing now?
2. What was she doing before?
3. What made her change her life?
4. How does she feel now?

II. Guess the meaning of the highlighted words. Then match them with their
definitions below.
1. of little importance ____________
2. crazy ______________
3. a person who looks after animals ___________
4. animals like large monkeys __________
5. not looked after well _________

It was just a holiday, but it changed my life
Holidays can be good for your health. You lie on a beach and relax, and tensions
disappear. But sometimes a holiday can change your life completely, which is what
happened two years ago to Victoria Smith.
Victoria Smith, six years ago, was working as a manager at Next, a British chain
store. Then she went on holiday to Borneo…
‘It was a working holiday’, said Victoria, ‘where you could study orangutans in the
wild – I have always been interested in apes, so I thought it would be fun.’ The
holiday was wonderful, and when Victoria came home she found it very difficult to
return to her old life. ‘Suddenly the problems in the store just seemed so trivial.’
Although everybody told her she was mad, she decided to go back to the university
and study biology. Four years later she became a chimpanzee keeper.
For the last two years Victoria has been working at Monday World, a centre in southwest England which looks after apes which have been ill-treated. Many have been
rescued from laboratories and circuses all over the world. She works long hours, and
the pay isn’t very good, but she loves it. ‘Apes are like a big family, each with their
own personality.’
‘I’m really happy now. Since I started working here I feel that I’ve been doing
something important, not just wasting my life.’

Прошедшие времена
(Past Tenses)
Прошедшее простое время
(The Past Simple Tense)
Past Simple используется для обозначения действия, которое произошло в
определенное время в прошлом и время совершения которого уже истекло. Для
уточнения момента совершения действия в прошлом при использовании
времени Past Simple обычно используются такие слова, как five days ago (пять
дней назад), last year (в прошлом году), yesterday (вчера), in 1980 (в 1980 году) и
т.п.
Образование Past Simple
Утвердительные предложения:
I played
We played
You played
You played
He / she / it played They played
Вопросительные предложения:
Did I play?
Did we play?
Did you play?
Did you play?
Did he / she / it play? Did they play?
Отрицательные предложения:
I did not play
We did not play
You did not play
You did not play
He / she / it did not play They did not play
Для того, чтобы поставить английский глагол во время Past Simple, нужно
использовать его «вторую форму». Для большинства глаголов она образуется
прибавлением окончания -ed:
examine – examined, enjoy – enjoyed, close – closed

Однако есть также достаточно большая группа неправильных английских
глаголов, которые образуют форму прошедшего времени не по общим
правилам, для них форму прошедшего времени нужно просто запомнить.
We saw your dog two blocks from here.
Мы видели вашу собаку в двух кварталах отсюда.
В вопросительном предложении перед подлежащим нужно использовать
вспомогательный глагол do в прошедшем времени – did, а после подлежащего
поставить основной, значимый глагол в начальной форме:
Did you wash your hands?
Ты помыл руки?
Did they sign the contract?
Они подписали контракт?
В отрицательных предложениях перед глаголом нужно
вспомогательный глагол did и отрицательную частицу not:

поставить

We did not find our car.
Мы не нашли свою машину.
I did not understand this question.
Я не понял этот вопрос.
Случаи употребления Past Simple:
•

Указание на простое действие в прошлом:

I saw Jeremy in the bank.
Я видел Джереми в банке.
•

Регулярные, повторяющиеся действия в прошлом:

The old man often visited me.
Старик часто меня навещал.
I noticed this charming shop girl each time I went to buy something.
Я замечал эту очаровательную продавщицу каждый раз, когда шел за
покупками.
•

Перечисление последовательности действий в прошлом:

I heard a strange sound, looked back, and saw a huge cat sitting on the table.
Я услышал странный звук, обернулся и увидел здоровенного кота, сидящего на
столе.
Указатели времени
Время совершения действия ясно из контекста или ситуации или
указывается соответствующими обстоятельственными словами и выражениями,
обозначающими прошедшее время, такими, как: yesterday (вчера), the day before
yesterday (позавчера), last year (в прошлом году), ago (какое-то время назад), the
other day (на днях), in 1990 (в 1990).

1. Make the sentences negative using the Past Simple Tense.
1. Yesterday I washed my dress, but I _______________ my scarf.
2. Tim danced with Kate at the party, but he ____________ with Ann.
3. In the morning we drank tea, we ___________ coffee.
4. In summer Liz often played tennis, but she __________ volleyball.
5. Dan wrote a letter to his aunt, but he _________ a letter to his uncle.
6. At the English class we wrote a dictation, but we _________ a composition.
7. The day before yesterday I visited my grandmother, but I ________ my friend.
8. Last summer we lived near the river, we ___________ near the lake.
2. Fill in the blanks using the Past Simple Tense.
1. I didn’t go fishing, I _________ for a walk.
2. The teacher didn’t call me out, she ____________ my friend.
3. They didn’t come home at 4, they __________ home at 6.
4. Kate didn’t go to Kiev, she _________ to Odessa.
5. We didn’t have an English class yesterday, we _________ a German class.
6. I didn’t eat an apple yesterday, I ________ a pear.
7. She didn’t see me, she ____________ my sister.
8. You didn’t invite Tom, you ____________ Paul.
3. Make up the sentences using the Past Simple Tense.
1. Our father drinks coffee every morning. (yesterday)
2. Tim comes home at 2 o’clock every Monday. (last Monday)
3. I usually get excellent marks in English. (last year)
4. All the students of our group attend the dean’s lecture. (the day before yesterday)
5. We work at the English lab on Friday. (two days ago)
4. Make the sentences interrogative using the Past Simple Tense.
1. The lecture began at 3 o’clock yesterday.
2. The students worked hard on their reports last Friday.
87

3. They spent their last vacations in the Crimea.
4. He took part in a sport competition last Sunday.
5. She liked to work in the evening.
5. Complete the newspaper story using the Past Simple Tense.
Two people (to die) in a fire in Ellis Street, Oldport yesterday morning. They (to be)
Herbert and Molly Paynter, a couple in their seventies. The fire (to start) at 3.20 a.m.
A neighbour, Mr Aziz, (to see) the flames and (to call) the fire brigade. He also (to
try) to get into the house and rescue his neighbours, but the heat (to be) too great. The
fire brigade (to arrive) in five minutes. Twenty fire-fighters (to fight) the fire and
finally (to bring) it under control. Two fire-fighters (to enter) the burning building but
(to find) the couple dead.
6. Complete the conversation using the Past Simple Tense.
Claire: ________ (you/have) a nice weekend in Paris?
Mark: Yes, thanks. It was good. We looked around and then we saw a show.
__________ (we/not/try) to do too much.
Claire: What sights _________ (you/see)?
Mark: We had a look round the Louvre. _________ (I/not/know) there was so
much in there.
Claire: And what show ____________ (you/go) to?
Mark: Oh, a musical. ______________ (I/not/like) it.
Claire: Oh, dear. And ___________ (Sarah/enjoy) it?
Mark: No, not really. But we enjoyed the weekend. Sarah did some shopping, too,
but __________ (I/not/want) to go shopping.
7. Answer the questions in the Past Simple using “last” or “ago” and the words
in brackets.
1. When did you speak to Peter? (week)
2. When did they buy that car? (two years)
3. When did we clean the windows? (six months)
4. When did the film start? (five minutes)
5. When did you see your cousin? (three years)
6. When did she stop smoking? (month)
7. When did it stop raining? (two hours)
8. When did they go to Australia? (year)
9. When did Max phone? (night)
10. When did you find your wallet? (half an hour)
8. Complete the sentences with the following verbs in the Past Simple.

Arrive/not book/land/live/stay/not remember/turn on/want/watch
1. We _________ in a three-star hotel last year.
2. They ___________ a table and the restaurant was full.

3. ________ you ________ the football on TV last night?
4. Sorry, I ________ it was your birthday yesterday.
5. I ________ with my parents when I was a student.
6. Why _________ you __________ to be a doctor?
7. He __________ late for work and the boss was angry.
8. When the plane _________ she _________ her mobile phone.

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a or b.
1. We (not/have) a holiday last year.
a) didn’t have b) haven’t had
2. I (buy) a new dress last week, but I (not/wear) it yet.
a) have bought/didn’t wear b) bought/haven’t worn
3. Don’t worry about your letter. I (send) it the day before yesterday.
a) sended b) sent
4. I (lose) my glasses. I (have) them when I came to the college this morning.
a) have lost/have had b) lost/had
5. When Jill (finish) school?
a) When has Jill finished b) When did Jill finish
6. When I was a child, I (always/be) late for school.
a) have always been b) was always
7. We (not/see) Peter this week, but we (see) him a couple of weeks ago.
a) didn’t see/saw b) haven’t seen/have seen
8. My husband (work) in the bank for three years since 1990 to 1993.
a) has worked b) worked
9. One of the passengers (die) in that accident.
a) has died b) died
10. Now my brother smokes a lot, but he (not/smoke) before.
a) hasn’t smoked b) didn’t smoke

Read the story.
THE WRONG BUS
A Japanese businessman had a big surprise last Sunday when he got the wrong bus
to the airport and missed his flight.
Zenko Kajiyama, 32, went to Waverley station to catch the bus to Edinburgh
airport. He had a meeting the next day in London and he wanted to catch the evening

flight. When he saw a silver bus marked Club Class he got on it. Unfortunately the
bus was for people going to a birthday party.
The people on the bus helped Mr Kajiyama with his bags and found him a seat.
He thought he was on the right bus until they stopped at a pub and everyone got
off. They asked Mr Kajiyama to join their party and so he followed them into the
pub. When he looked at his watch he saw it was too late and that he had missed his
plane. At first he was very worried, but then he decided to stay in the pub. He had a
drink and danced to the music with the other members of the party. In the end he
went back to the house of one of his new friends and he slept on the sofa. The next
morning he took a taxi to the airport and flew to London, but he was too late for his
meeting.
b Mark the sentences T (True) or F (False).
1. Mr Kajiyama wanted to catch the bus to London. F
2. He wanted to go to a party in London.
3. The Club Class bus didn't go to the airport.
4. Mr Kajiyama went to the pub.
5. He didn't catch his plane.
6. In the end he enjoyed the party.
7. He slept in the airport.
8. He didn't go to his meeting in London.

Прошедшее продолженное время
(The Past Continuous Tense)
Время Past Continuous указывает на процесс, длившийся в определенный
момент или период в прошлом. В отличие от времени Past Simple, этот момент
в прошлом должен быть назван прямо (например, yesterday at 5 o’clock, when
you called, when rain started) или быть очевидным из контекста.
When you called I was taking a shower.
Когда ты позвонил, я принимал душ.
Charlie and me were already driving home when the engine suddenly stopped.
Мы с Чарли уже ехали домой, как вдруг заглох мотор.
Образование Past Continuous
Утвердительные предложения:
I was playing

We were playing

You were playing
You were playing
He / she / it was playing They were playing
Для того, чтобы поставить глагол в форму Past Continuous, нужен
вспомогательный глагол to be в прошедшем времени и причастие настоящего
времени (Participle I) смыслового глагола.
To be в прошедшем времени имеет две формы:
•
•

was – 1 и 3 лицо ед. ч. (I was smoking. He was eating.)
were – 2 лицо ед. ч. и все формы мн. ч. (They were laughing.)
Вопросительные предложения:
Was I playing?
Were we playing?
Were you playing?
Were you playing?
Was he / she / it playing? Were they playing?

В вопросительном предложении вспомогательный глагол выносится на место
перед подлежащим, а значимый глагол остается после него:
Were you sleeping when I called? You sounded drowsy.
Ты спал, когда я позвонил? Ты казался сонным.
Отрицательные предложения:
I was not playing
We were not playing
You were not playing
You were not playing
He / she / it was not playing They were not playing
В отрицательных предложениях за вспомогательным глаголом следует
отрицательная частица not. Формы was и were при этом могут быть сокращены
до wasn’t и weren’t соответственно.
In the morning our elevator was not (wasn’t) working.
Утром не работал лифт.
Употребление Past Continuous
•

Указание на процесс, происходивший в конкретный момент времени в
прошлом:

I was sleeping when someone knocked at the door.
Когда я спал, кто-то постучал в дверь.

1. Make the sentences negative and interrogative.
1. They were playing tennis at 10.30. 2. Ann was cooking dinner at 6 o’clock. 3. He
was sitting on the grass and reading a book. 4. Tom was having a bath when the
telephone rang. 5. When Tom arrived they were having dinner. 6. Mary was writing a
letter in her room. 7. Tom was making a telephone call. 8. They were waiting for the
bus. 9. I was painting the wall. 10. She was wearing a really beautiful dress.
2. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Continuous or the Past Continuous.
1. I (to write) an English exercise now. 2. I (to write) an English exercise at this time
yesterday. 3. My little sister (to sleep) now. 4 My little sister (to sleep) at this time
yesterday. 5. My friends (not to do) their homework now. They (to play) volleyball.
6. My friends (not to do) their homework at seven o'clock yesterday. They (to play)
volleyball. 7. You (to eat) ice-cream now? 8. You (to eat) ice-cream when I rang you
up yesterday? 9. What your father (to do) now? 10. What your father (to do) from
eight till nine yesterday?
3. Put the verbs in brackets into the Past Simple or the Past Continuous.
1. I (to play) computer games yesterday. 2. I (to play) computer games at five o'clock
yesterday. 3. He (to play) computer games from two till three yesterday. 4. We (to
play) computer games the whole evening yesterday. 5. What Nick (to do) when you
came to his place? 6. What you (to do) when I rang you up? 7. I (not to sleep) at nine
o'clock yesterday. 8. What he (to do) yesterday? - He (to read) a book. 9. What he (to
do) the whole evening yesterday? - He (to read) a book. 10. She (to sleep) when you
came home?
4. Put the verbs in brackets into the Past Simple or the Past Continuous.
1. When I (to come) home, my little sister (to sleep). 2. When Nick (to come) home,
his brother (to play) with his toys. 3. When mother (to come) home, I (to do) my
homework. 4. When father (to come) home, Pete (to sleep). 5. When mother (to
come) home, the children (to play) on the carpet. 6. When I (to get) up, my mother
and father (to drink) tea. 7. When I (to come) to my friend's place, he (to watch) TV.
8. When I (to see) my friends, they (to play) football. 9. When I (to open) the door,
the cat (to sit) on the table. 10. When Kate (to open) the door, the children (to dance)
round the fir-tree.
5. Put the verbs in brackets into the Past Simple or the Past Continuous.
1. He (to get) up at seven o'clock yesterday. 2. Father (to come) home at six o'clock
yesterday. 3. I (to read) a book at six o'clock yesterday. 4. She (to fall) asleep at
eleven o'clock yesterday. 5. Mother (to drink) tea at eleven o'clock yesterday. 6. Father (to watch) TV at ten o'clock yesterday. 7. I (to go) to bed at nine o'clock
92

yesterday. 8. I (to finish) my homework at nine o'clock yesterday. 9. I (to play) the
piano at five o'clock yesterday. 10. He (to begin) to do his homework at four o'clock
yesterday.
6. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple, the Past Simple, the Present
Continuous or the Past Continuous.
1. Nina (to celebrate) her birthday yesterday. Her room looked beautiful, there (to be)
many flowers in it. When I (to come) in, somebody (to play) the piano, two or three
pairs (to dance). 2. Listen! Somebody (to play) the piano. 3. I (to like) music very
much. 4. When I (to look) out of the window, it (to rain) heavily and people (to
hurry) along the streets. 5. What you (to do) at seven o'clock yesterday? - I (to have)
supper. 6. When I (to come) home yesterday, I (to see) that all my family (to sit)
round the table. Father (to read) a letter from my uncle who (to live) in Kiev. 7.
Where you (to be) yesterday? - I (to be) at home the whole day. - How strange. I (to
ring) you up at two o'clock, but nobody (to answer). - Oh, I (to be) in the garden. I (to
read) your book and (not to hear) the telephone. 8. What you (to do) at five o'clock
yesterday? - I (to work) in the library. - I (to be) there, too, but I (not to see) you. 9.
Yesterday I (to work) at my English from five till seven. 10. It (to rain) the whole day
yesterday. 11. Where your sister (to be) now? - She (to be) in her room. She (to do)
her homework.
7. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple, the Past Simple, the Present
Continuous or the Past Continuous.
1. Look at these children: they (to skate) very well. 2. You (to skate) last Sunday? Yes, we (to skate) the whole day last Sunday. 3. My brother can skate very well. He
(to skate) every Sunday. 4. What you (to do) now? - I (to wash) the dishes. 5. What
you (to do) at three o'clock yesterday? - I (to have) dinner. 6. You (to have) dinner
now? 7. Where your brother (to work)? - He (to work) at an institute. 8. Your
grandmother (to sleep) when you (to come) home yesterday?
8. Translate into English.
1. Когда я пришла, они обедали. 2. Когда мы катались на лыжах, пошел снег. 3.
Вчера я занималась английским языком с семи до девяти вечера. 4. В полночь
он все еще работал. 5. Шел дождь, когда я вышел вчера из дома. 6. Они ждали
нас около часа. 7. Когда часы пробили десять, они все еще спали. 8. Мы
познакомились, когда сдавали экзамены. 9. Дети играли в футбол весь день. 10.
Ученики готовились к контрольной работе, когда учитель вошел в класс.

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a or b.
93

1. I (see) a light in your window as I (pass) by.
a) saw / was passing b) was seeing / passed
2. Yesterday as I (walk) down Cherry Lane, I (meet) Thomas, an old friend of mine.
a) walked / was meeting b) was walking / met
3. While my son (wait) for my call, somebody (knock) at the door.
a) waited / was knocking b) was waiting / knocked
4. We (just/talk) about him when he suddenly (come) in.
a) just talked / was coming in b) were just talking / came in
5. Yesterday while Dad (shave), he (cut) himself slightly.
a) shaved / was cutting b) was shaving / cut
6. They (quarrel) while they (wash) their car.
a) were quarrelling / washed b) quarreled / were washing
7. When I got up that morning, the sun (shine) brightly and the birds (sing).
a) shone / were singing b) was shining / sang
8. When you (ring) me yesterday, I (have) a bath.
a) was ringing / had b) rang / was having
9. At six o’clock I (wait) for Jennie at the station.
a) waited b) was waiting
10. I (sit) by the window when I (hear) the noise.
a) sat / was hearing b) was sitting / heard

I. Read the story and put the paragraphs in the correct order.
Then explain the words in bold.
II. Read again and underline:
- words/phrases which describe the weather;
- adjectives which describe feelings;
- words which link actions/events;
- words/phrases which describe the atmosphere.
A) The two sisters were very frightened. They jumped out of bed and ran to the
staircase. Flames were slowly climbing up the stairs. The air was hot and thick
with smoke. ‘ Wake Mum and Dad up’, said Kate. ‘I have to call the fire brigade.’
B) As soon as the fire was finally out, one of the fire fighters came over to Kate and
Lucy. ‘You were very brave’ he said. ‘You acted very quickly. Well done!’
Everybody smiled. They felt relieved that the nightmare was over.
C) It was a cool night and Kate was lying awake in bed. Her sister, Lucy, was
sleeping peacefully on the other side of the room. She had come home late and
was tired. Kate didn’t know what had woken her up, but she felt that something
was wrong.

D) When the fire brigade arrived, the whole family were standing by the upstairs
window. The fire fighters climbed up the ladder and carried them down to safety.
Then they put out the fire with long hoses.
E) Suddenly she smelt a strange burning smell. She sat up in bed. ‘Lucy!’ she said.
‘What is it?’ Lucy asked as she opened her eyes. ‘Can you smell the smoke?’
asked Kate. Lucy sniffed the air. ‘Yes,’ she said. ‘Oh no! The house is on fire!’

Прошедшее совершенное время
(The Past Perfect Tense)
Past Perfect обозначает действие, которое завершилось до некоего момента в
прошлом:
I called Jim too late, he had already left.
Я позвонил Джиму слишком поздно, он уже ушел.
We had lived in Paris for 12 years before we moved to America.
До переезда в Америку мы прожили в Париже 12 лет.
Образование Past Perfect
Утвердительные предложения:
I had played
We had played
You had played
You had played
He / she / it had played They had played
Время Past Perfect образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола to have в
прошедшем времени и причастия прошедшего времени значимого глагола, то
есть его «третьей формы».
To have в прошедшем времени имеет единственную форму had.
Причастие второе, или причастие прошедшего времени (Participle II), можно
получить, прибавив к начальной форме значимого глагола окончание -ed:
examine – examined, enjoy – enjoyed, close – closed
Однако в английском языке есть также достаточно большая группа
неправильных глаголов, которые образуют форму прошедшего времени не по
общим правилам.

Вопросительные предложения:
Had I played?
Had we played?
Had you played?
Had you played?
Had he / she / it played? Had they played?
В вопросительном предложении вспомогательный глагол выносится на место
перед подлежащим, а значимый глагол остается после него:
Had you brushed your teeth before you went to bed?
Ты почистил зубы, прежде чем пойти спать?
Отрицательные предложения:
I had not played
We had not played
You had not played
You had not played
He / she / it had not played They had not played
В отрицательных предложениях за вспомогательным глаголом следует
отрицательная частица not. При этом они могут быть сокращены до формы
hadn’t.
How did you hope to pass the exam if you had not (hadn’t) even opened the
textbook?
Как ты надеялся сдать экзамен, если ты до этого даже учебник не открыл?
Употребление Past Perfect:
•

Действие, закончившееся до определенного момента в прошлом, на
который может указывать точная дата или час, начало другого действия
или контекст:

After the Sun had set, we saw thousands of fireflies.
После того, как зашло солнце, мы увидели тысячи светлячков.
•

Перечисление действий
повествования в целом:

прошлом,

произошедших

до

времени

I finally caught Lucky and looked around. The nasty dog had scratched the
furniture, had torn the wallpapers and had eaten my lunch on the table.
Я наконец поймал Лаки и осмотрелся вокруг. Мерзкая собака исцарапала
мебель, порвала обои и съела мой обед на столе.

1. Complete the following sentences using the Past Perfect Tense of the verbs in
brackets.

When she left, she remembered that she (not to lock the kitchen window).
When she left, she remembered that she hadn't locked the kitchen window.
1. I was very sorry to hear that he (to leave).
2. When we got to the University, the lecture (to start already)
3. When he came home after work, the family (to start watchingTV)
4. He didn't return to his work until he (to spend all his money).
5. When I met her I understood why David (to refuse to marry her).
6. I didn't know what to do when I understood that I (to leave my purse at home).
7. He didn't start watching TV until he (to walk his dog).
8. She managed to grasp the main idea of the article only after she (to read it twice).
9. She was tired because she (to walk too much).
10. They never started eating until they (to wash their hands),
11. We didn't meet Lucy because she (to go away the day before).
12. By the end of that year we (to forget our quarrels).
13. Betty didn't speak until everyone (to stop chattering).
14. They suddenly remembered that they (not to send the parcel to its owner).
15. She returned to the hotel after she (to visit her old friend).
16. He didn't get anything until he (to pay for it).
2. Join the following pairs of sentences by making one of them a clause with the
verb in the Past Perfect Tense. Use the conjunctions given in brackets.

They went for a walk. They did their homework. (after) They went for a walk after
they had done their homework.
1. He left the room. I turned on the TV. (after)
2. She didn't talk to him. He finished revising for his exams. (until)
3. She worked as a flower-girl. She owned a flower-girl (before)
4. She looked at the sky. The sun set. (until)
5. She cooked dinner. She called her family to the dining-room. (after, as soon as)
6. Alan read the article in the newspaper. He went downstairs to tell the news to his
wife. (after)
7. Alice didn't think about time. She understood she was late. (until).
8. They reached the mountain top. The sun set. (when, as soon as)
9. She tore up the note. He read it carefully. (as soon as)
10. I didn't understand him. He repeated his words twice.(until)
11. She looked at him. He disappeared in the darkness, (until)
12. The Browns left their house. They sold it (when)
13. John opened the parcel and looked up. The messenger disappeared. (before)
14. Larry got that job. He managed to buy a new car. (after)
97

15. Margaret read the contract. She signed it. (after)
3. Make sentences using the words from the box
A
B
1. I couldn’t answer the questions
2. I was hungry
3. My mother was worried
because I had
4. I was late
5. I was pleased
6. I was nervous during the flight because I
hadn’t
7. My father was furious
8. I was tired

C
a. crashed his car.
b. passed my driving test.
c. got stuck in a traffic jam.
d. flown in a plane before.
e. slept badly.
f. revised for the exam.
g. been in touch for a long
time.
h. eaten all day.

4. Join these pairs of sentences, using the conjunctions in brackets. Change one
verb into the Past Perfect (I had done).

I had a bath, I went to bed. (after) – After I’d had a bath, I went to bed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

I read the letter. I threw it away. (when)
He passed his driving test, he bought a car. (as soon as)
I took the book back to the library. I finished reading it. (when)
I didn’t go to bed. I did my homework. (until)
I spent all my money. I went home. (when)
I read the book. I saw the film. (before)
Her children left home. She started writing. (after)

5. Supply the Past Perfect (I had done) / Past Simple (I did).
1. They had locked the gates before I got there. (to lock / to get)
2. By the time we ………….., the party …………… (to arrive / to finish)
3. I ……………the shop as soon as I ……………the contents of the box. (to ring /
to check)
4. After we ……………it on the phone, I ……….him a letter about it. (to discuss /
to write)
5. We ……………a good rest when our guests ……………(to have / all leave)
6. When she ……….the office this morning, Jim……………(to ring / already / to go
out)
7. Before we ……………Tim to the theater, he ………a stage play before. (to take /
never / to see)
8. I ………the carpet when the dog ……....in and ……….himself. (just / clean / to
come / to shake)
9. He ………...to do the job in an hour, but he still ………….by 10 o’clock. (to
promise / not / to finish)
6. Open the brackets using the verbs in Past Simple (I did) / Past Continuous (I
was doing) / Past Perfect (I had done).
98

1. Gerry (to be) at home when you arrived? – No, he (to go) on a date.
2. By 8 p.m. the boss (to sign) the documents and by 8 p.m. the secretary (to make) a
report.
3. When he (to see) me, I (to read) the newspaper which I (to buy) in the street.
4. Beth just (to go home) when I (to phone) her.
5. When Alison (to enter) the house she (to see) that her son (to play) with a ball she
(to buy) in the shop.
6. They (to arrive) to the theater late. The play already (to begin).
7. When I (to come) in the hall, they (to unpack) the clothes they (to receive) from
their foreign friends.
8. Her brother (to be) taken to hospital because he (to have) a car accident.
7. Open the brackets using Past Simple (I did) / Present Perfect (I have done) /
Past Perfect (I had done).
1. When I (arrive) home last night, I discovered that Jane (prepare) a beautiful
candlelight dinner. 2. Since I began acting, I (perform) in two plays, a television
commercial and a TV drama. However, I (speak, never even) publicly before I came
to Hollywood in 1985. 3. By the time I got to the office, the meeting (begin, already)
without me. My boss (be) furious with me and I (be) fired.4. When I (turn) the radio
on yesterday, I (hear) a song that was popular when I was in high school. I (hear, not)
the song in years, and it (bring) back some great memories. 5. Last week, I (run) into
an ex-girlfriend of mine. We (see, not) each other in years, and both of us (change) a
great deal. I (enjoy) talking to her so much that I (ask) her out on a date. We are
getting together tonight for dinner. 6. When Jack (enter) the room, I (recognize, not)
him because he (lose) so much weight and (grow) a beard. He looked totally
different! 7. The Maya established a very advanced civilization in the jungles of the
Yucatan; however, their culture (disappear, virtually) by the time Europeans first
(arrive) in the New World. 8. I (visit) so many beautiful places since I (come) to
Utah. Before moving here, I (hear, never) of Bryce Canyon, Zion, Arches or Canyon
lands.
8. Translate into English.
1. Они уехали прежде, чем он вернулся из университета. 2. Он сказал, что уже
перевел текст. 3. Студенты перестали разговаривать, когда преподаватель начал
лекцию. 4. Мы прочли несколько книг о Чайковском, прежде чем поехали в
Клин. 5. Он сказал, что хорошо подготовился к экзаменам. 6. Она вернула мне
словарь, после того как перевела текст. 7. Она закончила паковать вещи к тому
времени, когда ее сестра постучала в дверь. 8. Он опять вернулся в Москву, где
жил с родителями в детстве. 9. Он получил плохую оценку по английскому
языку, так как сделал много ошибок в письменном переводе. 10. Мы жили в
Киеве до того, как переехали в Москву.

What do you remember?
99

Choose the correct answer a, b, or c .
1. I was sure that I _________ her before.
a) had saw b) seen
c) had seen
2. I needed to know what ___________ to my dog.
a) has happened b) had happened c) happened
3. The film ____________ by the time we got to the cinema.
a) had start
b) had started
c) has started
4. Julia left the restaurant after she ________ eating.
a) had finished b) has finished
c) finished
5. I went to bed after I __________ off the television.
a) switched
b) has switched c) had switched
6. By the time we ________, everyone had left.
a) arrived
b) had arrived
c) was arriving
7. I _________ a long time ago.
a) finished
b) had finished
c) has finished
8. By that time, everybody _________ exhausted.
a) was
b) had been
c) will have been
9. She told me she _________ it ages ago.
a) did
b) had done
c) have been doing
10. I ________ of it until you mentioned it.
a) didn’t hear
b) hadn’t heard c) haven’t heard

I. Read the article. What did one of Andrew Irvine’s brothers
find in 1962?

Mallory and Irvine: did they make it to the top?
On June 8 1924 George Mallory and Andrew Irvine began the final stage of their
attempt to be the first to conquer Everest. But when they were only 267 m from the
top, they vanished into the mists, never to be seen again.
For almost a decade after they were last seen, no one had a clue what had happened
to them. Had they reached the top and then died on the way down, thus being the first
men to climb Everest? Or did they die before getting there?
In 1933 during the next British Everest expedition a climber found an ice axe high on
the Northeast Ridge at 9000 m. The axe had a characteristic identification mark but at
that time nobody recognized it. Thirty years later in 1962 one of Irvine’s brothers
found an old walking stick belonging to Irvine. It had identical markings, so the ice
axe must have been Irvine’s. However, his body could not be found.
In April 1999 Jochen Hemmleb, a world expert on the history of Everest expeditions,
set out with a team of men to try to find out the truth about what had happened to
them. Hemmleb already knew that a Chinese climber had found the body of an

100

Englishman in 1975 but he had died in an avalanche in 1979 before he could give
accurate details.
Hemmleb and his team decided to climb the North Face of Everest. After about five
hours, they decided to go in different directions. Some members of the group found a
cemetery of frozen bodies. Another, Conrad Anker, looked in an area lower down
and saw a patch of white which was whiter than the rock around it and the snow.
When he got close, he saw that it was a body that had clearly been there for a long
time. Most of the clothing had gone and the skin was white. The group carefully
examined the few clothes left on the body and found the remains of a label which
said, ‘G. Mallory.’ Unexpectedly, the climbers had found the body of Irvine’s
companion George Mallory the greatest mountain climber of his generation.
II. Read the text again and choose the best answer.
1. Mallory and Irvine
a. were the first men to climb Everest.
b. died before they reached the top of Everest.
c. disappeared when they were near the top of Everest.
2. The ice axe was almost definitely Irvine’s because
a. it was found near his body.
b. his brother identified it.
c. it had the same mark as on another of his possessions.
3. A Chinese climber found the body of an Englishman
a. who had died in 1979.
b. four years before he himself was killed.
c. in a cemetery of frozen bodies.
4. The group knew the body was Mallory’s because
a. they found his diary in his jacket.
b. his hand was holding a stick with his name on it.
c. they found a label with his name on it.

Прошедшее завершенно-длительное время
(The Past Perfect Continuous Tense)
Past Perfect Continuous указывает на действие, которое началось в прошлом,
продолжалось в течение некоторого времени и либо закончилось

101

непосредственно перед неким моментом в прошлом или все еще не
закончилось к некоему моменту в прошлом.
I had been typing this text for 2 hours and then found it on the Internet.
Я набирал этот текст два часа, а потом нашел его в Интернете.
I had been waiting for his airplane for 2 hours when it was announced about delay.
Я ждал его самолет уже два часа, когда объявили об его задержке.
Образование Past Perfect Continuous
Утвердительные предложения:
I had been playing
We had been playing
You had been playing
You had been playing
He / she / it had been playing They had been playing
Для того, чтобы поставить глагол в форму времени Past Perfect Continuous,
требуется вспомогательный глагол to be во времени Past Perfect и причастие
настоящего времени (форма V-ing) смыслового глагола.
To be во времени Past Perfect имеет единственную форму had been.
Причастие настоящего времени (Participle I) можно получить, прибавив к
начальной форме значимого глагола окончание - ing: jump – jumping, live –
living
Вопросительные предложения:
Had I been playing?
Had we been playing?
Had you been playing?
Had you been playing?
Had he / she / been playing? Had they been playing?
В вопросительном предложении вспомогательный глагол had выносится на
место перед подлежащим, а остальная часть сказуемого располагается после
него:
I saw many puddles. Had it been raining?
Я видел много луж. Шел дождь?
Отрицательные предложения:
I had not been playing
We had not been playing
You had not been playing
You had not been playing
He / she / it had not been playing They had not been playing

102

В отрицательных предложениях за вспомогательным глаголом had следует
отрицательная частица not:
Of course he did not want to sleep! He had not been working like a horse all the
week.
Разумеется, ему не хотелось спать! Он-то не работал как вол всю неделю.
Случаи употребления Past Perfect Continuous:
•

Действие, которое началось в прошлом, продолжалось в течение
некоторого времени и закончилось непосредственно перед определенным
моментом в прошлом:

We had been working hard and managed to finish the project in time.
Мы упорно работали и смогли завершить проект вовремя.
•

Действие, которое началось в прошлом, продолжалось в течение
некоторого времени и все еще продолжалось в определенный момент в
прошлом:

Her voice started to tremble. I did not realize what a hard time she had been having.
Ее голос задрожал. Я и не представлял, как тяжело ей приходилось.

1. Put the verb in brackets into the Past Perfect Continuous.
1. We … (to climb) for six hours when at last we reached the summit of the
mountain. 2. Clouds … (to gather) all day and now rain came down in sheets. 3. I
slowly released a breath and only then realized that I … (to hold) it for some time. 4.
Outside everything was in deep snow. It … (to snow) hard all night. 5. Julia … (to
stand) at the bus stop for twenty minutes when John drove up and got out of the car.
6. We ….. (to sleep) for 12 hours when he woke us up. 7. They ….. (to wait) at the
station for 90 minutes when the train finally arrived. 8. We ….. (to look for) her ring
for two hours and then we found it in the bathroom. 9. I ….. (not/to walk) for a long
time, when it suddenly began to rain. 10. How long ….. (to learn/she) English before
she went to London? 11. Frank Sinatra caught the flu because he ….. (to sing) in the
rain too long. 12. He ….. (to drive) less than an hour when he ran out of petrol. 13.
They were very tired in the evening because they ….. (to dig) on the farm all day. 14.
I ….. (not/to work) all day, so I wasn’t tired and went to the disco at night. 15. They
….. (to cycle) all day so their legs were sore in the evening.
2. Using the words in brackets, complete the text below with the Past Perfect (I
had done) / Past Perfect Continuous (I had been doing).
103

I’m sorry I left without you last night, but I told you to meet me early because
the show started at 8:00. I ….. (to try) to get tickets for that play for months, and I
didn’t want to miss it. By the time I finally left the coffee shop where we were
supposed to meet, I ….. (to have) five cups of coffee and I ….. (to wait) over an hour.
I had to leave because I ….. (to arrange) to meet Kathy in front of the theater.
When I arrived at the theater, Kathy ….. (to pick up) already the tickets and she
was waiting for us near the entrance. She was really angry because she ….. (to wait)
for more than half an hour. She said she ….. (to give) almost up and ….. (to go) into
the theater without us.
Kathy told me you ….. (to be) late several times in the past and that she would
not make plans with you again in the future. She mentioned that she ….. (to miss)
several movies because of your late arrivals. I think you owe her an apology. And in
the future, I suggest you coming on time!
3. Fill the gaps with the verb in brackets using the Past Continuous (I was doing)
/ Past Perfect Continuous (I had been doing).
When I asked Carlos if he wanted to go out, he said he couldn’t because he
…………… an assignment. (to finish)
Scarlet came into the room panting. She ………….. round the park. (to jog)
Scarlet wasn’t in. She …………… round the park. (to jog)
I ………. a bath when I suddenly had a great idea. (to have)
He told me he …………..seriously ……………about finding another job soon. (to
think)
He …………… about finding a new job for about a year before he finally got round
to it. He’s happy now. (to think)
It was obvious from his outrageous behavior that he …………… . (to drink)
I ……………. a latte in the Café New York, when I saw a famous actor walk past the
window. (to drink)

104

4. Using the words in parentheses, complete the sentences below with the Present
Perfect (I have done) / Past Perfect (I had done) / Present Perfect Continuous (I
have been doing) / Past Perfect Continuous (I had been doing).
1. It is already 9.30 p.m. and I ..... (to wait) here for over an hour. If John does not get
here in the next five minutes, I am going to leave.
2. I was really angry with John yesterday. By the time he finally arrived, I ….. (to
wait) for over an hour. I almost left without him.
3. Did you hear that Ben was fired last month? He ….. (to work) for that import
company for more than ten years and he ….. (to work) in almost every department.
Nobody knew the company like he did.
4. I ….. (to see) many pictures of the pyramids before I went to Egypt. Pictures of the
monuments are very misleading. The pyramids are actually quite small.
5. Sarah ….. (to climb) the Matterhorn, ….. (to sail) around the world, and ….. (to
go) on safari in Kenya. She is such an adventurous person.
6. Sarah ….. (to climb) the Matterhorn, ….. (to sail) around the world and ….. (to go)
on safari in Kenya by the time she turned twenty-five. She ….. (to experience) more
by that age than most people do in their entire lives.
7. When Melanie came into the office yesterday, her eyes were red and watery. I
think she ….. (to cry).
5*. Put in the Past Perfect (I had done) / Past Perfect Continuous (I had been
doing) / Past Simple (I did). Give alternatives where possible.
Cooking the Books?
Old Mr. Williams was very concerned. He and his wife were pensioners and he (to
spend) had spent the whole morning looking for their pension books. He (to look)
………. everywhere, but he (not be able) ……….to find them. Meanwhile, his wife
(to be) ……….busy. She (to cook) ……….all morning. She (to prepare) ……….a
delicious meal. She (to make) ……….soup, followed by a lovely pie, which she (to
bake) ……….in the oven. Mr. Williams always (to enjoy) ……….his food, but he
clearly wasn’t enjoying his lunch. ‘What’s the matter, Tom?’ his wife asked. Mr.
Williams (to have to) ……….confess that he (to lose) ……….their pension books. ‘I
know,’ Mrs. Williams (to say) ………., with a twinkle in her eye. ‘I’ve got them’.
‘You’ve got them?’ ‘Yes – and guess where I (to find) ……….them!’ Mr. Williams
suddenly remembered. ‘In the oven! I (to put) ……….them there for safe-keeping.’
He (to smile) ……….with relief as she (to fish) ……….them out of her apron
pocket!
6. Make your own sentences using Past Perfect Continuous.
It was 3 o’clock when Jill went out to look for her son and 6 o’clock when she found
him.
Jill had been looking for her son for 3 hours before she found him.
105

1. Roger Morgan got his first job in the film industry when he was 20. He made his
first film when he was 25.
2. Roy started studying for his doctorate when he was 25. He got it when he was 30.
3. Mary started in the shop when she was 19. When she was 29, she became the
manager.
4. Miss Roach began her driving lessons in January 1992. She didn’t pass her test
until January 1993.
5. She started the composition at 8 in the evening. She gave it up at midnight and
went to bed.
6. Ted went to the bus-stop at 7. It was 7.30 when the bus came.
7. He ordered the meal at 2, and the waiter brought it at 3.
8. They went for a walk in the park at 11. It was 12 when it began to rain.
9. Peter and I arranged to meet at 6 but he came only at 6.30.
10. The programme was interesting. I started to watch TV at 9 when the telephone
rang at 10.
7. Complete the conversation. Put in the Past Perfect Continuous of the verbs.
Rachel: How was your job interview?
Vicky: Awful. I felt terribly nervous. … (I/worry) about it all week. And I was tired
because … (I/work) on my project the night before. … (I/not look) forward to the
interview at all.
Rachel: So what happened?
Vicky: The woman interviewing me was half an hour late because … (she/deal) with
an unexpected problem, she said. … (I/wait) ages, and I’d got even more nervous.
Rachel: How did the interview go?
Vicky: Well, I tried to sound confident. … (I/read) a book that said that’s what you
have to do in job interviews. But I don’t know if I gave the right answers.
8. Translate the following sentences into English using the Past Perfect
Continuous.
1. Только вечером они нашли ключ, который искали весь день. 2. Я уже две
недели гостила у друзей, когда получила от вас письмо. 3. Он уже целый час
играл на скрипке, когда мы пришли. 4. К тому времени, как я уложила вещи,
такси ждало меня уже 10 минут. 5. Она изучала искусство рисования три года,
прежде чем стала работать в издательстве. 6. Они шли по дороге уже два или
три часа, когда вдруг пошел дождь. 7. Он жила в этом доме уже пять лет, когда
приехал ее брат. 8. Я уже целый час читал после обеда, когда пришел папа. 9.
Туристы ждали автобус очень долго, и когда он подошел, было уже очень
поздно. 10. Она посмотрела на часы. Было около 12. Она работала над
докладом в течение 6 часов.

106

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, c or d.
1. I (talk) over the phone when they brought me the letter.
a) talked b) had talked c) had been talking d) was talking
2.They (sit) in the room when the taxi arrived.
a) sat b) had sat c) had been sitting d) were sitting
3. He quickly forgot everything he (learn) at school.
a) learnt b) had learnt c) had been learning d) was learning
4. I visited Brazil in April. I (stay) at a nice hotel for a fortnight.
a) stayed b) had stayed c) had been staying d) was staying
5. I (stay) at the hotel for a fortnight when I received your letter.
a) stayed b) had stayed c) had been staying d) was staying
6. The musician (play) the piano for a whole hour when we came in.
a) played b) had played c) had been playing d) was playing
7. Alice closed the magazine and rose from the sofa on which she (lie) for more than
two hours.
a) lay b) had lain c) had been lying d) was lying
8. We (walk) along a forest road for two hours when we saw a house.
a) walked b) had walked c) had been walking d) were walking
9. I (talk) over the phone for a whole hour when the porter knocked at the door.
a) talked b) had talked c) had been talking d) was talking
10. I hardly (finish) speaking with a porter when the phone rang again.
a) finished b) had hardly finished c) had been finishing d) was finishing
11.First I (answer) the phone, and then I read your letter.
a) answered b) had answered c) had been answering d) was answering
12.And I began writing to you instead of going to the seaside, as I (plan) before.
a) planned b) had planned c) had been planning d) was planning

I. Read the newspaper story. Find the verbs in the Past Perfect
Continuous Tense.

Excuse me, there’s a car in your roof
Mr and Mrs Hawkins had had two fires recently in their house, so they decided to ask
a friend, John Brown, to look after their house while they were on holiday in the
107

south of France. This time they were hoping the house would be safe with him while
they were away.
But at 8.30 in the morning, while John was in the kitchen making a cup of coffee, a
Landrover suddenly came through the roof and landed right on top of the bed, where
John had been sleeping half an hour earlier!
What had happened was that a farmer had been driving round his sheep farm in his
Landrover, which was on a hill overlooking the village where Mr and Mrs Hawkins
live. Suddenly he lost control of his vehicle. When he realized he couldn’t stop it and
that it was moving towards the edge of a cliff, he jumped out, just in time. The
Landrover ‘bounced like a tennis ball’ before it finally landed in the roof of the
Hawkins’s house.
John Brown was incredibly lucky. If he hadn’t decided to get up early that morning,
he would definitely have been killed. Although he has now recovered from the shock,
he still doesn’t know how to explain to Mr and Mrs Hawkins, who are still on
holiday, what has happened to their house!

Будущие времена
(Future Tenses)
Будущее простое время
(The Future Simple Tense)
Future Simple ссылается на действие, которое совершится в неопределенном
или отдаленном будущем. Простое будущее время обычно используется с
обстоятельствами: tomorrow (завтра), next year (в следующем году), in five years
(через пять лет), in 2035 (в 2035 году) и т.п.
Образование Future Simple
Утвердительные предложения:
I will play
We will play
You will play
You will play
He / she / it will play They will play
Для того, чтобы поставить глагол во временную форму Future Simple, нужно
использовать его начальную форму и вспомогательный глагол will . В устной
речи will чаще всего сокращаeтся до формы ‘ll.

108

Вопросительные предложения:
Will I play?
Will we play?
Will you play?
Will you play?
Will he / she / it play? Will they play?
В вопросительном предложении вспомогательный глагол will ставится перед
подлежащим. Значимый глагол остается после подлежащего в своей начальной
форме:
Will your boss agree with our conditions? Ваш босс согласится с нашими
условиями?
Отрицательные предложения:
I will not play
We will not play
You will not play
You will not play
He / she / it will not play They will not play
В отрицательных предложениях за вспомогательным глаголом следует
отрицательная частица not. Вместе они могут быть сокращены до формы won’t:
Fred will not (won’t) agree to help us. Фред не согласится нам помочь.
Употребление Future Simple
•

Указание на простое действие в будущем:

We’ll return in 4 hours. Мы вернемся через 4 часа.
It will not be easy to convince him. Его будет нелегко убедить.
•

Регулярные, повторяющиеся действия в будущем:

I promise I’ll visit you every day.
Обещаю, что буду навещать тебя каждый день.
•

При перечислении последовательности действий в будущем:

I cannot wait for my vacation. I will go to the river, swim and fish every day.
Не могу дождаться своего отпуска. Буду каждый день ходить к речке, купаться
и ловить рыбу.

109

Указатели Future Simple
Обычно Future Simple употребляется с такими обозначениями времени, как
tomorrow (завтра), the day after tomorrow (после завтра), next year (в
следующем году), in (some) days (через несколько дней), one of these days
(один из этих дней), soon (вскоре) и т.д.
Примечание:
В придаточных времени и условия после союзов if, when, as soon as, as long as,
before, after, till (until), unless, on condition that, provided, in case вместо
Future Simple используется Present Simple.
If he agrees, I’ll call you. Если он согласится, я позвоню тебе.
I’ll inform you, when they arrive. Я сообщу Вам, когда они прибудут.

1. Read and translate the sentences into Russian.
1. If I see Sarah I'll invite her to the party.
2. If he asks me I'll help him.
3. I will go to bed when I finish my work.
4. If you don't understand I'll repeat.
5. They will go to the country if the weather is fine.
6. When the bus comes we will be ready to go.
7. If the weather is rainy you will play at home.
8. If you have time we will go for a walk.
2. Open the brackets using the verbs in the Future Simple Tense.
1. I (to know) the result in a day.
2. They (to remember) you well.
3. She (to recognize) his pictures anywhere.
4. He (to become) a lawyer in four years.
5. We (to play) football after the classes.
6. In 4 years I (to graduate) from the University.
7. We (to have) two seminars next week.
8. I (to be) a second-year student next year.
3. Decide what to do or not to do in the following situations.
Letters travel too long. (phone them)

I think we’ll phone them.

It’s too cold today. (go skating)

I don’t think we’ll go skating.

1. What a hot day! (go for a swim)
2. You’re too tired now. (do homework/tomorrow)
110

3. You forgot to phone Ann. (phone her/now)
4. It’s late evening. (have coffee)
5. It’s very hot in Africa in summer. (go there/on winter holidays)
6. You have a lot of work to do. (go to the cinema)
7. You like juice more than lemonade. (have juice)
8. It’s windy outside. (go for a walk)
9. You don’t like traveling by train. (go by car)
10. You feel sleepy. (watch TV tonight)
4. Agree and promise to do the things.
A Can you type this letter? B Sure, I’ll type it after lunch.
1. A Can you cook the dinner today? B Sure, ________ (in the afternoon)
2. A Do you promise to write to me? B Yes, ________ (as soon as I get there)
3. A Can you wash my sweater? B All right, _________ (tomorrow)
4. A Please, don’t break anything. B Don’t worry. _________ (anything)
5. A Will you take the children to the Zoo? B Ok, _________ (on Saturday)
6. A Do you promise to phone him? B Yes, I promise. ________ (tonight)
7. A Will you come after me? B Yes, ___________ (as soon as I can)
8. A Will you send me those photographs? B Ok, ________ (tonight)
5. Use the notes to write about what will happen next weekend.
1. It/be/warm/tomorrow
2. Tom/watch/the match
3. Harriet’s party/be/fun
4. Trevor/not put up/the shelves
5. Laura/be/annoyed
6. Andrew/study/all weekend
7. Rachel/not do/any work
6. Complete the conversation. Put in will .
Rachel: What … we do today?
Vicky: It would be nice to go out somewhere. The forecast says temperatures … rise
to thirty degrees.
Jessica: … we go for a walk?
Rachel: That sounds a bit boring. What about the seaside? We could get a bus.
Jessica: How much … it cost? I haven’t got very much money.
Vicky: It isn’t far. It doesn’t cost much.
Jessica: It … be so crowded everywhere today because it’s a holiday. The journey …
take ages.
Rachel: Come on, Vicky. … we leave Jessica behind if she’s going to be so
miserable?
7. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple or the Future Simple.
1. If I (to stay) some more days in your town, I (to call) on you and we (to have) a
good talk. 2. You (to pass) many towns and villages on your way before you (to
111

arrive) in Moscow. 3. When he (to return) to St Petersburg, he (to call) on us. 4. I (not
to speak) to him until he (to apologize). 5. Peter (to introduce) us to his friends as
soon as we (to meet) them. 6. She (to wait) for him till he (to come) back. 7. He (to
give) you the book to read as soon as he (to finish) reading it. 8. We (to wait) when
you (to make) up your mind.
8. Translate the sentences into English.
1. Они пойдут в кино в воскресенье. 2. Посмотрите этот фильм, если у вас
будет свободное время. 3. На каком языке она будет говорить? 4. Я прочитаю
эту книгу на следующей неделе. 5. Мы встретимся с ним завтра. 6. Куда вы
поедете летом? 7. Я не увижу ее, если она вернется в июле. 8. Они будут здесь
через час, если поезд не опоздает. 9. Ей понравится наш подарок. 10. Не
беспокойся, все будет хорошо.

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, or c .
1. If I (to hear) any news I (to phone) you.
a) will hear, will phone b) will hear, phone c) hear, will phone
2. Hurry up! If you (to catch) a taxi you (to meet) Mary at the station.
a) catch, will meet b) will catch, meet c) will catch, will meet
3. When I (to arrive) in Manchester next week I (to phone) you.
a) will arrive, will phone b) will arrive, phone c) arrive, will phone
4. If he (not/to be) busy tomorrow morning he probably (to give) you a lift.
a) isn’t busy, will probably give b) won’t be, will probably give c) won’t be,
probably gives
5. Call for an ambulance if he (to feel) worse.
a) will feel b) feels c) feel
6. Mrs. Clay (to go) shopping today if she (to finish) her work earlier than usual.
a) goes, will finish b) will go, will finish c) will go, finishes
7. Watch the football match on TV at 11 p.m. if you (to stay) at home tonight.
a) will stay b) stay c) would stay
8. I’m tired, but if you (to make) me strong coffee, I (to go on) working.
a) will make, go on b) will make, will go on c) make, will go on
9. If Dad (to buy) a new car, we (to go) to the seaside by car next summer.
a) buy, will go b) buys, will go c) will buy, go
10. If they (to want) your advice, they (to get) in touch with you.
a) will want, will get b) want, will get c) want, get
11.We (to have) time for tea if he (to be) in time.
a) will have, will be b) have, will be c) will have, is
12. If you (to eat) less bread you (to lose) weight.
112

a) eat, will lose b) will eat, will lose c) will eat, lose
13.If Pete (to go) jogging he (to forget) about his health problems.
a) goes, will forget b) will go, forgets c) go, will forget
14.If our team (to work) hard we (not/to lose) the next game.
a) will work, won’t lose b) works, won’t lose c) work, won’t lose
15.Your parents (to worry) if you (to be) late in the evening.
a) will worry, will be b) are worry, will be c) will worry, are

I. Read this information from a language school brochure.
Write T (true) or F (false).
1. You will receive more information before you leave your country.
2. The best way to get from London to Cambridge is by train.
3. The school will pay for a taxi from the bus station to the family.
4. There are special arrangements for people doing summer courses.
5. On the summer course you will be taken back to the airport on the Saturday after
the course ends.
6. Your family will take you to the school on the first day.
7. The Director of Studies will meet you at the school.
II. Guess the meaning of the highlighted words in the text. Match them to the
definitions:
a) exists for you to use if you want;
b) a person who receives someone as a guest;
c) included inside something;
d) given to you and you don’t have to pay;
e) go with you;
f) show you all the different parts of;
g) pay to use for a short time;
h) a kind of bus which takes you from an airport to another place;
i) people who work for an organization;
j) an exam to decide your level.
What happens when I arrive?
- Clear instructions sent to you before departure
- Airport pick-up service available
- Guided tour of school
- Level placement test
From the airport to your host family
There is an excellent coach transfer to Cambridge city centre from all the London
airports. You will then find taxis waiting at Cambridge bus station which you can

113

hire to reach your host family. However if you prefer, we can order a taxi straight
from the airport to your host family. Prices for this are listed on the enclosed sheet.
Summer courses
If you are coming on any summer courses and you arrive at Heathrow or Gatwick
airports between 09.00 and 18.00 on the Sunday before the beginning of your course,
staff from the school will be waiting for you at the airport and will escort you on the
transfer coach to Cambridge where a school minibus will take you on to the host
family. Transport is provided free of charge to the airport on the Saturday after the
end of your course.
Your first day at the school
You will need to arrive at the school by 09.15 on your first day (your host family will
tell you how to get to us from their house). Here you will be met by our Director of
Studies, who will give you all the information you need and show you round the
school.

Будущее длительное время
(The Future Continuous Tense)
Future Continuous указывает на процесс, который будет длиться в
определенный момент в будущем. В отличие от времени Future Simple, этот
момент в будущем должен быть назван прямо (tomorrow at 4 o’clock, when we
meet) или быть очевидным из контекста.
Tomorrow this time I will be flying to New York.
Завтра в это же время я буду лететь в Нью-Йорк.
Don’t disturb me in the evening, I’ll be preparing for exam.
Не мешайте мне вечером, я буду готовиться к экзамену.
Образование Future Continuous
Утвердительные предложения:
I will be playing.
We will be playing.
You will be playing.
You will be playing.
He / she / it will be playing. They will be playing.
Для того, чтобы поставить глагол в форму Future Continuous, нужен
вспомогательный глагол to be в будущем времени и причастие настоящего
времени (Participle I) смыслового глагола.
114

Примечание:
Личные местоимения и вспомогательный глагол часто сокращаются до I’ll,
he’ll, they’ll и т. д.
Вопросительные предложения:
Will I be playing?
Will we be playing?
Will you be playing?
Will you be playing?
Will he / she / it be playing? Will they be playing?
В вопросительном предложении will выносится на место перед подлежащим,
а to be и смысловой глагол остаются после него:
Why did you bring an album? Will we be studying painting?
Зачем Вы принесли альбом? Мы будем изучать живопись?
Отрицательные предложения:
I will not be playing.
We will not be playing.
You will not be playing.
You will not be playing.
He / she / it will not be playing. They will not be playing.
В отрицательных предложениях после will ставится отрицательная частица
not, которая может быть сокращена до формы won’t:
At 6 I won’t be sleeping yet.
В шесть я еще не буду спать.
Употребление Future Continuous
•

Указание на процесс, который будет происходить в определенный
момент в будущем:

At 7 o’clock we’ll be having barbecue, you are welcome to join.
В семь часов у нас будет барбекю, приглашаем зайти.
Указатели Future Continuous
Future Continuous употребляется с такими обозначениями времени, как at this
time tomorrow (next week, next month), at 10 o’clock on Friday и т.д.

115

1. Fill in the blanks using the Future Continuous Tense.
1. Mike (to read) this book at 2 o’clock tomorrow.
2. My sister (to write) the report from 6 to 7 on Sunday.
3. At this time tomorrow the boys of our group (to play) football.
4. This time next week I (to lie) on the soft yellow sand.
5. When Mom comes, we (to have) dinner.
2. Rewrite the sentences using the Future Continuous Tense.
1. He is playing volleyball now. (at 2 o’clock tomorrow)
2. They were writing a test at 10 o’clock yesterday. (at 5 o’clock tomorrow)
3. He is leaving today. (at 7 o’clock tomorrow)
4. She is sleeping now. (when he returns)
5. Mary was dancing the whole evening yesterday. (the whole evening tomorrow)
3. Make the sentences negative.
1. Your friend will be sleeping at 7 o’clock.
2. We shall be translating the text at 6 o’clock.
3. He will be watching TV at 9 o’clock in the evening.
4. They will be walking in the park at 5 o’clock tomorrow.
5. She will be swimming at 12 o’clock.
4. Answer the questions using the Future Continuous.
1. What will you be doing at 3 o’clock tomorrow? (have an English class)
2. What will she be doing after supper? (do her homework)
3. What will he be doing at the University for five years? (study law)
4. What will they be doing at this time tomorrow? (fly to Kiev)
5. What will she be doing on Sunday? (make a dress)
6. What will you be doing at this time next week? (bathe in the Black Sea)
7. What will he be doing when we arrive? (work in the garden)
8. What will she be doing at the concert tonight? (sing folk songs)
9. What will he be doing at this time the day after tomorrow? (interview a foreign
delegation)
10. What will she be doing next term? (deliver lectures at the Institute of Foreign
Languages)
5. Extend the statements using the Future Continuous.
1. Don’t ring her up at 12 o’clock, she (to have her music lesson).
2. Don’t send us any letters in June, we (to travel).
3. Don’t come to see her after lunch, she (to type).
4. Don’t leave the child alone, he (to cry).
116

5. Don’t tell Granny about it, she (to grumble).
6. Don’t expect him to come next Saturday, he (to work).
7. Don’t invite Jane to go with us, she (to talk all the time).
6. Complete the conversation using the Future Continuous.
Danial: I’m going to go into business when I leave college. Five years from now
(I/run) a big company. I expect (I/earn) lots of money.
Vicky: I don’t know what (I/do). What about you, Natasha? What (you/do), do you
think?
Natasha: I’m too lazy to do any work. I intend to marry someone very rich. (I/give)
dinner parties all the time. We’ll have a cook (who/do) all the work, of course. And
you’ll both get invitations.
Vicky: You’re joking, aren’t you, Natasha? I expect (you/play) in an orchestra.
That’s what you really want to do, isn’t it?
7. Translate the sentences into Russian using the Future Continuous.
1. Завтра я буду работать весь вечер. 2.Завтра днем мы будем играть в теннис с
2 до 4 часов. 3. На следующей неделе в это время я буду купаться в море. 4. Что
Вы будете делать в это время в следующую пятницу? – Как всегда, буду
работать в саду. 5. Мы будем переводить текст, когда ты вернешься. 6. Когда
мы приедем в лабораторию, они будут показывать свои опыты. 7. Мы не будем
играть в шахматы весь вечер. 8. Завтра в 10 часов он будет сдавать экзамен. 9.
Он будет спать, когда вы вернетесь из театра. 10. Завтра в 5 часов он будет
переводить статью.

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a or b.
1. I am not sure he will be able to come on Friday as he _____ all day long.
a) will work
b) will be working
2. We _____ here when you come back.
a) will be
b) will be being
3. What _____ you _____ tomorrow in the evening?
a) will … be doing
b) will … do
4. Tell him I _____ him at the station at 5 sharp.
a) will meet
b) will be meeting
5. He _____ to him about you.
a) won’t speak
b) won’t be speaking
6. The children _____ when we are back.
a) will sleep
b) will be sleeping
7. The moment you _____ in San Francisco I _____ to bed.
a) will be getting up, will go b) will be getting up, will be going
8. He _____ college in a year.
117

a) will finish
b) will be finishing
9. They _____ an essay for three hours.
a) will write
b) will be writing
10. How long _____ it _____ you to translate this text into English?
a) will … take
b) will … be taking

You are going to read an article called Growing trends
which is about life in the future. Do you agree with these predictions? Why
(not)? Discuss in pairs.
Growing Trends (Part I)
What will our world be like in the next century? Scientists today are analysing
statistics that show how the world has changed in previous years and using them to
try to predict the future. They want to know what sort of jobs we will be doing, what
technology we will be using in our daily lives, what kind of homes we will be living
in and what our world will look like in the 21st century.
We have sketched in outline some of the growing trends and the scientists’
predictions below.
The environment in the 21st century we will almost certainly be living in a warmer
world. The world will continue to use fossil fuels which release carbon dioxide, the
main cause of global warming.
Damage done to the ozone layer by man-made chemicals will mean that our children
will have an increased risk of developing skin cancer.
We will be living in a world with less energy available and we will be forced to
reduce our energy consumption.
Technology in the 21st century most families will be using computers in the home to
do a wide variety of tasks. The vast bulk of the technology we will be using a
generation from now already exists in some form. Over 3 million British households
have personal computers today and a further 650,000 are expected to acquire them in
the next year. In 25 years’ time computers will be a million times faster than they are
today and will work in a way that resembles the human brain. They will have become
easier to use, but anyone who has not learnt how to use the new technology will be
seriously disadvantaged, particularly in the field of employment.

118

Будущее совершенное время
(The Future Perfect Tense)
Future Perfect используется довольно редко, оно обозначает действие, которое
закончится до определенного момента или начала другого действия в будущем
или будет продолжать длиться после него.
Next year we will have been married for 30 years.
В следующем году мы будем женаты уже 30 лет.
Образование Future Perfect
Утвердительные предложения:
I will have played
We will have played
You will have played
You will have played
He / she / it will have played They will have played
Время Future Perfect образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола to have
в будущем времени и причастия прошедшего времени значимого глагола, то
есть его «третьей формы».
Причастие второе, или причастие прошедшего времени (Participle II), можно
получить, прибавив к начальной форме значимого глагола окончание -ed:
examine – examined, enjoy – enjoyed, close – closed
Однако в английском языке есть достаточно большая группа неправильных
глаголов, которые образуют форму прошедшего времени не по общим
правилам и которые необходимо запомнить.
Вопросительные предложения:
Will I have played?
Will we have played?
Will you have played?
Will you have played?
Will he / she / it have played? Will they have played?
В вопросительном предложении вспомогательный глагол выносится на место
перед подлежащим, а значимый глагол остается после него:
Will you have read all these books by the exam time?
Ты прочтешь все эти книги до начала экзаменов?
119

Отрицательные предложения:
I will not have played
We will not have played
You will not have played
You will not have played
He / she / it will not have played They will not have played
В отрицательных предложениях за вспомогательным глаголом следует
отрицательная частица not. При этом они могут быть сокращены до формы
hadn’t:
I guess, I will not have received your next letter before Christmas.
Думаю, я не получу твое следующее письмо раньше Рождества.
Употребление Future Perfect:
•

Действие, которое начнется и закончится до определенного момента в
будущем:

You will have spent much efforts before you can run a marathon.
Ты потратишь много усилий, прежде чем сможешь пробежать марафон.
Указатели Future Perfect
Future Perfect употребляется с такими обозначениями времени, как by 3
o’clock tomorrow, by the time he comes и т.д.

1. Put the verb in brackets into the Future Perfect.
1. I (translate) this letter by 6 o’clock this afternoon. 2. I (make) this doll by her
birthday. 3. He (not/learn) his lesson by tomorrow, if he has not yet begun to study it.
4. This work is so arduous, that I (not/complete) it in a year’s time. 5. After you finish
this book, you (learn) over a thousand words. 6. By the end of the month the
commission (come) to some decision. 7. If she returns after July 1, I won’t see her
since I already (go) to the South by the time. 8. They (pass) the exams by July.
2. Fill in each blank with the correct words to change each present continuous
tense sentence into a future perfect tense sentence.

I am reading a book. By this time tomorrow, I will have read the book.

1. I am writing a book. By this time next month, I _______________ the book.
2. Maria is preparing a report. By this time tomorrow, she ___________the report.
3. Martha is learning German. By this time next year, she____________ German.
4. They are inviting all their friends. By this time tomorrow, they___________ all
their friends.
5. We are bringing our stuff to our new apartment. By this time tomorrow, we
120

______________all our stuff to our new apartment.
6. I am fixing my computer. By this time next week, I ___________ my computer.
7. My mother is making dinner. By the time the guests arrive, my mother
_______dinner.
8. Peter is reading a magazine. By the time his flight lands, Peter ______________
the magazine.
9. My sister and I are painting our apartment. By this time tomorrow, my sister and I
_____________ our apartment.
10. John is cleaning the house. By the time his parents arrive, John___________
the house.
3. Answer the questions in the future perfect tense, using the words in brackets.
Will you still be busy if I call you at six? (finish)

Oh, no, we shall have finished by that time.

1. Will they still be staying at the hotel tomorrow? (move to their new house)
2. Will you be discussing the plan at 2 o’clock? (make a decision)
3. Will your students be writing a test at 10 in the morning? (finish)
4. Will your brother still be a student next autumn? (graduate)
5. Will your friends be in England next week? (return)
6. Will he be at home on Saturday? (leave for Scotland)
7. Will she be expecting your call tomorrow morning? (receive my letter)
8. Will you be having a lesson when I come home? (go to the swimming pool)
4. Using the words in brackets, complete the text below with the Future Simple
(I will do) / Future Perfect (I will have done)
1.
Margaret: Do you think everything will be finished when I get back from the store?
Jerry: Don’t worry. By the time you get back, I ….. (to pick) up the living room and
….. (to finish) washing the dishes. Everything will be perfect when your parents
arrive.
Margaret: I hope so. They ….. (to arrive) around 6 o’clock.
Jerry: Everything ….. (to be) spotless by the time they get here.
2.
Nick: I just have two more courses before I graduate from university. By this time
next year, I ….. (to graduate), and I will already be looking for a job.
Stacey: Does that scare you? Are you worried about the future?
Nick: Not really. I ….. (to go) to a career counselor and get some advice on how to
find a good job.
Stacey: That’s a good idea.
Nick: I am also going to do an internship so that when I leave school, I ….. (to
complete) not only over 13 business courses, but I ….. (to work) also in the real
world.

121

3.
Stan: Did you hear that Christine ….. (to take) a vacation in South America this
winter?
Fred: I can’t believe how often she goes abroad. Where exactly does she want to go?
Stan: She ….. (to visit) Peru, Bolivia and Ecuador.
Fred: At this rate, she ….. (to visit) every country in the world by the time she’s 50.
4.
Judy: How long have you been in Miami?
Elaine: I have only been here for a couple of weeks.
Judy: How long do you plan on staying?
Elaine: I love Miami, so I ….. (to stay) here for an extended period of time. When I
go back home, I ….. (to be) here for more than three months.
Judy: Wow, that’s quite a vacation!
5.
Jane: I can’t believe how late we are! By the time we get to the dinner, everyone …..
(to finish) already eating.
Jack: It’s your own fault. You took way too long in the bathroom.
Jane: I couldn’t get my hair to look right.
Jack: Who cares? By the time we get there, everyone ….. (to leave) . Nobody ….. (to
see) even your hair.
5. Put the verbs in brackets into the future continuous or the future perfect.
1. A: I can’t come go shopping on Saturday morning because I … (work).
B: That’s a pity.
2. A: Don’t phone me later than midnight because I … (sleep) then.
B: Shall I give you a call at about 10.30, then?
3. A: Come to my house at six o’clock.
B: … (you/finish) your homework by then?
4. A: Have you made the preparations for the party?
B: Not yet, but I … (finish) them by this evening.
5. A: … (you/go) to James’ party on Saturday night?
B: Yes.
A: Would you mind giving me a lift?
6. A: There’s a meeting tomorrow at 4 o’clock.
B: I can’t go if it is late. I … (leave) by then.
6. First, read Jack’s itinerary for tomorrow. Then, for each sentence, choose
either Future Continuous (I will be doing) or Future Perfect (I will have done) to
complete it.

122

8.00
8.30
9.30
11.00
1.00
3.00
7.30
10.00
10.30
11.00

Leave Home
Arrive at Airport
Plane Leaves For
Paris
Arrives in Paris
Meeting Starts
Meeting Finishes
Business Dinner
Leave Restaurant
Arrive at Hotel
Go to Bed

1.At 8 a.m., he will be leaving home. (to leave)

2.By 8.30 a.m. he ….. at the airport. (to arrive).
3. At 9 a.m. he ….. his plane (to wait for).
4. At 9.30 a.m. he ….. for Paris (to leave).
5. At 10 a.m. he ….. to Paris (to fly).
6. At 11.00 a.m. he ….. (to arrive) in Paris.
7. At 1.00 p.m. the meeting ….. (to start).
8. At 7.50 p.m. he ….. his dinner (to eat).
9. At 10.00 p.m. he ….. (to leave) the restaurant.
10. At midnight he ….. (to sleep).

7. * Put in the Future Simple (I will do) / Future Continuous (I will be doing) /
Future Perfect (I will have done).
Flying Junk
By the middle of the 21st century we (to build) will have built space stations
which (to circle) ………. the earth and probably (to circle) ………. the moon, too.
We (to establish) ………..bases on planets like Mars. At present, we use radar to
‘watch’ nearly 8,000 objects in space. In addition, there are at least 30,000 bits of
rubbish from the size of marbles to the size of basket balls flying round the earth.
These (to increase) ……….in number by the year 2050 and (to orbit) ……….the
earth. All these bits and pieces are watched by NORAD (North American Radar
Defense Command). NORAD (to have) ……….more and more rubbish to watch as
the years go by. Some bits fall back to earth, like the Russian satellite C954 which
crashed in the Northern Territories of Canada in 1978. Crashing junk could give us a
bad headache. Most of the staff (to stay) ……….up there we hope! The sad fact is
that we who are alive today (not / to clear up) ……….our own junk tomorrow.
Perhaps we just (to watch) ……….from some other safe place as it goes round and
round the earth!
8. Translate into English.
1. К завтрашнему дню я закончу этот отчет. 2. Мы сделаем эту работу к 3 часам
дня, а потом пойдем в парк. 3. К 20 июня мы сдадим все экзамены. 4. Строители
построят эту школу к 1 сентября. 5. Я напишу это письмо к тому времени, как
придет секретарь. 6. Поезд уже уйдет к тому времени, когда мы придем на
станцию. 7. Я переведу эту статью к понедельнику. 8. Мой сын еще школьник,
но на будущий год к этому времени он уже закончит школу. 9. Я проживу там
уже месяц, когда вы приедете. 10. В следующем году будет уже 10 лет, как они
преподают английский язык.

Growing Trends (Part II)
123

Population By the 21st century a population explosion will have taken place in the
developing world. In developed countries, the size of the population will have
stabilised but the proportion of older people will have increased dramatically and
there will be problems associated with care of the elderly and increasing pressure on
the medical services. It may no longer be possible for the government to provide
pensions for everybody.
Society Statistics show that society is becoming more violent. 95% of Britons think
that it is unsafe to walk the streets at night; 85% believe that it is used to be safe 30
years ago. The average person’s risk of becoming a victim of violent crime has
trebled since 1979.
This trend will almost certainly continue. Rising crime will be one of the main
problems that people in the 21st century will have to deal with.

What do you remember?
Choose the right option.
1. Tino won’t be in Italy next month. He ________by then.
a) will have come back
b) will have came back c) will have coming back
2. The Browns won’t be living in the same house a year from now. They
_________by then.
a) will have leave
b) will have left
c) will have leaved
3. Gloria won’t be working at six o’clock. She __________by then.
a) will have went home
b) will have gone home c) will have go home
4. Sam won’t be sweeping the garage tomorrow. He ___________ by then.
a) will have swept it
b) will have sweeped it c) will have sweeping
5. Jack won’t be driving the same car a year from now. He ___________by then.
a) will have solden it
b) will have sold it
c) will have sell it
6. Nancy won’t be sleeping at eight o’clock in the morning. She __________ by then.
a) will have get up
b) will have gets up
c) will have got up
7. Barbara won’t be living in an apartment next year. She ___________ by then.
a) will have bought a house
b) will have buyed a house
c) will have
buys a house
8. Anne won’t be single next year. She __________ by then.
a) will have found a boyfriend b) will have find a boyfriend c) will have finds a
boyfriend
9. Johnnie won’t be alone next month. He __________ by then.
a) will have fellen in love
b) will have fall in love c) will have fallen in
love
10. Margaret won’t be working at the bookstore in a few years. She _____________
by then.
a) will have got rich
b) will have gets rich
c) will have get
rich

124

Будущее завершенно-длительное время
(The Future Perfect Continuous Tense)
Future Perfect Continuous указывает на действие, которое началось и
продолжалось в течение некоторого времени до определенного момента в
будущем. Это время используется очень редко, а в устной речи – практически
никогда.
Next month we will have been living together for 25 years.
В следующем месяце исполнится 25 лет, как мы живем вместе.
Образование Future Perfect Continuous
Утвердительные предложения:
I will have been playing
We will have been playing
You will have been playing
You will have been playing
He / she / it will have been playing They will have been playing
Для того, чтобы поставить глагол в форму времени Future Perfect Continuous,
требуется вспомогательный глагол to be во времени Future Perfect и причастие
настоящего времени (форма V-ing) смыслового глагола.
Причастие настоящего времени (Participle I) можно получить, прибавив к
начальной форме значимого глагола окончание -ing:
jump – jumping, live – living
Вопросительные предложения:
Will I have been playing?
Will we have been playing?
Will you have been playing?
Will you have been playing?
Will he / she / it has been playing? Will they have been playing?
В вопросительном предложении вспомогательный глагол will выносится на
место перед подлежащим, а остальная часть сказуемого располагается после
него:
I hear, you are going to retire next month? For how many years will you have been
working here by that time?

125

Я слышал, в следующем месяце Вы выходите на пенсию? Сколько к тому
времени Вы уже здесь будете работать?
Отрицательные предложения:
I will not have been playing
We will not have been playing
You will not have been playing
You will not have been playing
He / she / it will not have been playing They will not have been playing
В отрицательных предложениях за вспомогательным глаголом will следует
отрицательная частица not:
By 2015 you will not have been living in this country long enough to participate in
the election.
К 2015 году Вы не будете жить в этой стране достаточно долго, чтобы принять
участие в выборах.
Употребление Future Perfect Continuous:
•

Действие, которое началось и продолжалось в течение некоторого
времени до определенного момента в будущем:

Next March we will have been living in Bulgaria for 2 years.
В марте исполнится два года с тех пор, как мы живем в Болгарии.

1. Put the verb in brackets into the Future Perfect Continuous.
1. She (to study) in London for two years when I come here. 2. He (to teach) German
for two years when I begin to teach English. 3. By next July she (to live) here for five
years. 4. I (to work) at the library for 8 hours when you come there. 5. By the end of
this month we (to learn) this language for ten years. 6. When my daughter goes to
school we (to live) here for over five years. 7. When the new century begins, they (to
reconstruct) this church for nearly 25 years. 8. We (to fly) for twelve hours by the
time the plane lands.

2. Translate into Russian.
1. They will have been sitting here for 20 minutes when I come. 2. When they finish I
will have been waiting for them for 30 minutes. 3. By the next August she will have
been teaching English for 30 years. 4. She will have been typing the documents for an
hour by the time you come back. 5. By the end of this year we shall have been living
here for 10 years. 6. They will have been talking for over an hour by the time Thomas
126

arrives. 7. How long will you have been studying when you graduate? 8. Jason will
be tired when he gets home because he will have been jogging for over an hour. 9. I
shall have been working for this company non-stop for thirty years by the end of
October. 10. By 6 o’clock he will have been testing the system for three hours.
3. Translate into English.
1. К тому времени, как он закончит университет, его родители проработают в
Южной Африке два года. 2. На будущий год к этому времени она будет изучать
французский уже два года. 3. Я буду писать доклад уже час, когда ты придешь.
4. Мы будем рекламировать эти товары несколько месяцев к тому времени, как
они появятся на рынке. 5. В среду будет две недели, как он ремонтирует свою
машину. 6. К тому времени, как ты вернешься, я буду писать уже третий
портрет. 7. К 1 сентября я буду работать в этом университете уже 20 лет.
4. Fill in the correct form verb in either the Future Perfect or Future Perfect
Continuous tense.
1. Tamara will have completed her Bachelor’s Degree by June. (complete)
2. The customer service department will have been operating for 2 years by then.
(operate)
3. By the time I start my shift, Dr. Frazier _________ for 18 hours straight. (work)
4. Sheila ____ the scholarship by the time she starts school in September. (get)
5. By this time next month, I hope they ____building the community center. (finish)
6. Professor Adams ______ at this university for 25 years by the time he retires in
June. (teach)
7. By this time tomorrow night we ______ in Australia. (arrive)
______ he ______ the message by the time your flight takes off? (receive)
8. Dana _____ the night shift by the time you get up in the morning. (not finish)
9. The team _____ at the exhibition for five hours by the time I arrive there. (work)
10. By the time we get on the plane, they ____already _____ the luggage. (load)
11. By 2025, I hope researchers ______ a cure for cancer. (find)
5. Fill in the gaps with the verb in brackets using either the Future Perfect (I will
have done) / Future Perfect Continuous (I will have been doing).
1. By the time we get to the party, Fat Bob ……………….. everything. (to eat)
2. When we get to March, Jimbo ……………. in Thailand for 18 months. (to live)
3. There’s no point going now. The bus …….. by the time we get there. (to leave)
4. Be prepared to stand up during the concert as they …….. all the seats by now. (to
take)
5. By June, we ……………….. together for four months. (to go out)
6. When you get to L.A., you ……………….. for seven hours. (to fly)
7. I’m sure that when we go to the meeting, all the important guests………… in time.
(to arrive)
8. This time tomorrow I ……………….. all my exams. (to finish)
9. By next Friday we ……………….. the course. (to complete)
10. Old Mr. Macawber ……….. maths for 30 years by the end of this term. (to teach)
127

11. By next spring, we ……………….. in Kyoto for two years. (to work)
12. By the time you wake up tomorrow morning, Pete……………. in Seattle.
(to arrive)
13. At this rate, we ……………….. everything ready by six o’clock. (to get)
14. Johnson ……………….. at sea 7 days by the time he enters French waters. (to
be)
15. If what scientists say is true, humans …………….. life a miserable existence
within the next 15 years. (to make)
6. Match the following sentences using Future Perfect (I will have done) / Future
Perfect Continuous (I will have been doing).
1) We will have rehearsed the play
a. for two months in September.
2) We will have been rehearsing the
b. by September.
play
1) I will have found enough mushrooms a. for a couple of hours before lunch.
2) I will have been looking for
b. before you start cooking.
mushrooms
1) By Friday they will have dug up
a. the roads in King Street and George
2) By Friday they will have been
Street.
digging up
b. the roads in our town.
1) When he retires
a. he will have been making films for 30
years.
2) If he finishes his last film
b. he will have made 30 films.
1) By the next week
a. I will have given up smoking.
th
2) By the 30 of June
b. I will have been trying to give up
smoking for two months.
1) By the end of this season he will have a. for 10 months in this team.
played
2) By the end of this season he will have b. 50 games in this team.
been playing
1) She will have eaten her dinner
a. for an hour at 7 o'clock.
2) She will have been eating her dinner b. by 7 o'clock.
1) I’ll have sent him an e-mail
a. before I leave the office.
2) I’ll have been sending him e-mails
b. today.
for a couple of days
7. Open the brackets using Future Perfect (I will have done) / Future Perfect
Continuous (I will have been doing).
1. By the time we get to Chicago this evening, we (drive) … more than four hundred
miles. We are going to be exhausted.
2. When Sarah goes on vacation next month, she (study) … German for over two
years. She should be able to communicate fairly well while she is in Austria.
3. I have not traveled much yet; however, I (visit) … the Grand Canyon and San
Francisco by the time I leave the United States.
4. By the time you finish studying the verb tense tutorial, you (master) … all twelve
tenses including their passive forms.
128

5. Drive faster! If you don’t hurry up she (have)… the baby by the time we get to the
hospital.
6. I came to England six months ago. I started my economics course three months
ago. When I return to Australia, I (study) … for nine months and I (be)… in
England for exactly one year.
7. Margie just called and said she would be here at 8 o’clock. By the time she gets
here, we (wait) … for her for two hours.
8. Frank just changed jobs again. If he keeps this up, he (change) … jobs at least four
or five times by the end of the year.
9. Come over to my house around 9 o’clock. By then, I (complete) … my history
essay and we can go see a movie.
10. In June, my grandmother and grandfather (be) … married for fifty years.
8. Read the dialogues opening the brackets in Future Continuous (I will be
doing) / Future Perfect Continuous (I will have been doing).
1.
Simona: Margaret is really going to speak Spanish well when she gets back from that
language school in Mexico.
Isabelle: Hopefully! She (take) … classes for more than six months.
Simona: She is going to be able to speak Spanish with some of our Latin American
clients.
Isabelle: Good. Two clients from Peru (visit) … us next month when Margaret
returns. We need someone to entertain them while they are here.
2.
Jason: I am leaving!
Nurse: If you would please wait, the doctor will be with you in ten minutes. The
doctor is having some problems with a patient.
Jason: The doctor was having problems with that patient an hour ago. If I wait
another ten minutes, I am sure he (have, still) … problems with her. By the time he’s
finally ready to see me, I (wait) … for more than two hours.
3.
Frank: What are you going to be doing tomorrow at five?
Debbie: I (paint) … my living room walls.
Frank: Still? How long have you been working on your living room?
Debbie: Forever. By the time I finish, I (redecorate) … the living room for over a
week.
Frank: Too bad. I was going to ask if you wanted to see a movie. What about the day
after tomorrow?
Debbie: Sorry, I (move) … furniture and (put) … up drapes.
4.
Mr. Jones: What are you going to be doing next year at this time?
Mr. McIntyre: I (work) … for a big law firm in New Orleans.
Mr. Jones: I didn’t know you were leaving Baton Rouge.

129

Mr. McIntyre: I got a great job offer which I just can’t refuse. Besides, by the time I
move, I (live) … in Baton Rouge for over twenty years. I think it’s about time for a
change.

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, or c .
1. What are you thinking about? – This time next week, I … on the beach.
a) will have sunbathed b) will be sunbathing c) will have been sunbathing
2. Have you finished decorating your house yet? – No, but I … by Friday.
a) will be finishing b) will have been finishing c) will have finished
3. Have you just moved here? – No, I … here for two years next month.
a) will be living b) will have been living c) will have lived
4. … to the supermarket today? – Yes. Do you want me to get you something?
a) Will you have gone b) Will you have been going c) Will you be going
5. Can you give Steve a message for me? – Certainly I … him at work later on today.
a) will be seeing b) will have seen c) will have been seeing
6. You’ve been working hard all day. – Yes, at 3 o’clock I … for six hours.
a) will be studying b) will have been studying c) will have studied
7. Sarah has gone to the cinema to see that film again. – I know. After this time, she
… it five times!
a) will have seen b) will have been seeing c) will be seeing
8. John has an exam tomorrow, doesn’t he? – Yes. In fact, at this time tomorrow , he
… the exam.
a) will have been sitting b) will be sitting c) will have sat
9. Are you typing another report? – Yes. By the time I finish this one, I … twentythree reports today!
a) will have been typing b) will have typed c) will be typing
10. Those two people have been dancing all evening. – Yes. By 11 o’clock, they …
for four hours.
a) will have been dancing b) will have danced c) will be dancing

Read the dialogue. Answer the questions.
LIFE IN OVERTONE
Miss Pristly has come to Overton from London. Mrs Kelly is an old lady who lives
in Overton.
Miss P.: “What a lovely old village Overton is!”
Mrs. K.: “Yes, isn’t it? The most beautiful village in this part of England, I think.”

130

Miss P.: “I’m sure you enjoy living here. Have you lived here long?”
Mrs. K: “I’ve lived here all my life. By next month I’ll have been living here for 80
years. I was born in Overton.”
Miss P.: “Have you ever been to other countries?”
Mrs. K.: “No, I’ve never been out of England. I’ve been to London twice.”
Miss P.: “Did you enjoy seeing London?”
Mrs. K.: “Not much. There are too many people in London. And too many buses, too
much noise.”
Miss P.: And has your husband always lived here, too?”
Mrs. К: “No, he wasn’t born in Overton. He’s lived here only since the year we were
married. That was 1970. We were married on August the fourth. I always remember
the date. By next August we’ll have been living together for 40 years. So, my
husband’s lived in Overton since 1970."
Miss P.: “Well, you’ve been married for a long time, haven’t you?
Your children have all left home, now, I suppose.”
Mrs. K.: “Yes, there are six of them. They were all born here. They were all
christened in the church here and all went to school here. But now they’ve left the
village and gone to live in the town.”
Miss P.: “You mean Coventry? How far is Coventry?”
Mrs. K.: “Not far. About fifteen miles. My four sons are working in the big motor
works there. My two girls are married to men who work there.”
Miss P.: “Do you go and see them sometimes?”
Mrs. K.: “No, but they often come to see me. The boys have cars and motor-cycles
and it doesn’t take them long to come over.”
1. Who has come to Overton from London?
2. Who has lived in Overton long?
3. How long has Mrs. Kevin lived in Overton?
4. Has Mrs. Kevin been to other countries?
5. Does she like London? Why?
6. Has her husband always lived in Overton?
7. Have they been married a long time?
8. Do their children live in Overton?
9. Where do Mrs. Kevin’s sons work?
10. Does Mrs. Kevin often go to see her sons?

Модальные глаголы
(Modal verbs)
Модальные глаголы – это глаголы со значением возможности или
должествования. Основные глаголы этой группы: can (could), may (might), must,
should.
Особенности модальных глаголов:
131

- не употребляются с частицей “to”(инфинитив после модального глагола также
не требует частицы “to”): We must go home.
- не имеют окончания -s в 3 лице единственном числе: He may come today.
- не имеют многих грамматических форм: Continuous, Perfect, Passive и других.
- не имеют формы будущего времени, не имеют причастий.
Глаголы возможности
1. CAN (прошедшее время could)
Выражает физическую или умственную возможность, способность совершать
действие.
I can speak English. – Я могу говорить по-английски.
I can swim. – Я умею плавать.
I could swim when I was five. – Я умел плавать в 5 лет.
Отрицательная форма: can not, can’t, couldn’t
I can’t play the piano. – Я не могу (не умею) играть на пианино.
Эквивалентом глагола can является выражение to be able to - уметь, быть
способным.
I am able to do it. – Я могу (умею) это делать.
I was able to do it. – Я мог (был в состоянии) это сделать.
I shall be able to do it. – Я смогу сделать это.
Примечание: В сочетании с глаголами чувства и восприятия: to see видеть, to
hear слышать, to feel чувствовать и др. глагол can обычно на русский язык не
переводится:
Can you see him? Ты видишь его?
Can you hear the music? Вы слышите музыку?
Глагол can (could) в вопросах, просьбах, запрещениях и разрешениях.
В
этих
случаях
могут
употребляться can, could и may.
В официальном стиле употребляется may, в вежливой форме could, в обычном
разговорном, повседневном стиле – can.

132

В вопросительном предложении:
вопрос о разрешении на действие или просьба.
Можно задать вам вопрос?
Можно войти? Разрешите
войти? (с may более
официально, напр., в кабинет
директора)
Можно мне взять твой
словарь? (с could более
вежливо)
Могу я воспользоваться вашим
телефоном?
Не могли бы вы ответить на
мои вопросы?
Не могли бы вы помочь мне,
(пожалуйста)?

Can/May I ask you a question?
Can/May I come in?

Can/Could I take your dictionary?

Can/Could I use your telephone?
Could you answer my questions?
Could you help me, please?

В отрицательном предложении: запрещение совершать действие, выраженное
инфинитивом, часто переводится как "нельзя". Cannot или, обычно, can't – самая
частая и нейтральная форма запрета, may not – более официальная форма, must
not – категорический запрет.
I’m sorry you can’t park here. Прошу прощения, но здесь нельзя парковаться
May I come with you? – I’m afraid you can’t. Можно я пойду с вами? – К
сожалению/Боюсь, что нельзя/нет.
В утвердительном предложении: разрешение совершить действие, выраженное
инфинитивом. Хотя глагол may и означает "разрешаю", имея оттенок
официальности, а can означает "можешь физически", в современном разговорном
языке обычно повсеместно употребляется can.
Настоящее:
You can/may come in.
You can go home.
You can use dictionaries.
You can use my car.
You can use this phone.

Можешь войти.
Можете идти домой.
Можете пользоваться словарями.
Ты можешь воспользоваться моей
машиной.
Ты можешь воспользоваться этим
телефоном.

В вопросительных предложениях: сомнение, удивление – неужели.
Хотя на русский язык can и could перев. здесь одинаково –"неужели",
форма could, как форма сослагательного наклонения, выражает большую степень
сомнения(меньшую степень вероятности).

133

Can he be still working?
Can/could they still be
sleeping?
Can it be true?
Can you dislike the
book?

Неужели он еще работает?
Неужели они все еще спят?
Неужели это правда?
Неужели тебе не
нравится эта книга?

В отрицательных предложениях: сомнение, недоверие - не может быть,
чтобы; невероятно.
She can’t be at
home now?
It can’t/couldn't be tru
e.
They can’t all be lying
.

Не может быть, чтобы она была дома
сейчас.
Не может
быть (невероятно), чтобы это была пра
вда.
Не может быть, чтобы они
все говорили неправду.

2. MAY (прошедшее время might)
Выражает а) предположение
б) разрешение
In the evening I may read a book. – Вечером я могу почитать книгу (может быть
почитаю).
May I come in? -– Можно войти?
Эквивалентом глагола may может служить выражение to be allowed to – иметь
разрешение (to allow – разрешать, позволять).
You are allowed to go home. – Вы можете идти домой. (вам разрешают)
She was allowed to come in. – Ей разрешили войти.
You will be allowed to swim. – Вы сможете плавать (вам разрешат)
Для выражения неодобрения, упрека, осуждения – мог бы (но не сделал). В этом
случае употребляется только форма might в утвердительном предложении.
You might come to see me.
You might go and help him.

Вы могли бы прийти навестить
меня.
Ты мог бы пойти и помочь ему.

Глагол may (might)
чаще
всего
выражает предположение с
оттенком сомнения, неуверенности. В этом значении он употребляется только в
утвердительных и отрицательных предложениях с любой формой инфинитива (в
вопросительных вероятностных предложениях употр. can). Соответствует
русскому "возможно, может быть". Might, как форма сослагательного
наклонения, выражает большую степень сомнения (меньшую степень
уверенности).
134

He may be at home.
He may not be there now.
She may know about it.
He may be sleeping.
He may by waiting for us.
He might be doing his
lessons now.

Он, может быть (возможно),
дома.
Возможно, его нет там сейчас.
Возможно, она знает об этом.
Возможно, он спит.
Может, он ждет нас.
Может быть, он делает уроки
сейчас.

Глаголы должествования
1. MUST – должен, обязан, нужно, надо (обозначает необходимость,
обязанность)
I must study many subjects. – Я должен изучать много предметов.
Отрицательная форма: must not, mustn’t.
You mustn’t do it. – Ты не должен (нельзя) этого делать.
Для выражения прошедшего и будущего времени вместо must обычно
употребляются его эквиваленты: to be to, to have to.
to be to – должен, предстоит (по плану, расписанию, договоренности)
to have to – должен, вынужден, приходится (вынужденная необходимость)
The train is to arrive at 7 o’clock. – Поезд должен прибыть в 7 часов.
I was to make a report. – Мне предстояло сделать доклад.
I have to go there. – Я должен туда пойти.
I had to take a taxi. – Мне пришлось взять такси.
She will have to meet him. – Ей придется его встретить.
2. SHOULD/ OUGHT TO – должен, следует (обозначает совет, чаще всего
употребляется со вторым и третьим лицом)
You should get up earlier. – Тебе следует раньше вставать.
He should go to the doctor. – Он должен (ему следует) пойти к врачу.
He shouldn’t miss classes. – Ему не надо пропускать занятия.
I ought to write him a letter of thanks. – Мне следует написать ему письмо и
Выражает:
а) необходимость совершения действия в силу чьего-либо мнения, отражающего
общепринятые суждения, моральные принципы, обязательства и т.п. - должен,
следует, (мягче, чем must);
б) предположение с оттенком уверенности - должно быть, наверное, вероятно .
В сочетании с неперфектным инфинитивом выражение совета, желательности,
рекомендации относительно настоящего или будущего.
You ought to do it at once.
You ought to see a doctor.

Вы долждны сделать это сразу
же.
Вы должны обратиться к врачу.
135

Вы должны работать для людей.

You ought to work for people.

Для выражения предположения с оттенком уверенности – наверно, должно
быть и т.п. В этом значении ought употребляется с неперфектным инфинитивом
(встреч. реже, чем с must).
This dress ought to be cheaper.
He ought to/(should) be at home
now.
There ought to/(should) be no
difficulties.

Это платье, должно быть,
дешевле.
Он, должно быть, сейчас дома.
Не должно быть никаких
трудностей.

3. NEED – означает необходимость.
* Как смысловой глагол, означающий требоваться, быть необходимым или
нуждаться (в чем-л.) ведет себя как обычный глагол:
The building needs quite a few repairs. – Зданию нужен довольно серьезный
ремонт.
Are new comedies needed most? – Неужели больше всего нужны новые
комедии?
Как модальный глагол используется в вопросительных и отрицательных
предложениях и означает «быть должным, обязанным». Отрицательных форм
две: needn’t и don’t need.
I need not have told you about that. – Мне не обязательно было вам это говорить.
В отрицательных предложениях need выражает отсутствие такой необходимости
– не нужно, незачем, нет необходимости.
You needn’t do it.
You needn’t hurry.
You needn’t tell me about it.

Тебе незачем делать это.
Тебе не нужно торопиться.
Тебе не нужно говорить мне об этом.

В вопросительных – сомнение в целесообразности действия, при этом чаще всего
предполагается отрицательный ответ - нужно (ли), надо (ли), должен (ли).
Need I repeat it?
Need I write to him?
Need we go there?

Надо ли мне повторять это?
Нужно ли мне написать ему?
Нужно ли/Стоит
ли нам идти туда?

136

Ответы на вопрос:
Need I buy any bread
and sugar?
No, you needn't.
Yes, you must.

Надо мне купить хлеб и
сахар?
Нет, не нужно.
Да, надо.

В косвенной речи need, подобно must, не меняет свою форму.
Учитель сказал, что нам не
надо приходить.

The teacher said that
we needn’t come.

Модальный глагол need имеет только одну форму, не требует вспомогательных
глаголов,
употребляется
в
вопросах
и
отрицаниях. После
него
употребляется только инфинитив без to. Например:
Стоит ли (нужно ли; есть ли
необходимость) мне читать
это? (сомнение)
Нужно мне читать это? (просто
вопрос)

Need I read it?
(модальный)
Do I need to
read it?(смысловой)

4. DARE означает: осмелиться, иметь смелость или нахальство сделать что-л.
Как модальный глагол, он имеет формы настоящего времени dare и
прошедшего dared, употребляется с инфинитивом без частицы to, образует
вопросительную и отрицательную формы без вспомогательного do.
Как модальный употребляется в вопросительных (обычно с How dare…?)
и отрицательных предложениях. В утвердительной форме dare употребляется в
выражении I dare say/speak, которое переводится как (я) осмелюсь сказать.
How dare you say it?
For a while he dared
not move.

Как вы смеете говорить это?
Некоторое время он не
смел пошевелиться.

Многофункциональные глаголы в роли модальных:
shall, should, will, would, need, dare

В качестве модального глагола shall употребляется с неперфектным инфинитивом,
произносится в полной форме с логическим ударением (не сокращая до ’ll) и на
русский язык отдельно не переводится.
Употребляется:
1 В утвердительных и отрицательных предложениях употребляется для того,
чтобы выразить:

137

а) приказ, предупреждение, предостережение или угрозу, направленные ко 2-му
или 3-му лицу.
You shall do this work at once.
You shall not run away before
you answer.
б) твердое, категорическое
говорящего:
You shall have whatever
you want.
They shall have this
picture.
He shan’t come here.
We shall win!

Вы должны сделать эту работу
немедленно.
Вы не убежите, пока не ответите
мне. (угроза)

обещание,

заверение,

уверенность от

лица

У тебя будет все, что ты хочешь.
У них будет эта картина. (я им
обещаю)
Он не придет сюда. (Я не позволю)
Мы выиграем! (выражение сильной
решимости)

В роли модального глагола should очень близок по значению глаголу ought (to).
Выражает:
а) необходимость совершения действия в силу чьего-либо субъективного,
индивидуального мнения: "следует";
б) предположение, с оттенком уверенности: "должно быть, наверное,
вероятно ".
1 В сочетании с неперфектным инфинитивом выражение совета, желательности,
рекомендации относительно настоящего или будущего.
You should see her.
You should tell me the
truth.
Should I ask him about
it?
What should I do?

Тебе следует (ты
должен) повидать ее.
Тебе следует сказать мне
правду.
Мне (следует) спросить его об
этом?
Что я должен делать?

2 should + Perfect Infinitive выражение сожаления, упрек, порицание по поводу
того, что:
а) что действие было не выполнено (если предложение утвердительное).
Соответствует русскому следовало (бы), надо было (бы), должен был (бы).

138

You should have done this
work.
He should have driven more
carefully.
You should have told me the
truth.

Вам надо
было (следовало) сделать эту
работу. (но вы ее не сделали)
Ему следовало бы (нужно
было) ехать более осторожно. (но
он не сделал этого)
Тебе следовало сказать мне правду.

б) что нежелательное действие совершилось (в отрицательных предложениях):
She shouldn’t have
Ей не нужно было ходить туда.
gone there.
Oh, Bob, you shouldn’t have
О, Боб, тебе не
told her about it!
следовало говорить ей об этом.
Для выражения предположения с оттенком уверенности – наверно, должно
быть и т.п. В этом знач. should употребляется с неперфектным инфинитивом
(встречается реже, чем с must).
You should be hungry by
now.
He should be here any minute.
The shop should/ (ought to) be
open now.

Ты, наверное,
уже проголодалась.
Он должен быть здесь с минуты
на минуту.
Магазин должен быть сейчас
открыт.

В группу модальных глаголов входят:
Модальный
глагол и его
Выражает
Present
Past
Future
эквивалент
Чисто модальные глаголы (4) и их эквиваленты (2)
can
can
could
--мочь, уметь,
быть в
am/is/are
was/were
shall/will be able
to be able (to)
состоянии
able (to)
able (to)
(to)
may
may
might
--мочь, иметь
to be allowed
am/is/are
was/were
shall/will be
разрешение
(to)
allowed (to) allowed (to)
allowed (to)
must
быть должным
must
----следует,
ought (to)
ought (to)
----следовало бы
Эквиваленты глаголов долженствования (must, ought, shall, should) - 2
to have (to)
вынужден,
have/has
shall/will have
had (to)
приходится
(to)
(to)

139

to be (to)
shall ]
should
will
would
need
dare

должен (по
am/is/are
was/were
--плану)
(to)
(to)
Многофункциональные глаголы в роли модальных (6)
обязан, должен
----shall
следует,
should
----следовало бы
желать,
----will
намереваться
желать;
вероятно;
--would
--бывало
нуждаться
need
----сметь
dare
dared
---

1. Complete the dialogues with must, can’t, or might.
They must be out. Nobody is answering the phone.
1. - ‘You’re getting married? You ________ be serious!’
- ‘You’re right. I’m just joking.’
2. - ‘I thought you ________ like to borrow this book.’
- ‘Oh great, thanks. I was thinking about buying it.’
3. - ‘I’ve just run 20km. I’m training for a marathon.’
-‘Really? You ________ feel exhausted.’
4. - ‘Marilyn and Bob are on holiday in Sicily this week.’
-‘They ________ be. I’ve just seen Marilyn in town.’
5. - ‘I passed my driving test!’
-‘Congratulations! You ________ be very happy.’
6. - ‘Look, Jane left her bag here.’
- ‘It ________ be Jane’s. Her bag is black.’
7. - ‘Where’s Steven?’
-‘I don’t know. He ________ be in a meeting. Shall I look in his diary?’
2. Complete the sentences with the correct form of can, could, or be able to.
We were so hungry we couldn’t wait for dinner, so we ordered pizza.
1. What does this label say? I ________ see without my glasses.
2. I’ve never ________draw well, but my brother is brilliant.
3. ________ you lend me a pen, please?
4. I’m free tonight, so I’ll ________ come and help you if you like.
5. After three months living here, I ________ understand quite a lot of Japanese.
6. I’d love ________ play a musical instrument.

140

3. Complete the sentences with might +a verb.
be cold, be ill, be in a meeting, go to the cinema, not have time, not like it, win.
1. I’m not sure what to do tonight. I _____________.
2. Kate wasn’t in class today. She ________________.
3. He isn’t answering his phone. He ______________.
4. It’s an unusual film. You _____________________.
5. I don’t know if I’ll finish it. I __________________.
6. It’s a difficult match but we ___________________.
7. Take your coat. It ___________________________.
4. Match the sentences halves.
1. Take your umbrella, A. you might fall.
2. Let’s buy a lottery ticket, B. it might not be your size.
3. Phone the restaurant, C. we might get lost.
4. Don’t stand on the wall, D. it might rain.
5. Let’s take a map, E. I might be late.
6. Try the shirt on, F. you might cut yourself.
7. Don’t wait for me, G. it might be closed on Saturday.
8. Be careful with that knife, H. we might win.
5. Complete with should or shouldn’t.
1. You ___________ stop smoking.
2. You ___________ eat red meat.
3. You ___________ work 12 hours a day.
4. You ___________ lose a bit of weight.
5. You ___________ eat more fruit.
6. You ___________ drink a lot of coffee.
7. You ___________ put salt on your food.
8. You ___________ start doing some exercise.
6. Complete the sentences with should or shouldn’t + a verb.
drive go leave relax study walk wear
1. We _____________ early. There might be a lot of traffic later.
2. You _____________ a jacket. It’s quite cold today.
3. I ________________ tonight. I have an exam tomorrow.
4. You _____________ alone in that part of the city. Get a taxi.
5. She _____________ more. She’s very stressed.
6. People ___________ so fast when it’s raining.
7. You _____________ to bed early tonight. You look really tired.

141

7. Complete the sentences with have to, don’t have to,
must, mustn’t, should, or shouldn’t.
We’ll have to leave early tomorrow morning.
1. Great! It’s a holiday tomorrow – we ________ go to work.
2. I need your advice. Where do you think we ________ stay in London, in a hotel or a
bed and breakfast?
3. There are hungry crocodiles in that river. You ________ swim in it!
4. It’s a great film. You ________ see it.
5. You ________ talk loudly on your mobile in a restaurant. It’s bad manners.
6. You ________ drive on the right in Europe (except in the UK).
7. You ________ pay to get into that exhibition – it’s free.
.

8. Write sentences with the right form of have to.
I / work on Saturday [-] I don’t have to work on Saturday.
1. Jane / work very hard [+]
2. you / wear a uniform [?]
3. my sister / go to school [-]
4. I / finish this now [?]
5. we / get up early tomorrow [-]
6. Harry / work tomorrow [?]
7. we / hurry or we’ll be late [+]
9. Put in must, mustn’t or needn’t?
1. Laura: You ______ take an umbrella. It isn’t going to rain.
Trevor: Well, I don’t know . It might do.
Laura: Don’t lose it then. You ________ leave it on the bus.
2. Vicky: Come on. We _______ hurry. We _____ be late.
Rachel: It’s only ten past. We ______ hurry. There’s lots of time.
3. David: I’ll put these cups in the dishwasher.
Melanie: No, you ______ put them in there. It might damage them. In fact, we _____
wash them at all. We don’t use them.
4. Secretary: I _______ forget to type this letter.
Mark: Yes, it _________ go in the post today because it’s quite urgent. But the report
isn’t so important. You ________ type the report today.
5. Claire: My sister and I are going a different way.
Guide: Oh, you _______ go off on your own. It isn’t safe. We ________ keep together
in a group.

142

10. a) Look at these notices. Have you seen any like these?
A. B. C.

SILENCE
Exam
in progress

Tonight’s film:

Pirates of the
Caribbean

entrance free

D. F. E.
NO FOOD
here please

Course fees
to be paid
in
advance

Extra
pronunciatio
n class

5 p.m.

b) Match the notices with the rules.
1. You have to pay before you start.
2. You don’t have to come if you don’t want.
3. You mustn’t eat in here.
4. You mustn’t talk near here.
5. You don’t have to pay to see this.
6. You can park here.
11. Complete the sentences with have to; don’t have to; or must.
1. We ______________ work tomorrow. It’s a holiday.
2. You ______________ touch those animals. They’re dangerous.
3. The concert is free. You __________ pay.
4. It’s late. I _____________ go now.
5. We ____________ take the bus to school. It’s too far to walk.
6. You ___________ leave the door open – the cats will come in.
7. You ___________ come if you don’t want to. I can go on my own.
8. In Britain you ____________ drive on the left.
9. You _____________ be very tall to play football.
12. Complete the sentences with the correct form of can, could, or be able to.
1. Susan __________ play badminton.
2. She ____________ type when she started working for IBM in Berlin.
3. She ____________ speak Italian.
4. She ____________ write computer programs since at least 1990.
5. She’d like __________ speak Russian.
6. She ____________ speak Spanish when she was with IBM in London.
143

7. She ____________ drive a car very soon.
13. Circle the correct form. If both forms are possible, circle them both.
1. He can / is able to cook really well because he used to work in a restaurant.
2. To work for this airline company you must can / must be able to speak English
fluently.
3. I’m really sorry I couldn’t / wasn’t able to come to your party last Saturday.
4. If it doesn’t rain, we can / we’ll be able to go to the mountains tomorrow.
5. I’ve been so busy I haven’t could / haven’t been able to call him yet.
6. I used to can / used to be able to speak a bit of Russian but I’ve forgotten it now.
7. If we had a bit more money, we could / would be able to buy a better car.
8. I hate not can / not being able to tell my boss what I really think of him!
9. He could / was able to talk when he was only eighteen month old.
10. Can you / Will you be able to help me tomorrow?
11. I’ve never could / never been able to dance very well.
12 To live in the country you need to can / be able to drive.
14. Correct any mistakes in the phrases. Tick (√) the correct sentences.
1. My mother is a nurse and she often should work on weekends.
____________________________________________________________________
2. You should to have a rest. You look exhausted.
____________________________________________________________________
3. In the future everyone will must speak English and Chinese.
____________________________________________________________________
4. Do you have to wear a suit and tie at work?
____________________________________________________________________
5. I must stay in bed yesterday as I didn’t feel well.
____________________________________________________________________
6. You don’t have to park here. It’s “no parking”.
____________________________________________________________________
7. I didn’t have to get a taxi. Lina took me to the airport.
____________________________________________________________________
8. People mustn’t answer their mobiles when they are talking to someone.
____________________________________________________________________

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, or c .
1. I ________ go to the party. I’m not sure.
a) might b) will c) may to
2. The petrol station ______ open today. It’s holiday.
a) may not be b) may not to be c) may to
144

3. I think you _______ go to the doctor.
a) would b) should to c) should
4. She ________ come home late.
a) not should b) shouldn’t c) shouldn’t to
5. I like Saturdays because I ________ work.
a) mustn’t b) don’t have to c) haven’t to
6. She can’t come to the cinema because she _________ to study.
a) must b) have c) has
7. You _________ be late for class tomorrow.
a) mustn’t b) mustn’t to c) don’t must
8. We ______ see the lake from our bedroom window.
a) are able b) can с) might
9. I do not know when they will be here. They ______ arrive at any time.
a) could b) can c) must
10. He cannot come out with us this evening. He ______ to work.
a) could b) has c) might
11. You ______ worry about the party any more. I'll take care of it.
a) don't need to b) do need to c) needn't to
12. ______use the phone, please?
a) Must I b) Have I to c) May I
13. It is early spring now. Everybody ______ eat more fruits and vegetables.
a) should b) shall c) can
14. You have got plenty of time. You ______ hurry.
a) must not b) should not c) need not
15. According to the contract, the goods ______at the port at the end of the week.
a) will arrive b) are to arrive c) should arrive
16. We do not have much time. We ______ hurry.
a) should to b) have c) must
17. When we are in the library, we ______ not make any noise.
a) could b) can c) must
18. You ______ work hard at your English, if you want to know it.
a) may b) must c) should
19. Everyone ______ obey the law.
a) should b) may c) must
20. Michael ______ drive without headlights, it is forbidden.
a) mustn't b) have to c) shouldn't

Reading
145

Read the article and find the answers to these questions as quickly as you can.
1. Is information technology more or less important in education than before?
___________________________________________________________________
2. Where does the word “blog” come from?
____________________________________________________________________
3. What is a “blog”?
____________________________________________________________________
4. What are blogs used for at universities?
____________________________________________________________________
5. What does “WIKI” mean?
____________________________________________________________________
6. Who puts the information in this kind of website?
____________________________________________________________________
7. Why do students need to be careful if they use “Wikis” when they study?
____________________________________________________________________
8. What is Wikipedia?
____________________________________________________________________

The Internet and education
Until quire recently Silicon Valley and its innovations had little effect on teaching
and learning. But with the rise of the Internet, information technology is now
beginning to have much more influence on education. Two areas which are
becoming more and more significant are “blogs” and ‘wikis”.
The word “blog” is short for “weblog”. A blog is an online diary or “log” of someone’s
life, thoughts, or opinions. Anybody can create their own “blog” and blogging is
becoming extremely popular – type “blog” into Google and you’ll get over 500 million
results. For educational purposes, academic’s, teachers, and students create blogs as
personal online study sites: places to work together and share information and ideas.
Some universities even give their students and staff free space on a server to start their
own blogs.
“Wikis” are websites where anyone can add content and make changes, so that the site
becomes a group creation – “wiki” stands for “What I Know Is”. These sites can be a
valuable source of information and opinion for students, though the information may
not be totally accurate – some academics refuse to use them. Perhaps the best-known
wiki is the online encyclopedia, Wikipedia, which has more than one million entries in
over 100 languages. Wikipedia is working hard to make sure that its information is
completely accurate, so students will be able to use it with confidence, and there’s no
doubt that it is an incredible resource.
146

Страдательный залог
(Passive voice)
В английском языке глаголы могут иметь два залога: действительный (the Active
Voice) и страдательный (the passive Voice).
Глаголы в действительном залоге показывают, что действие совершается
подлежащим:
We translated the text. – Мы перевели текст.
Глаголы в страдательном залоге показывают, что подлежащее не является
действующим лицом, но подвергается действию со стороны другого лица или
предмета:
We were translated the text. – Нам перевели текст.
The text was translated yesterday. – Текст был переведен вчера.
Если есть необходимость назвать действующее лицо, то потребуется сочетание с
предлогом - by, например:
This house was built by my grandfather. - Этот дом был построен моим дедом.
Страдательный залог образуется с помощью вспомогательного глагола to be (в
форме Simple, Continuous или Perfect) и причастия прошедшего времени
(Participle II = Vз) смыслового глагола:
to be + PII (Vз)
Таблица видо - временных форм глагола в страдательном залоге
время
Present

Past

Future

Simple
am
is asked
are
Меня (часто)
спрашивают .
was
asked
were
Меня спросили
(вчера).
will
be asked
shall
Меня спросят

Continuous

Perfect

Am
is being asked
are
Меня (сейчас)
спрашивают.

have
been asked
has
Меня уже спросили.

was being asked
were
Меня спрашивали
в тот момент.

had been asked

___

147

Меня уже спросили (к
моменту в прошлом).
will
have been asked
shall
Меня уже спросят (к

моменту в будущем.

to be + Vз

to be+ being +Vз

to have + been +Vз

В страдательном залоге отсутствует форма Future Continuous и времена Perfect
Continuous.
В английском языке страдательный залог употребляется гораздо шире, чем в
русском. Так, предложению с прямым и косвенным дополнениями He gave me a
book в страдательном залоге соответствуют два предложения:
The book was given to me. – Книга была отдана мне.
I was given a book. – Мне отдали книгу.
В страдательном залоге употребляются также глаголы с предложными
дополнениями:
They were much talked about. – О них много говорили.
The doctor was sent for. – За доктором послали.
Способы перевода страдательного залога на русский язык:
1. Сочетанием глаголы «быть» с кратким причастием:
The letter was sent. – Письмо было отправлено.
2. Неопределенно – личным предложением:
The letter was sent. – Письмо отправили.
3. Глаголами на –ся:
The letter is being sent. – Письмо отправляется.
4. Глаголом действительного залога, если указан субъект действия:
The letter was sent by the secretary. – Письмо отправил секретарь.
Подлежащее предложения, стоящего в страдательном залоге, обычно
переводится формами косвенных падежей, т.е. не именительным, а родительным,
винительным, дательным, творительным, предложным:
1. He was asked to come in. – Его попросили прийти.
2. He was given an interesting book to read. – Ему дали почитать интересную
книгу.
3. The film will be talked about. – О фильме будут говорить.
4. She was laughed at. – Над ней смеялись.
Сравните:
I take – Я отвожу – I am taken – Меня отводят
She told – Она сказала – She was told – Ей сказали
I read – Я читал – I was read – Мне читали
We ask – Мы спрашиваем – We are asked – Нас спрашивают

148

1. Complete “to be” in the right form.
1. The tractors ______ produced at the Tractor Plant.
2. Two new departments ______ _____ in our university next year.
3. Last year she ______ sent to Cambridge.
4. Where _______ the book bought?
5. These letters ________ brought in the morning.
6. When _____ the car _____ serviced?
7. The cat ______ given milk every morning.
8. Where _______ bread bought in this area?
2. Make sentences in simple present tense.
posting a letter

The letter is posted.

1. emptying the post box ______________________________________________
2. postmarking the stamps at the post office ________________________________
3. sorting the letters into the different towns ________________________________
4. loading the mail into the train _________________________________________
5. unloading the mail bags after their journey _______________________________
6. taking bags to the post office __________________________________________
7. sorting the letters into different streets ___________________________________
8. delivering the letters _________________________________________________
3. Answer the questions using the past simple passive and by + agent.
Who invented radio? Bell, Edison or Marconi?
It was invented by Marconi.
1. Who wrote stories about a French detective called Maigret? Agatha Christie, Ellery
Queen or Georges Simenon?
____________________________________________________________________
2. Who invented television? John Logie Baird, Alexander Graham Bell or Thomas
Edison?
____________________________________________________________________
3. Who built the pyramids? The Egyptians, the Greeks or the Romans?
____________________________________________________________________
4. Who spoke the words “To be or not to be”? Alexander, Hamlet or Julius Ceasar?
____________________________________________________________________
5. Who played James Bond in the first Bond film? Sean Connery, George Lazenby or
Roger Moore?
____________________________________________________________________
6. Who invented the telephone? Alexander Popov, Alexander Graham Bell or
Alexander the Great?
____________________________________________________________________
149

4. Complete this short article about the ship “Mary Rose”. Put the verbs into the
correct simple past form. Some verbs are active, and some are passive.
The warship Mary Rose (build) in the years 1509 – 10. In 1544 England (start) a war
against France, and in 1545 French ships (send) across the Channel towards England.
Some English ships (go) out from Portsmouth to meet them. One of these ships was the
Mary Rose. It was carrying 91 guns and 700 men – twice as many as normal. It (sink)
quickly to the bottom of the sea even before it (attack) by the French. About 650 men
(die). This terrible accident (see) by the king himself.
The next month an attempt (make) to raise the Mary Rose, but it (fail). The ship
(forget) for hundreds of years.
In the 1970s new plans (make) to raise the ship. Thousands of objects (bring) up from
the ship by divers. Then, on 1st October 1982, the Mary Rose (lift) it of the sea. Many
people (see) the raising of the ship on television. Finally the Mary Rose (take) into
Portsmouth dock 437 years after she had sunk.
5. Correct the mistakes in the highlighted phrases.
Lada cars made in Russia. are made in Russia
1. The film based on a famous novel.
2. The programme were watched by millions of people.
3. My bag was stole when I was in Florida.
4. The Harry Porter books were written for JK Rowing.
5. I couldn’t send you an email because my computer was repairing.
6. You will taken to our hotel by taxi.
7. English is spoke in this country.
8. Seat belts must wear at all times.
6. Complete with present or past passive.
1. The Eiffel Tower ____________ in 1889. (build)
2. All the singer’s clothes _____________ specially for her. (make)
3. The grass _____________ every month. (cut)
4. Austria ______________ by Captain Cook in 1770. (discover)
5. This morning I ____________ up by the neighbour’s dog. (wake)
6. Cricket ___________ in the summer in the UK. (play)
7. These songs ____________ last year. (record)
8. Most children ______________ in state schools. (educate)
7. Rewrite the sentences with the passive.
They sell cold drinks here. Cold drinks are sold here.
1. They subtitle a lot of foreign films.
A lot of foreign films _________________________________________________
2. Someone threw the letters away by mistake.
The letters __________________________________________________________
3. Some people are painting my house.
My house ___________________________________________________________

150

4. They have sold all the tickets for the concert.
All the tickets for the concert ____________________________________________
5. They will play the match tomorrow.
The match ___________________________________________________________
6. Somebody must pay this bill tomorrow.
This bill ____________________________________________________________
7. Last night the police stopped us.
Last night we ________________________________________________________
8. American teenagers eat a lot of fast food.
A lot of fast food _____________________________________________________
9. The marketing manager organizes weekly meeting.
Weekly meetings _____________________________________________________
10. Shakespeare wrote Hamlet in 1603.
Hamlet _____________________________________________________________
8. Write the newspaper headlines as sentences using the present perfect. Some
sentences are active and some are passive
COST OF LIVING GOES UP
The cost of living has gone up.
1. GOODS DAMAGED IN FIRE.
2. MAN KILLED IN MOTORWAY ACCIDENT.
3. OLIMPIC GAMES BEGIN.
4. CHILDREN INJURED IN GAS EXPLOSION.
5. PICTURE STOLEN FROM MUSEUM.
6. SECRET PAPERS LOST.
7. FAMOUS HOUSE SOLD TO AMERICAN.
8. RAY JENKS WINS IMPORTANT RACE.
9. DEAD BODY FOUND IN PARK.
10. 50 “STYLE” SHOPS BOUGHT BY WILSON MCARTHUR GROUP.
9. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the passive.

Look at the date – this cheese has to be eaten (eat) today.

1. Next year over 2,000,000 mobile phones ________ (make) in South Korea.
2. Around £500,000 ________ (steal) from a bank in Geneva this afternoon.
3. Kill Bill________(direct) by Quentin Tarantino.
4. Too much money ________ (spend) last year on personal expenses.
5. From next week, you ________ (expect) to arrive at work on time.
6. Please wait in the lounge while your room ________ (clean).
7. Most of the pollution in city centre ________ (cause) by traffic jams.
10. Write passive sentences using the tense in brackets.
The film / direct / Jan Dekker (present simple)
The film is directed by Jan Dekker.
1. It / show /in cinemas next year (future simple)
2. It rained all the time the film /make / on location (past continuous)
151

3. The extract / send / to the wrong place (present perfect)
4. Auditions / hold / all day (present continuous)
5. The film / dub / into other languages (future simple)
6. It / base / on a book (present simple)
7. The sound track / compose / by Ian Williams (past simple)
8. France / occupied / by the Germans in 1940 (past simple)
9. The role / play / by Ralf Neville (present simple)
10. I think the film / nominate / for an Oscar (future simple)

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, c or d.
1. In India the right hand ______ for eating.
a) used b) uses c) is used d) is being used
2. Needless to say, hands ______ before and after eating.
a) must wash b) must be washing c) wash d) must be washed
3. I haven't got a large appetite and when I ______ my favourite food, I leave half of it
on the plate.
a) was given b) gave c) have given d) am given
4. Japan ______ up of a chain of more than one thousand
islands.
a) make b) is made c) is making d) makes
5. A lot of jazz festivals ______ every year in America.
a) are held b) hold c) are holding d) held
6. Scotland ______ from London but in many ways it is a separate nation.
a) governed b) was governed c) is governing d) is governed
7. The famous actress ______ now for the "HELLO" magazine.
a) is interview b) interview c) is being interviewed d) was interviewed
8. Students ______ next Friday.
a) will be examined b) will examine c) are examined d) have been examined
9. He ______ to tidy the garage.
a) was helped b) were helped c) are helped d) have helped
10. The Loch Ness monster ______ to exist.
a) is told b) tells c) is said d) says
11. America's first college, Harvard, ______ in Massachusetts in the 17th century.
a) is being founded b) had been founded c) was founded d) has been founded
12. The story of the first Thanksgiving feast ______ among the Americans.
a) is well-known b) have been well-known c) would have been well-known d) was
well-known
13. At the police station he ______ a lot of questions.
a) asked b) had been asked c) had been asking d) was asked
14. The rent for the house ______ regularly.
a) was paid b) was paying c) paid d) pays
15. The Russian hockey team ______ to win next Olympic Games.
152

a) was supposed b) is supposed c) will suppose d) supposes
16. Luke does not like ______ on trifles.
a) examines b) to be examined c) being examined d) examined
17. They ______ to get married very soon.
a) are expected b) is expected c) expects d) will expect
18. This question ______ at the meeting now.
a) has been discussed b) is discussing c) was discussed d) is being discussed
19. The wonderful film ______ on videotape, and it______ by the whole family.
a) was recorded, was watched b) is recorded, was watched c) recorded, is watched d)
was recorded, is watched
20. The work ______ yet.
a) hasn't been finished b) wasn't finished c) hasn't finished d) didn't finish

Read the facts. Say which one is the most surprising.
Text-messaging was invented by the Finnish company Nokia. They wanted to help
Finnish teenagers, who were very shy. They found it easier to text their friends than
to phone them.
The first bikini was designed by two Frenchmen. It was named after Bikini Atoll,
the island where the atomic bomb was first tested. The Frenchmen thought that the
bikini would have the similar effect on men as a bomb exploding.
Light bulbs are designed specially to last only a certain number of hours. It would be
possible to make light bulbs that lasted forever, but then the manufacturers wouldn’t
make so much money.
The first Harry Potter book was written in a cafe in Edinburgh. JK Rowling was
unemployed and she didn’t have enough money to pay for heating, so she wrote it in
the cafe where it was warmer.
Although penicillin was discovered by Alexander Fleming, he didn’t know how to
make it into medicine. It was first made into a medicine ten years later, by an
Australian scientist Howard Florey.
Spiders were used as a cure for toothache in the 17th century. They were first made
into a paste, and then put on the bad tooth.
Sherlock Holmes, the greatest detective was created by writer Arthur Conan Doyle.
Holmes was based on a real person – Doyle’s teacher at medical school, who was
famous for saying to his students, “What can you tell me by just observing the
patient?”
Mark the sentences True or False.
1. The first bikini was designed by two Englishmen.
2. Spiders were used as a cure for toothache in the 18th century.
3. Light bulbs are designed specially to last only a certain number of hours.
4. Penicillin was discovered by Alfred Nobel.
5. Text-messaging was invented by the American company Sony.
6. The noun which is used most frequently in conversation is time.
153

3 глава

Неличные формы глагола
(Non-finite forms of the verb)
Инфинитив
(The Infinitive)
Инфинитив — это неличная форма глагола, которая совпадает с основой
глагола. В русском языке соответствует неопределенной форме глагола,
отвечающей «что делать?» и «что сделать?» Инфинитив только называет
действие или состояние, не указывая ни его лица, ни числа. Отличительным
признаком инфинитива является частица to, которая обычно предшествует ему
и самостоятельного значения не имеет: to go, to write.
Являясь глагольной формой, инфинитив обладает следующими признаками
глагола:
— может иметь прямое дополнение:
I want to go to the cinema. — Я хочу пойти в кино.
— может определяться наречием:
I asked him to phone me at 6 p.m. — Я попросил его позвонить мне в 6 часов
вечера.
Инфинитив имеет формы действительного и страдательного залога (to do — to
be done), может быть перфектным и неперфектным (to do — to have done).
Инфинитив — единственная неличная форма глагола, имеющая форму
Continuous (to be doing, to have been doing).

Nonperfect

Non-continuous

Continuous

Perfect

Non-continuous

Continuous

Active

Passive

to tell
He likes to tell fairytales.
to be telling
e.g. He pretends to be
telling a story.
to have told
e.g. The man seems to
have told the story.
to have been told
e.g. The man seems to
have been telling this
fairy-tale for hours.

to be told
e.g. Ye likes to be told fairytales.
-----

154

to have been told
e.g. You seem to have been
told this news.
-----

The Indefinite Infinitive Active является простой формой инфинитива, все
остальные являются сложными и переводятся на русский язык придаточными
предложениями:
Сравните:
Hello, how nice to see you! — Здравствуй! Рад тебя видеть.
I was glad to have seen you. — Рад, что мы повидались с вами.
Отрицательная форма инфинитива образуется при помощи отрицательной
частицы not, которая ставится перед инфинитивом:
The doctor advised me not to take this medicine. — Доктор посоветовал мне не
принимать это лекарство.
Глаголы, требующие использования после себя инфинитива с частицей to:
agree - соглашаться
afford - позволять
aim - стремиться

intend - намереваться
learn – учить(ся)
manage - уметь

appear - казаться, оказываться

mean -означать, иметь в виду,
подразумевать
offer - предлагать
plan - планировать
prepare - готовить, приготовить(ся)
pretend - притворяться
promise - обещать
refuse - отказываться
seem - казаться
tend - иметь тенденцию
threaten - пугать
wait - ждать
want - хотеть
wish - желать
would like - хотелось бы

arrange -устраивать
ask - спрашивать
attempt - пытаться, пробовать
claim -заявлять
choose - выбирать
decide - решать
demand - требовать
deserve - заслуживать
expect - ожидать
fail - потерпеть неудачу
forget - забывать
happen - случиться, оказаться
hesitate - колебаться
hope - надеяться
help - помогать

После глаголов to ask, to decide, to know, to remember, to forget, to explain, to
learn, to understand, to wonder можно употреблять вопросительные слова / what,/
whether,/ how etc.+ to do smth.
We asked how to get to the airport.
You have explained the children what to do, haven’t you?
ИНФИНИТИВ БЕЗ ЧАСТИЦЫ “ТО”
Инфинитив используется без частицы to в следующих случаях:
— после модальных глаголов should, can, could, may, might, must:
You should consult the doctor. — Тебе следует проконсультироваться с врачом.
Can you help me? — Ты мне можешь помочь?
155

— после вспомогательных глаголов will, shall, would:
Tomorrow my father will write them a letter. – Завтра мой папа напишет им
письмою
— после выражений would rather, had better.
I'd rather come earlier. — Я бы лучше пришла пораньше.
You'd better do this work right now. — Тебе бы лучше сделать эту работу
прямо сейчас.
— после глаголов need и dare, когда они используются как модальные глаголы:
Need I do the washing up? — Мне надо помыть посуду?
How dare you call me a liar? — Как ты смеешь называть меня лжецом?
ВНИМАНИЕ! После ought, used, be, have инфинитив используется с частицей
to: ought to, used to, be to, have to.
The train is to arrive at 4 p.m. – Поезд прибывает в 4 вечера.
— в конструкции "сложное дополнение" после глаголов to let, to make, to see, to
hear, to feel, to watch, to notice, to help:
She made her children go to bed very early. — Она заставила детей лечь спать
очень рано.
Если эти глаголы употреблены в пассиве, то за ними следует infinitive с
частицей to:
Не was seen to enter the house. — Видели, как он вошел в дом.
— после why, с которого начинается вопрос, предполагающий, что глупо или
бессмысленно что-либо делать. Иногда в вопросах с why + inf. (без to)
содержатся предложения или советы:
Why pay more at other shops? We have the lowest prices in town. — Почему нужно
дороже платить в других магазинах? У нас самые низкие цены в городе.
— после rather than:
Rather than wait any more, I decided to go home by taxi. — Чем еще ждать, я
решил поехать на такси.
— в придаточных после do, если в них уточняется значение do:
All I did was (to) give him a little push. — Все, что я сделал, это немного его
подтолкнул.
— если в предложении стоят рядом два инфинитива, соединенные союзом and
или or, то частица to перед вторым из них обычно опускается:
Ann intends to go to the seaside and have a good time. – Аня планирует поехать
на море и хорошо отдохнуть.
ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ ЧАСТИЦЫ “ТО “ ВМЕСТО ИНФИНИТИВА
Вместо повторения целой инфинитивной конструкции можно использовать
частицу to:
I went there because I wanted to (= because I wanted to go there). — Я пошел
туда потому, что мне так хотелось.
I don't dance much now, but I used to a lot (to dance). — Сейчас я танцую
немного, а раньше, бывало, много танцевал.

156

НАРЕЧИЕ МЕЖДУ ЧАСТИЦЕЙ ТО И ГЛАГОЛОМ (SPLIT INFINITIVE)
Split Infinitive — это структура, в которой между частицей to и глаголом
употребляется наречие:
Не began to slowly get up off the floor. — Он начал медленно вставать с пола.
Эта структура широко используется в разговорной речи наряду с обычной
структурой:
Не began slowly to get up off the floor.
ФУНКЦИИ ИНФИНИТИВА В ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИИ
Инфинитив может выполнять функции:
— Подлежащего:
То read much is to know much. — Много читать - много знать.
По современным стандартам языка предпочтительнее начинать предложения с
вводного it.
It is easy to cook such a cake. — Приготовить такой пирог- легко.
It's difficult to understand what she's talking about. — Трудно понять, о чем она
говорит.
— Части сказуемого:
He doesn't seem to be writing anything now. — Похоже, что сейчас он ничего не
пишет.
— Прямого дополнения (отвечает на вопрос what?):
Do you want to go to the lecture? — Ты хочешь пойти на лекцию?
— Обстоятельства цели (вопрос: what for?):
My brother went to Oxford to study. — Мой брат поехал в Оксфорд учиться.
— Определения:
He is not the man to trust. – Он не тот человек, которому можно доверять.
THE COMPLEX OBJECT (СЛОЖНОЕ ДОПОЛНЕНИЕ)
В английском языке существует конструкция, называемая сложным
дополнением.
Сложное дополнение состоит из существительного в общем падеже или
местоимения в объектном падеже, за которым следует инфинитив (в ряде
случаев это может быть причастие). На русский язык эта конструкция
переводится придаточным предложением.
My mother wanted me to become a doctor. – Моя мама хотела, чтобы я стал
врачом.
Сложное дополнение употребляется:
1. После глаголов, выражающих желание: to want, to wish, should (would) like, и
др. После этих глаголов употребляется инфинитив с частицей to:
I'd like you to be frank with me. — Мне бы хотелось, чтобы ты был откровенен
со мной.
2. После глаголов, выражающих физическое восприятие: to see, to hear, to watch,
to notice, to feel, и др.

157

Второй элемент сложного дополнения после этих глаголов может быть
выражен или инфинитивом без частицы to, или причастием:
I have never heard him boast. — Я никогда не слышал, чтобы он хвастался.
3. После глаголов умственного восприятия: to think, to know, to expect, to
understand, to consider и др.
We didn’t expect Max to have done so much for us. — Мы не ожидали, что Макс
сделает для нас так много.
Everybody considered him (to be) very clever. — Все считали его умным.
He found the book (to be) too difficult for him. — Он понял, что книга была
слишком трудной для него.
После глаголов умственного восприятия наряду со сложным дополнением
часто употребляется дополнительное придаточное предложение:
I believe (that) he is wrong. — Я уверен, что он не прав.
4. После глаголов, обозначающих чувства: to like, to love, to hate, и др.
We like our teacher to talk to us. – Мы любим, когда наш педагог беседует с
нами.
Следующий список содержит глаголы, наиболее часто употребляемые в
конструкции "сложное дополнение":
to advise
to allow
to ask
to bear
to beg
to believe
to cause
to command
to compel
to consider
to encourage

to expect
to feel
to find
to forbid
to force
to get
to hate
to help
to imagine
to instruct
to intend

to press
to recommend
to remind
to suppose
to teach
to tell
to tempt
to think
to trouble
to want
to wish

ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНОЕ + ИНФИНИТИВ
Инфинитив следует за многими прилагательными:
I was very pleased to see you yesterday. — Вчера мне было очень приятно увидеть
тебя.
Не was surprised to learn how much he'd spent. — Он удивился, когда узнал,
сколько он потратил.
The theory of relativity is not easy to understand. — Теорию относительности
нелегко понять.
This work is not interesting to do. — Эту работу неинтересно делать.
She's very nice to talk to. — С ней очень приятно разговаривать.
Обратите внимание на то, что в последних предложениях не следует ставить
дополнение после глагола.
158

ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНОЕ +FOR + ДОПОЛНЕНИЕ + ИНФИНИТИВ
Данная структура используется после трех видов прилагательных:
— после прилагательных, выражающих важность или срочность совершения
действия: important, essential, vital, necessary, pointless, unimportant, unnecessary.
Как правило в таких предложениях есть вводное it:
It's essential for the classrooms to have plenty of light. — Важно, чтобы в классной
комнате было много света.
— после прилагательных, выражающих частотность действия: common, normal,
unusual, rare. Часто используется вводное it:
Do you think it's normal for a child to get so tired? — Ты думаешь, это нормально,
что ребенок так устает?
— после прилагательных, выражающих отношение говорящего к будущему
действию: anxious, eager.
I'm anxious for the painting to be ready on time. — Я очень хочу, чтобы картина
была готова вовремя.
For - структура часто употребляется после too и enough:
It's too heavy for you to lift. — Это слишком тяжело для тебя.
I think it's late enough for us to put the boy to bed. — Я думаю, что уже пора
уложить ребенка в постель.
For - структура может использоваться после некоторых существительных,
например: plan, idea, suggestion:
His idea is for us to travel in two different cars. — Он считает, что мы поедем в
двух машинах.
Данная структура нетипична после глаголов.
СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНОЕ + ИНФИНИТИВ
— Инфинитив после существительного употребляется следующим образом:
Have you got the key to unlock this door? — У тебя есть ключ, чтобы открыть
эту дверь?
I need a box to hold my jewelry. — Мне нужна коробочка для украшений. Если речь
идет о характеристике предмета, а не о каком-то конкретном, единичном действии,
вместо конструкции "существительное + инфинитив" используется for + герундий:
A vase is a kind of pot for holding flowers. — Ваза - это кувшин для цветов.
- What's that stuff for? — Это для чего ?
- Cleaning silver. — Чтобы чистить серебро.
СЛОЖНОЕ ПОДЛЕЖАЩЕЕ (THE COMPLEX SUBJECT)
Сложное подлежащее — это сочетание существительного в общем падеже или
местоимения в именительном падеже в функции подлежащего с инфинитивом в
качестве второй части составного глагольного сказуемого. Служебную часть этого
сказуемого составляют глаголы в форме страдательного или действительного
залога, примыкающие к инфинитиву, или прилагательные.
Сказуемые могут быть разделены на три группы:
159

1. Сказуемое выражено глаголами to seem, to appear, to happen, to turn out, to prove
в действительном залоге. Глаголы to seem и to appear являются синонимами, но to
seem употребляется чаще в разговорной речи, to appear — в официальной речи:
She seems to be unhappy. — Она, кажется, несчастлива.
2. Сказуемое выражено глаголами to say, to state, to report, to announce, to believe,
to suppose, to think, to expect, to understand, to consider и некоторыми другими в
страдательном залоге:
Не is said to be at the customs now. — Говорят, сейчас он на таможне.
3. Сказуемое выражено прилагательными: (most) likely, unlikely, sure. Сказуемое
включает глагол-связку to be в настоящем времени (часто относится к будущему)
и в прошедшем времени:
Не is unlikely to share your point of view. — Вряд ли он разделит вашу точку
зрения.

Герундий
(The Gerund)
Герундий - неличная глагольная форма, обладающая свойствами как глагола,
так и существительного. Герундий образуется от основы глагола с помощью
суффикса – ing. По форме герундий совпадает с причастием I. В русском языке
такая форма отсутствует:
Smoking is forbidden. — Курение запрещено.
Герундий употребляется:
1. В качестве подлежащего:
Swimming is pleasant. - Плавать приятно.
2. Как часть сказуемого после глаголов to finish, to start, to continue, to go on,
to keep и др.
He finished reading the newspaper. - Он закончил читать газету.
3. Как предложное дополнение:
I am fond of reading. - Мне нравится читать.
4. Как прямое дополнение:
Do you mind my smoking here? – Ты не возражаешь, если я покурю здесь?
5. Как обстоятельство времени:
On coming home I took a bath. – Придя домой, я принял ванну.
6. Как обстоятельство образа действия:
Instead of gоing home he went to the movies. - Вместо того, чтобы пойти
домой, он пошел в кино.
Герундий имеет формы действительного и страдательного залога и может
быть перфектным и неперфектным.
В активной конструкции подлежащее совершает действие по отношению к
объекту, а не наоборот:
He remembered reading this book in his childhood. – Он помнил, что читал
эту книгу в детстве.

160

В пассивной конструкции действие направлено на субъект (подлежащее), и
герундий обретает пассивную форму.
Обратите внимание: существует ряд слов, после которых используется
активная форма герундия, несмотря на то, что субъект находится в пассивной
позиции (не он производит действие, а действие производится по отношению к
нему). Это глаголы: to want, to need, to deserve, to require, а также прилагательное
worth.
Например:
This car needs repairing. — Эту машину нужно ремонтировать.
(действие — ремонт — необходимо совершить по отношению к машине;
субъект — машина — находится в пассивной позиции, хотя форма герундия
активная).
This film is worth seeing. — Этот фильм стоит того, чтобы его
посмотреть. (вновь субъект — фильм — находится в пассивной позиции, в то
время как форма герундия - активная).
Неперфектные формы герундия обозначают действия, одновременные с
действием, выраженным глаголом-сказуемым.
Перфектные формы герундия обозначают действия, предшествующие
действию, выраженному глаголу-сказуемому.
Неперфектный
герундий
также
может
передавать
действие,
предшествующее действию, выраженному глаголом-сказуемым, если оно
употребляется после глаголов: to remember (помнить), to thank (благодарить), to
forget (забывать), to excuse (прощать); после предлогов on, after, before, without и
др.
Thank you for helping me. – Спасибо, что помогли мне.
Indefinite

Perfect

Active Voice
V-ing (inviting)

Passive Voice
Being+ Vз (being invited)

We spoke of inviting our
friends to the party. - Мы
говорили о том, чтобы
пригласить наших друзей на
вечеринку.
Having + Vз (having invited)
We are proud of having
invited the war veterans to our
conference. – Мы гордимся
тем,
что
пригласили
ветеранов войны на нашу
конференцию.

We spoke of being invited to our
friends’ party. -Мы говорили о
том, чтобы нас пригласили на
вечеринку друзей.
Having been + Vз (having been invited)
We are proud of having been
invited to the meeting with war
veterans. – Мы гордимся тем, что
нас пригласили на встречу с
ветеранами войны.

Глаголы и фразы, после которых употребляется герундий:
161

admit - допускать,
допустить
appreciate - ценить,
оценивать
avoid - избегать
be worth - стоить,
заслуживать
burst out – восклицать,
вспыхивать
can’t help - не могу не
can’t stand - не в
состоянии
consider - считать,
рассматривать
delay – откладывать,
отложить

enjoy наслаждаться
fancy представить
себе
feel like - иметь
намерение
сделать что-то
finish закончить
forgive простить
give up отказаться
imagine –
представить
себе
involve предполагать
keep продолжать
делать

mention упоминать
mind –
возражать
miss- упустить,
не заметить
postpone отложить
put off отложить
practice
spend time –
провести время
suggest предлагать
risk - рисковать

deny - отрицать

Причастие
(The Participle)
Причастие – неличная глагольная форма, которая наряду со свойствами глагола,
имеет свойства прилагательного и наречия.

162

Причастие настоящего времени (Participle I)
Причастие I (Participle I) соответствует формам причастия и деепричастия в
русском языке.
Неперфектное причастие I действительного залога образуется от основы глагола
при помощи суффикса–ing (asking). Неперфектное причастие I страдательного
залога образуется из причастия I вспомогательного глагола to be + Participle II
(being asked). Перфектное причастие I действительного залога образуется из
причастия I вспомогательного глагола to have и причастия II знаменательного
глагола (having asked). Перфектное причастие I страдательного залога образуется
из перфектного причастия I вспомогательного глагола to be и причастия II
знаменательного глагола (having been asked).
Неперфектное причастие I обозначает действие, одновременное с действием
глагола-сказуемого:
Translating texts we use a dictionary.
Переводя тексты, мы пользуемся словарем.
Перфектное причастие I обозначает действие, предшествующее действию,
выраженному глаголом-сказуемым:
Having translated the text I went for a walk.
Переведя текст, я отправился на прогулку.
Обладая свойствами наречия, причастие I служит обстоятельством,
определяющим действие, выраженное глаголом-сказуемым. В этом случае
причастие I соответствует русскому деепричастию и употребляется как
самостоятельно, так и с зависимым словом.
Smiling the girl left the room.
Улыбаясь, девушка вышла из комнаты.
Причастие I употребляется в предложении в функции:
1. Определения (как перед определяемым словом, так и после определяемого
слова)
Running water is pure. (определение перед определяемым словом) —
Проточная вода чистая.
The man reading a newspaper is my brother. — Человек, читающий газету, мой
брат. (определение после определяемого слова).
The houses being built in our town are not very high. – Дома, строящиеся в нашем
городе, невысоки.
Перфектное причастие I не употребляется в функции определения. Русское
причастие прошедшего времени с суффиксом – вш - переводится на английский
язык придаточным предложением.

163

The sportsman who had won the competition came from Brazil.- Спортсмен,
который победил в соревновании, приехал из Бразилии.
Неперфектная форма причастия I в функции обстоятельства времени часто
употребляется с союзами when, while.
While working at the project he came across many new interesting facts. – Во время
работы над проектом, он узнал много новых интересных фактов.
2. Обстоятельства
Going home I met an old friend of mine — Идя домой, я встретил старого друга.
Having finished work I went home. – Закончив работу, я пошел домой.
Перфектное причастие I не употребляется в функции определения. Русское
причастие прошедшего времени с суффиксом –вш- переводится на английский
язык придаточным предложением.
The sportsman who had run a long distance won the competition. — Этот
спортсмен, пробежавший длинную дистанцию, выиграл соревнование.
Неперфектная форма причастия I в функции обстоятельства времени часто
употребляется с союзами when, while.
While running he didn’t think of anything but his victory. — Во время бега он не
думал ни о чем, кроме своей победы.
Причастие II (Participle II)
Причастие II (Participle II), третья основная форма глагола, имеет одну
неизменяемую форму со страдательным значением и обозначает действие, которое
испытывает на себе лицо или предмет. В русском языке оно соответствует
причастию страдательного залога. Participle II образуется при помощи
прибавления суффикса –ed к основе правильного глагола (ask-asked) или путем
чередования звуков в корне неправильного глагола (take-taken).
Причастие II чаще всего употребляется для образования:
1) страдательного залога ( to be + Participle II)
The children are often seen in the park every Sundays. — Детей часто видят в
парке по воскресеньям.
2) перфектных форм ( to have + Participle II)
We have met for long. — Мы встречаемся уже давно.
Причастие II употребляется в функции:
1. Определения: а) (перед определяемым словом)
The written article was published in the previous journal. – Написанная статья,
была опубликована в предыдущем номере журнала.
в) (после определяемого слова)
164

The article written by my friend was published in the previous journal. – Статья,
написанная моим другом, была опубликована в предыдущем номере журнала.
2. Обстоятельства (причины и времени):
Caught red-handed Тоm could not deny anything. – Пойманный на месте
преступления, Том не мог ничего опровергнуть.
В зависимости от выполняемой функции в предложении грамматической
функции причастие II переводится на русский язык по разному: причастиями
прошедшего и настоящего времени, глаголами в соответствующем времени и
залоге, придаточными предложениями.
Причастие II также может употребляться в абсолютном причастном обороте
(Nominative Absolute Participial Construction). Данный оборот состоит из двух
частей. Первая часть выражена личным местоимением в именительном падеже или
существительным в общем падеже, которое обозначает лицо, претерпевающее
действие, выраженное причастием II, то есть второй частью конструкции. Данная
конструкция переводится на русский язык соответствующим обстоятельственным
предложением.
My sister having lost the key, we couldn’t enter the house. – Так как моя сестра
потеряла ключи, мы не могли войти в дом.

1 Complete with to+verb. Use the verbs: do, not drive, go, learn, leave, not make,
meet.
1. A Hi, I’m Dan.
B I’m Renata. Nice _______ you.
2. What do you want _________ this evening.
3. I need _________ to the bank. I don’t have any money.
4. Try _________ a noise. Your father’s asleep.
5. I’d really like _________ a new language.
6. Be careful _________ too fast on the way home.
7. She’s decided ________ her husband.
2. Match the sentence halves:
1. They want to go to Australia A to celebrate getting the job.
2. He’s going to have a party B to get some petrol.
3. You’ll need a visa C to book our tickets.
4. Don’t forget to phone the restaurant D to visit their family there.
5. I stopped at the garage E to tell them where we are.
165

6. She’s gone to the supermarket F to go to China.
7. I went to the travel agent’s G to book a table.
8. I’ll send them a text message H to get some food for tonight.
3. Complete the sentences with the verbs in the -ing
form or the infinitive (with or without to).
1. She left without ________ (say) goodbye.
2. Would you mind ________ (turn) your music down? I can’t concentrate.
3. Holly said I should ________ (learn) to do tai-chi to relieve stress.
4. Kamran’s just gone to the shop ________ (get) a newspaper.
5. I’ve given up ________ (try) to learn how to dance salsa – I’m hopeless!
6. Janice doesn’t seem ________ (enjoy) her job very much.
7. I love ________ (not / have) to get up at 5.30 a.m. any more.
4. Complete the sentences with a verb in the –ing form. Use the verbs: be, do, go,
learn, remember, study, talk, teach.
1. I don’t really enjoy _________ exercise.
2. My mother’s very bad at ______ names.
3. ___________ teenagers is very hard work.
4. You can’t sing well without _________ to breathe properly.
5. My sister spends hours on the phone _______ to her boyfriend.
6. I hate ________ the first to arrive at parties.
7. _________ by train is cheaper than by plane.
8. I’ll go on ________ until dinner time.
5. Put the verbs in the –ing form or infinitive.
1. I like __________ to music. (listen)
2. _________ yoga is good for your health. (do)
3. We’ve decided __________ to the party. (not go)
4. We won’t take the car. It’s impossible _______ . (park)
5. I’m not very good at ________ maps. (read)
6. You can borrow the car if you promise _________ slowly. (drive)
7. Have you finished __________ your homework? (do)
8. I don’t mind __________ but I hate _______ . (cook; wash up)
6. Gerund or infinitive: match the sentence halves:
1. I don’t mind 5. He’s afraid of
2. He forgot 6. It’s difficult
3. She would love 7. Why don’t you try
4. I can’t afford 8. Being self-employed
a. applying to smaller companies?
b. can be hard work.
c. to tell the company he was getting married.
d. getting sacked.
166

e. to get a good job as soon as you finish university.
f. travelling a lot for my work.
g. to have more responsibility.
h. to accept a lower salary.
7. Circle the correct answer.
1. I really enjoy learning/to learn new skills.
2. She regrets not going/not to go to university.
3. We find it easy training/ to train new employees.
4. I can’t remember sending in/to send in the application form.
5. He’s going to practice being/to be interviewed.
6. Did the company promise giving/to give you a permanent contract?
7. She’s not very good at typing/to type.
8. Don’t forget including/to include a letter with your CV.
8. Complete the sentences with work, to work or working.
I regret not working harder when I was at school.
1. I spent all weekend ______ on the computer.
2. I’ve decided ________ abroad next year.
3. You must ______ harder if you want to get promoted.
4. My boss often makes me _______ late.
5. He isn’t very good at _______ in a team.
6. I don’t mind _______ on Saturday if I can have a day off during the week.
7. He’s gone to the UK _______ in his uncle’s shop.
8. _______ with members of your family can be quite difficult.
9. My husband promised not ________ on my birthday.
10. I used _______ in a restaurant when I was a student.
9. Open the brackets and use the Complex Object.

He expected (they, arrive) at 5. — He expected them to arrive at 5.

1. Do you want (they, stay) at the hotel or with us? 2. I'd like (the professor, look
through) my report. 3. Do you want (I, show) you the sights of the city? 4. We expect
(he, arrange) everything by the time we come. 5. I want (she, tell) me the news in brief.
6. He expected (the meeting, hold) in the Red Room. 7. I would like (they, fix) an
appointment for me for Tuesday. 8. We want (she, introduce) us to the president. 9. I
don't want (they, be late) for dinner. 10. He expected (she, invite) to the party by the
Smiths. 11. I'd like (the dress, buy) by Saturday. 12. I don't want (she, treat) like Alice.
13. We considered (he, be) an honest person. 14. I don't like (she, prevent) me from
doing it. 15. I suspect (he, help) by her.
10. Combine the sentences using the Complex Object.

I did not see him. He entered the house. — I did not see him enter the house. I saw
him. He was entering the house. — I saw him entering the house.

167

1. They did not notice us. We passed by. 2. He heard her. She was playing the piano. 3.
He saw her. She burst into tears. 4. I felt her hand. It was shaking. 5. He hasn't heard
us. We called his name. 6. They haven't seen the accident. It occurred at the corner. 7. I
heard them. They were arguing. 8. She heard the footsteps. They were dying away. 9.
She felt something. It was crawling around the neck. 10. We many times heard him. He
told this story. 11. She noticed the expression of his face. It changed suddenly. 12. I
heard somebody. He mentioned my name. 13. I felt something hard. It hurt my leg.
11. Translate into Russian. Pay attention to the Complex Subject.
1. He is said to know all about it. 2. He was said to have known the whole truth about
it. 3. Juri Gagarin is known to be the first man in the world to travel into space on the
12th of April, 1961. 4. He supposed to be a very good film actor. 5. He is believed to
be innocent of the crime. 6. Innocent people were announced to have been murdered by
terrorism. 7. The terrorist was announced to have been killed by his own bomb. 8. The
exhibition of the 19 century French painting is expected to open by the end of next
week. 9. Monet's painting is reported to be on exhibition until the end of the month. 10.
The President of Russia was reported to speak to the nation on television tonight.
12. Choose from the pairs of adjectives to complete the sentences:
interested / interesting; embarrassed / embarrassing; frightened / frightening; bored
/ boring; frightened / frightening; frustrated / frustrating; tired / tiring
1. The match was ______. There weren’t any goals.
2. Studying for five hours a day is really ________.
3. I fell over in the restaurant. I was so ________!
4. It rained every day on my holiday. I couldn’t do anything and was really _______.
5. We were really ________ when we saw the lion so close.
6. My mobile rang in the middle of the film; it was so ________! Everyone in the
cinema looked at me.
7. I’m too ________ to spend a night alone in this house.
8. I’m very _______ I spent all day sightseeing and shopping in London.
9. Are you __________ in foreign films?
10. He felt ___________ because he couldn’t speak the language.
11. I can’t go by plane – I’m _______ of flying.
13. Choose from the pairs of adjectives.
1. I didn’t know anyone at the party so it was very bored/ boring.
2. He was very disappointed / disappointing.
3. Working in a shop is very tiring / tired.
4. This match is very exiting / excited.
5. She didn’t know they were planning a party for her birthday and was very surprised
/ surprising.
6. My grandmother gets terribly tired / tiring if she does too much.
7. It’s very worried / worrying as we haven’t heard from him since he went to South
Africa.
8. Apparently their holiday was very boring / bored.
168

9. You must be exciting / excited about your new job.
10. Tell me more about your time in New York – it’s very interested / interesting.
11. The news today is so depressed / depressing.
14. *Complete the newspaper story about an earthquake a city called Kitamo. Put
in either an –ing form or an –ed form. Use these verbs: break, burn, cry, damage,
fall, frighten, injure, smoke.
KITAMO EARTHQUAKE
There was an earthquake in the Kitamo region at ten o’clock yesterday morning. It
lasted about a minute. Many buildings collapsed. ….. people ran into the streets. Many
were injured by …. bricks and stones. After the earthquake, buildings in many parts of
the city caught fire. The heat was so great that firemen could not get near many of the
…. buildings. Hundreds of people have died. The hospital is still standing, but there
aren’t enough beds for all the …. people. Things look very bad in Kitamo now. There
are hundreds of badly …. houses, and those that caught fire are now just …. ruins. The
streets are covered with …. glass, and …. trees block the way. Everywhere there is the
sound of …. children.

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, c or d.
1. The teacher allowed us ______ reference material while writing the report.
a) to use b) using c) use d) used
2. They expected the meeting ______ in a conference hall.
a) to hold b) to be held c) holding d) to be holding
3. I would rather ______ her the truth.
a) have told b) to tell c) telling d) tell
4. I don't mind ______ out.
a) against eating b) eat c) eating d) to eat
5. I hope ______ Moscow State University.
a) for entering b) to enter c) of entering d) entering
6. Could you help me ______ the work as soon as possible?
a) finishing b) in finishing c) with finishing d) to finish
7. A passer-by asked me how ______ to the railway station.
a) can get b) get c) getting d) to get
8. The tourists expected the hotel ______ much better.
a) be b) being c) of being d) to be

169

9. Everyone hates ______ extra hours for nothing.
a) work b) to work c) working d) of working
10. Please stop ______ so loudly!
a) to speak b) speaking c)speak d) to be speaking
11. After two hours we stopped ______ a snack.
a) for having b) having c) have d) to have
12. Oh, look! It is starting ______ .
a) raining b) to rain c) rain d) having rained
13. I couldn't ______ a cheap flat in the downtown.
a) finding b) in finding c) to find d) find
14. I like ______ bills without delays.
a) paying b) to pay c) having paid d) pay
15. When she looked out of the window she saw a stranger ______ on the bench.
a) to sit b) sit c) sitting d) be sitting
16. When he entered the office he watched the secretary ______ on the phone.
a) in talking b) to talk c) talk d) talking
17. The firms are not interested ______ people over fifty.
a) in employing b) to employ c) employ d) employing
18. Poor people can't afford ______ their children to expensive schools.
a) sending b) to send c) sent d) send
19. He decided ______ the English course as soon as possible.
a) taking b) take c) of taking d) to take
20. I am thinking ______ for a small flat to rent.
a) to look b) look c) in looking d) of looking
21. I don't think hotels are very nice places ______ for more than a few days.
a) to stay b) for staying c) stay d) staying
22. I would prefer ______ in a flat rather than in a hotel.
a) to live b) living c) live d) of living
23. When do you want me ______ the book you asked to buy?
a) sending b) send c) sent d) to send
24. She is proud ______ a scholarship.
a) to award b) of being awarded c) of awarding d) with being awarded
25. Mary succeeded ______ finding a job.
a) of b) about c) in d) —
26.I don't feel ______ going to the theatre.
a) like b) adore c) good d) well
27. Do you think the show is ______?
a) worth seeing b) worth to see c) worthy to see d) worthy seeing
28. How often do you go ______ swimming?
a) — b) in c) for d) to
29. I used ______ fresh fruit every morning.
a) to eat b) eating c) in eating d) for eating
30. Princess Diane didn't have any chance ______ after such a terrible automobile
crash.
a) to surviving b) to survive c) of surviving d) of survival
170

31. Don't forget ______ your camera.
a) taking b) to take c) about taking d) of taking
32. The doctor doesn't allow ______.
a) him to smoke b) his smoking c) for him to smoke d) him smoke

Read the text quickly. What, according to the author (American
writer, Bill Bryson), are the two reasons why a lot of American food doesn’t
taste as good as European food?

Star quality
It is certainly true that a lot of American foodstuffs, white bread, most cheeses, nearly
all convenience foods, most beers and coffees, are not as full of flavour or as varied
as their counterparts in Europe. Why is this?
The main reason is cost. Everything in America is determined on cost, far more than
in other countries. If price is a factor between competing businesses then the cheaper
business will inevitably drive out the more expensive one. This rarely leads to
improved quality. Actually, it never leads to improved quality.
The second reason is that Americans are very attached to uniformity. That is, they
actually like things to be the same wherever they go.
Take the example of Starbucks, a chain of coffee shops in America. They started
quietly in Seattle some years ago, but in the last five years the number of its shops
has grown to 1 270, and the number is intended to double in the next two years.
Already in many cities if you are looking for a coffee bar the choice is almost
Starbucks or nothing.
Now, there is nothing wrong with Starbucks, but there’s nothing all that special
either. The impression you get is that Starbucks’ principal motivating force is not to
produce the finest coffees but to produce more Starbucks coffee bars.
Find the sentences that the writer agrees with.
1. American food doesn’t taste as good as European food.
2. A business which sells cheaper products will do worse than one whose products
are more expensive.
3. The cheaper something is, the worse quality it will be.
4. Americans like to have a good choice of products or services.
5. In two years’ time, Starbucks will have twice as many coffee shops.
6. Starbucks coffee is delicious.
7. Starbucks is interested in producing good coffee.

171

4 глава

Условные предложения
(Conditionals)
Условными
предложениями
называются
сложноподчиненные
предложения, в которых в придаточном предложении называется условие, а в
главном предложении - следствие, выражающее результат этого условия. И
условие, и следствие могут относится к настоящему, прошедшему и будущему.
Придаточные предложения условия чаще всего вводятся союзом if если. В
отличие от русского языка, запятая в сложноподчиненном предложении ставится
только в случае, если придаточное предложение находится перед главным, и то
это правило не всегда соблюдается.
Общепринято делить условные предложения на три типа в зависимости от
того, какую степень вероятности выражает конструкция. Употребление
конкретного типа условного предложения целиком зависит от того, как
говорящий относится к передаваемым им фактам:
I -й тип условных предложений
Условные
предложения
этого
типа
выражают полную
возможность осуществления данного условия, относятся к настоящему и
будущему времени, передаются формами изъявительного наклонения.
Сказуемые в обеих частях предложения переводятся на русский язык формами
будущего времени.
Придаточное предложение: Present Indefinite (очень редко Continuous).
Главное предложение: Future Indefinite = will + инфинитив или глагол в
повелительном наклонении
If I see him, I will speak to him.

Если я увижу его, я поговорю с ним.

If you don’t take a taxi, you’ll
miss your train.
If it rains tomorrow,
we won’t go to the forest.

Если ты не возьмешь такси,
то опоздаешь на поезд.
Если завтра будет дождь, мы не
пойдем в лес.

Кроме союза if (если) в различных ситуациях могут использоваться также
союзы: in
case (в
случае),
provided (при
условии),
suppose (предположим), on condition (при условии) и др.
I’ll leave the door ajar in case you call. Я оставлю дверь не закрытой на случай,
если ты зайдешь.
172

II-й тип условных предложений
Условные предложения этого типа выражают нереальность или
совершенно малую вероятность осуществления условия, относящегося к
настоящему или будущему времени. Говорящий употребляет эту модель тогда,
когда хочет сообщить, что необходимые условия для выполнения чего-либо
практически отсутствуют, очень малы, а иногда вообще нереальны и
противоречат действительности. На русский язык переводятся сослагательным
наклонением (формой прошедшего времени с частицей бы).
Придаточное предложение: форма совпадающая с Past Indefinite/Cont.
Главное предложение: would/could/ might + инфинитив.
Примечание: В
разговорной
речи
вместо и would употребляется
сокращенная форма ’d, кроме тех случаев, когда на would падает эмоциональное
ударение. Старое правило употребления were для всех лиц и чисел постепенно
утрачивает свою силу, часто в 1-м и 3-м лицах ед. числа появляется was,
особенно в разговорной речи.
Сослагательная форма, как и в русском языке, может охватывать
бесконечно большой спектр понятий. Например: "я бы съел яблоко (если бы оно
было)", что вполне возможно, до "я бы помолодел лет на двадцать", что, как ни
крути, нереально.
If I got rich,
I’d (would) travel round the world.
If it were possible, I would do it.
If you worked hard,
you would succeed.
If we had a car, we’d (would) go to
the country.
What would your father do if
he heard you say that?

Если бы я разбогател, я бы
отправился в кругосветное
путешествие.
Если бы это было возможно,
я сделал бы это.
Если бы вы упорно трудились,
вы преуспели бы.
Если бы у нас была машина, мы бы
поехали за город.
Что сделал бы ваш отец,
если бы он услышал, что вы так
говорите?

Модальные
глаголы could и might могут
заменять would в
главном
предложении. При этом could сосредотачивает внимание на физической
возможности или способности; а might выражает возможность, вероятность,
позволение.
If I knew her telephone number,
I could phone her.
If we had more time,
we could wait for him.

Если бы я знал номер ее
телефона, я бы мог
позвонить ей.
Если бы у нас было больше
времени, мы могли бы
подождать его.
173

If I saw him tonight,
I might speak to him about this.

Если бы я увидел его сегодня
вечером, я мог бы поговорить с
ним об этом.

Употребление в вежливых формах
Если хотят, чтобы просьба или предложение звучали не слишком
прямолинейно, фраза может строится в сослагательном наклонении:
Would you mind…
Would you mind if I opened the
window a little?
What would you say if I tried to
date you?

Вы не против…
Вы бы не возражали, если бы я
немного приоткрыл окно?
Что бы ты сказала,
если бы я попытался назначить тебе
свидание?

Оборот If I were you
Этот оборот используется тогда, когда хотят дать совет: If I were you/ in your
place/ in your shoes – на вашем (бы) месте; (форма were может заменяться
на was).
If I were you, I would go there.
If I were you, I’d see a doctor.
I wouldn’t do that if I were you.

На твоем месте я бы пошла туда.
На вашем месте я бы показался врачу.
Я бы не делал этого, если бы был на
твоем месте.

III-й тип условных предложений.
Условные предложения этого типа выражают нереальные условия, так как в
них речь идет о событиях, которые уже произошли или не произошли в прошлом.
Говорящий употребляет эту модель тогда, когда хочет сообщить об упущенной
возможности. Действие главного предложения также относится к прошлому (тот
случай, когда действие главного относится к настоящему или будущему
рассматривается далее в разделе "Смешанный тип"). На русский язык переводятся
сослагательным наклонением (формой прошедшего времени с частицей бы).
Придаточное предложение: had + III форма совпадающая с Past Perfect/Cont.
Главное предложение: would/could/might + have + III форма глагола.
If I had been free yesterday,
I would have joined you.

Если бы я был свободен вчера, я бы
присоединился к тебе.

If she hadn't put on a short dress,
she wouldn't have attracted such
attention.

Если бы она не надела короткое
платье, она не привлекла бы такого
внимания.

174

Модальные глаголы could и might могут заменять would/ should в главном
предложении.
If I had learned English before,
I could have found a good job
long ago.
If Jim had driven the car
yesterday, he might have
met with an accident.

Если бы я выучил английский язык
раньше, я уже давно мог бы
найти хорошую работу.
Если бы Джим вчера вел машину,
он мог бы попасть в аварию.

Смешанный тип условных предложений
Среди условных предложений могут быть и такие, когда условие и
следствие, т.е. придаточное и главное предложения, относятся к разному времени.
Употребление форм сослагательного наклонения подчиняется в них общему
правилу: настоящие или будущие действия передаются неперфектными формами,
а действия, относящиеся к прошлому – перфектными.
Например, условие (придаточное) относится к прошлому времени, а следствие
(главное предложение) – к настоящему или будущему.
If I had taken the medicine
yesterday, I would be well now.
If you had seen the film,
we could discuss it now.
If we hadn’t missed the train,
we would be at home now.

Если бы я принял лекарство вчера,
я был бы здоров сегодня.
Если бы вы (уже) видели фильм,
мы могли бы сейчас его обсудить.
Если бы мы не опоздали на поезд,
мы были бы сейчас дома.

Условие может и не относится к какому-то определенному времени (обычно
речь идет о постоянных действиях или характеристиках), а следствие при этом
может относится к прошлому:
If he were clever, he wouldn’t have
said it.
You could have made it yourself if
you weren't so lazy.

Если бы он был умен, он бы не
сказал этого.
Ты смог бы справиться без
посторонней помощи, если бы не
был таким ленивым.

1. Complete with a word or expressions from the list: after; as soon as; before; if;
unless; until; when.
1. ________ we have dinner, we could go for a drink.
2. I must write the date in my diary_______ I forget it.
175

3. Let’s wait under the tree ______ it stops raining.
4. This job is very urgent so please do it ______ you can.
5. We won’t get a table in the restaurant ______ we don’t book.
6. I’ll pay you back _______ I get my first salary.
7. I can’t go ________ you pay for my ticket. I’m broke.
8. They’ll be really happy ______ they hear your news.
9. I want to go on working ______ I’m 60. Then I’ll retire.
10. I must renew my passport _______ I go to New York.
11. ________ you work harder, you won’t pass the final exam.
2. Match the sentence halves.
1. She won’t pass her exams a. after I finish my exams.
2. I’ll have to go to a new school b. if she gets good marks.
3. She won’t start primary school c. I’m going to do my homework.
4. I think I’ll go on holiday d. unless she revises more.
5. As soon as I get home e. until she’s four years old.
6. Her parents will get her a present f. when my parents move to Doncaster.
3. Complete with the present simple or will.
1. I’ll give him your message when I ______ him. (see)
2. Don’t forget to turn off the lights before you _____ . (leave)
3. They _____ married until they find a place to live. (not get)
4. Go to bed when the film _______ . (finish)
5. If I see Emma, I ______ her you are looking for her. (tell)
6. I’ll call you as soon as I _____ at the hotel. (arrive)
7. You won’t be able to park unless you _____ there early. (get)
8. As soon it stops raining, we _____ out. (go)
9. She won’t like curry if she ______ spicy food. (not like)
10 Don’t write anything until I ______ you. (tell)
11. When she finds out what he’s done, she _____ furious. (be)
4. * Charlotte works for an advertising company. She’s made some notes about
different products. Write sentences with if + the simple present + will to advertise
the products.
- wash your hair with Glam – it looks super

If you wash your hair with Glam, it’ll look super.
- feel better – take Panadex

You’ll feel better if you take Panadex
1. choose a Sunspot holiday – have a great time
2. sleep a lot better – sleep in a Dreamway bed
3. people notice you – wear Rodeo jeans
4. shop at Kwikbuy – save money
5. use Luxidor paint – your house looks beautiful
6. know what’s happening – read the Daily Talk

176

7. wash with Whizz – your clothes cleaner
8. drive a Delta – not want to drive any other car
5. Write second conditional sentences.
If you / speak to your boss, I’m sure he / understand.

If you spoke to your boss, I’m sure he would understand.
1. It / be better for me if we / meet tomorrow.
2. She / not treat him like that if she really / love him.
3. If I / can live anywhere in the world, I / live in New Zealand.
4. The kitchen / look bigger if we / paint it white.
5. I / not buy that house if I / be you.
6. He / be more attractive if he / wear nicer clothes.
7. If we / not have children, we / travel more.
8. What / you do in this situation if you / be me?
6. Correct any mistakes in the highlighted phrases. Tick (√) the correct sentences.
If she gets the job, she’d have to move to France.

If she got the job

1. I’d help you this weekend if I could, but I can’t.
_____________
2. They wouldn’t sell their house, even if someone offers them a million euros.
_____________
3. If he doesn’t like the job so much, he wouldn’t work so hard, but he loves it.
_____________
4. I’d save a bit more money if I were you.
_____________
5. If I could choose my job, I’ll be a journalist.
______________
6. If I didn’t have small children, I’d travel more, but they’re too young at the moment.
_____________
7. We’d go to the cinema more often, if we’d have the time.
_____________
7. * Amanda is a secretary. She’s grumbling about her new job and her boss.
Match each sentence in the first box with one in the second. Rewrite the sentences
using if + the simple past tense + would/could.

If my boss didn’t play golf, he wouldn’t be out of the office so much.
My boss plays golf.
1. He doesn’t tell me where he is.
2. The pay isn’t good.
3. He gives me so much work.
4. His writing is so awful.
5. He doesn’t listen to me.
177

6. The offices are such a lot way from here.
7. There aren’t any cafes nearby.

I can’t afford a nicer flat.
I can’t contact him.
I can’t read it.
I have to tell him everything twice.
I have to stay late.
I have to take sandwiches.
I spend so much time n the bus.
He’s out of the office so much.
8. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Use the
first or second conditional.
If I didn’t need the money, I wouldn’t work on Saturday. (not work)
1. I ______ you at the airport if you tell me what time the flight arrives. (meet)
2. If you’re late again, you _____ your job. (lose)
3. If she ______ so selfish, she would have more friends. (not be)
4. _____ you _____ if you won the lottery? (retire)
5. We’ll be very surprised if they ____ this year. (get married)
6. If there were more car parks, there ______ so much traffic. (not be)
7. You’d meet people if you _______ more often. (go out)
8. If I have more time next year, I ______another language but I’m too busy. (learn)
9. First or second conditional?
If you tell her anything, she’ll tell everybody in the office. (tell)
We’d have a dog if we had a garden. (have)
1. It’ll be quicker if we _____ a taxi to the airport. (get)
2. If you stopped smoking, you ____ better. (feel)
3. What would you do if you ______ your job? (lose)
4. If you buy the food, I ______ tonight. (cook)
5. I think he’d be happier if he _____ alone. (not live)
6. I’ll be very surprised if Marina ______ coming here. (not get lost)
7. Where will he live if he ______ the job in Moscow? (get)
8. If she didn’t have to look after her mother, she ______ life more. (enjoy)
10. Choose the endings: a) or b)
1. If we save enough money _________________________
a) we go on holiday this year. b) we will go on holiday this year.
2. Emily won’t speak to me again _____________________
a) but I don’t mind if. b) if I don’t go to her party.
3. If I go to South Africa again ________________________
a) I might go on Safari. b) I went on Safari.

178

4. If he doesn’t answer the phone _______________________
a) I won’t call again. b) I don’t call again.
5. I will need a day off _______________________________
a) if I will not sleep again tonight. b) if I can’t sleep again tonight.
6. I’ll die ___________________________________________
a) if he is going to kiss me! b) if he doesn’t kiss me!
7. If you eat your sandwich now _______________________
a) you will be hungry later! b) you eat more later.
8. I’m coming with you _______________________________
a) will you fix your car. b) if you fix your car.
9. If you finish your essay _____________________________
a) I might take you out for dinner. b) if take you out for dinner.
11. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs.
Example: If we had had (have) more time, we’d have visited Anne and Dave.
1. I ________ (not / finish) my homework if you hadn’t helped me.
2. If she ________ (not / pass) her driving test, she would have been really
disappointed.
3. We ________ (look after) the children last night if you had asked.
4. He would have resigned if he ________ (not / be) promoted.
5. She ________ (be) worried if you hadn’t phoned to say you were OK.
6. We wouldn’t have had the accident if you ________ (pay) more attention.
7. I ________ (look after) the children last night if you had asked.
8. If I had the chance to live abroad, I ________ (go).
9. If I’d known it was going to rain, I _________ (take) an umbrella with me.
10. She _______ (arrive) home earlier if the traffic hadn’t been so bad.
11. Do you think he would have accepted if we _______ (offer) him more money?
12. We ______ (not serve) meat if you’d told us he was vegetarian.
13. I don’t think he would have read the book if I _____ (not recommend) it last
Christmas.
14. _____ you _____ (go) to the party if he had invited you?
15 He would never have started the training course if he _____ (know) it was going to
be so hard.
12. Complete the third conditional sentences with the correct form of the verbs.
If you hadn’t helped me, I wouldn’t have finished on time. (not help, not finish)
1. We ________ if our best player _______ injured. (win, not be)
2. If she ________ he was so mean, she ______ him. (know, not marry)
3. I _______ you some money if you _______ me. (lend, ask)
4. If we _______ more time, we _______ another day in London. (have, spend)
5. I _______ to help you if you _______ me about it earlier. (be able, tell)
6. If you _______ me yesterday, I _______ my plans. (ask, change)
7. You _______ the weekend if you _______ with us. (enjoy, come)he weekend if you
____

179

13. Match the phrases.
1. If you hadn’t reminded me, A. if you’d seen what happened.
2. This wouldn’t have happened B. we wouldn’t have got lost.
3. If they hadn’t worn their seat belts, C. if it hadn’t rained.
4. We wouldn’t have been late D. you would have seen him.
5. We would have gone to the beach E. if I’d known you didn’t like it.
6. If you hadn’t told me it was him, F. if we’d bought tickets on the Internet.
7. You would have laughed G. if you’d been more careful.
8. I wouldn’t have bought it H. they would have been killed.
9. If you’d arrived two minutes earlier, I. I would have forgotten.
10. If you hadn’t forgotten the map, J. I wouldn’t have recognized him.
11. It would have been cheaper K. if we hadn’t missed the bus.
14. * Below is the story of what happened when four people went on a long walk
last week. Rewrite the underlined parts of the story using if-clauses type 3.
If it hadn’t rained most of the morning, it would have been a pleasant walk.
Last Saturday Trevor, Alison, Gary and Emma went on a twenty-mile walk over the
Northland Hills. Trevor likes walking, and it was his idea. They walked from Oscroft
at the eastern end of the hills to Raveley in the west. The day didn’t go at all as
planned. It rained most of the morning, so it wasn’t a very pleasant walk. The weather
is often wet in the Nothland Hills, in fact. But they decided to go because the forecast
wasn’t bad. Trevor and Alison wore their anoraks, but Gary and Emma got wet
because they didn’t have their anoraks. The four friends had other problems too. They
forgot to bring a map, and they lost the way. They wanted to stop for lunch in the
village of Rydale. They finally got there at two o’clock. They were late because they
didn’t go the right way. They had planned to eat at café in Rydale, but they weren’t
able to eat there because the café was closed for the day. It was very annoying. They
didn’t have any food with them, so they were hungry. But the weather was better by
this time, and they decided to go on to Raveley. Five miles further on Alison had an
accident. She fell and hurt her leg. So they had to go more slowly after that. They lost
even more time. They missed their bus home because they got to Raveley so late.
There wasn’t any other transport, so they rang their friend Adam. Luckily he was at
home, so he was able to come and to fetch them in his car. They were glad to get
home.

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, c or d.
1. Please do not speak to anyone before the police ______.
a) come b) are coming c) 'll come d) came
2. His parents will be very glad if she ______ the university.
a) enter b) 'll enter c) enters d) entered
3. We won't discuss the matter until the headmaster ______.
180

a) 'll arrive b) won't arrive c) doesn't arrive d) arrives
4. You'll understand nothing unless you ______ the book yourself.
a) read b) won't read c) don't read d) 'll read
5. You'll understand this rule after your teacher ______ it to you.
a) 'll explain b) explain c) explains d) don't explain
6. You ______ English fluently if you ______ hard.
a) speak; work b) speak; 'll work c) 'll speak; work d) 'll speak; 'll work
7. We'll make a good progress in English provided we ______hard.
a) 'll study b) are studying c) study d) won't study
8. Would you mind if I ______ your pen?
a) use b) had used c) have used d) am using
9. If I ______ that you were busy, I ______ interrupted you.
a) knew; wouldn't have b) had known; wouldn't have c) know; wouldn't have
d) has known; wouldn't have
10. I am going to look for another job, unless the company ______me more money.
a) offers b) doesn't offer c) didn't offer d) offered
11. You ______ achieve anything unless you ______ hard.
a) wouldn't, tried b) won't, try c) wouldn't, try d) won't, tried
12. I wasn't tired last night. If I ______ tired, I would have gone home.
a) has been b) were c) had been d) am
13. If I lost my job, I ______ abroad for a while.
a) would go b) would have gone c) will go d) might go
14. Unless Mary ______ the projects on time, she ______ her job.
a) does, loses b) will do, loses c) does, will lose d) did, loses
15. If I had the book you need, I ______ it to you. But I don't have it.
a) will give b) would give c) give d) gave
16. If this novel ______ more interesting, it ______ published.
a) will be; would be b) were; will be c) would be; would be d) were; would be
17. If I ______ you, I would never give up.
a) were b) were c) am d) have been
18. If he'd come two minutes later, we ______ the plane.
a) had missed b) would miss c) will miss d) would have missed
19. If I ______ on holiday now I would go to Spain with my friend.
a) had been b) have been c) were d) am
20. When you go abroad ______ very attentive.
a) are b) will be c) be d) were
21. Whenever she goes, she ______ friends.
a) had made b) making c) made d) makes
22. If I ______ more patient, I would not have quarreled with Diana.
a) will be b) was c) were d) had been
23. Nick would continue his education abroad, if he ______ money to pay for it.
a) had b) have had c) had had d) has
24. If I were you I ______ a contract with this firm.
a) would not sign b) would not have signed c) will not sign
d) will not have signed
181

Reading
Read the article and mark the sentences T (true) or F (false). Correct the
wrong sentences.
1. Miranda got angry because her husband asked her to make the tea.
2. Miranda had to teach him to say sorry when something wasn’t his fault.
3. Her husband thinks English people are too polite.
4. Alexander wasn’t surprised when people said they liked the food at the dinner party.
5. Miranda didn’t mind when her mother-in-law criticized her cooking.
6. Alexander thought his mother was right.
7. In Russia it isn’t normal to smile all the time when you speak to someone.
8. His friends thought Miranda was very friendly because she smiled a lot.

Culture shock
Good manners are always good manners. That’s what Miranda Ingram, who is
English, thought, until she married Alexander, who is Russian.
When I first met Alexander and he said to me, in Russian, “Nalei mnye chai – pour me
some tea”, I got angry and answered, “Pour it yourself”. Translated into English,
without a “Could you…?” and a “please”, it sounded really rude to me. But in Russian
it was fine – you don’t have to add any polite words.
However, when I took Alexander home to meet my parents in the UK, I had to give
him an intensive course in pleases and thank yous (which he thought were completely
unnecessary), and to teach him to say sorry even if someone else stepped on his toe,
and to smile, smile, smile.
Another thing that Alexander just couldn’t understand was why people said things like,
“Would you mind passing me the salt, please?” He said, “It’s only the salt, for
goodness sake!* What do you say in English if you want a real favour?”
He also watched in amazement when, at a dinner party in England, we swallowed some
really disgusting food and I said, “Mmm… delicious”. In Russia, people are much
more direct. The first time Alexander’s mother came to our house for dinner in
Moscow, she told me that my soup needed more flavouring. Afterwards when we
argued about it my husband said, “Do you prefer your dinner guests to lie?”
Alexander complained that in England he felt “like the village idiot” because in Russia
if you smile all the time people think that you are mad. In fact, this is exactly what my
husband’s friends thought of me the first time I went to Russia because I smiled at
everyone, and translated every “please” and “thank you” from English into Russian.
At home we now have agreement. If we’re speaking Russian, he can say “Pour me
some tea” and just make a noise like a grunt* when I give it to him. But when we’re
speaking English, he has to add a ‘please”? a “thank you”, and a smile.

182

5 глава

Прямая и косвенная речь
(Direct and indirect speech)
Прямая речь – это речь какого-нибудь лица, передаваемая без изменений,
непосредственно так, как она была произнесена.
На письме прямая речь заключается в кавычки, которые в английском языке
ставятся вверху строки. Первое слово прямой речи начинается с прописной
(большой) буквы.
Точка или какой-либо другой знак препинания ставится внутри кавычек при
окончании прямой речи (в русском языке точка или запятая ставятся после
кавычек).
Слова автора, вводящие прямую речь, могут предшествовать ей или следовать за
ней. В обоих случаях они отделяются от нее запятой. В отличие от русского, где
после слов, вводящих прямую речь, следует двоеточие, а если прямая речь стоит
перед словами автора, то после нее ставится запятая и тире.
Примечание: Если же прямая речь является длинным текстом, то в английском
языке после вводных слов, так же как и в русском, ставится двоеточие.
Прямая речь может представлять собой: повествовательное, вопросительное или
повелительное предложения.
Косвенная речь передает слова говорящего не слово в слово, а лишь по
содержанию, в виде дополнительного придаточного предложения.
Обращение прямой речи в косвенную
Повествовательное предложение
При обращении прямой речи в косвенную производятся следующие изменения:
1 Запятая, стоящая после слов, вводящих прямую речь, а также кавычки, в которые
заключена прямая речь, опускаются. Косвенная речь вводится союзом that что,
который, однако, часто опускается.
Если в словах, вводящих прямую речь, употреблен глагол to say без дополнения,
указывающего на лицо, к которому обращаются с речью, то to say сохраняется.
Если же после to say имеется дополнение (обязательно с предлогом to, например –
said to me), то to say заменяется глаголом to tell (далее дополнение без
предлога to):
Прямая речь
He says, "Mary will do it." - Он
говорит: «Мария сделает
это».
He says to me, "I know it." – Он

Косвенная речь
He says (that) Mary will do it. - Он
говорит, что Мария сделает это.
He tells me that he knows it. – Он
183

говорит мне: «Я знаю это».
He said to me: "I have seen you
somewhere." - Он сказал мне:
«Я где-то видел».

говорит мне, что он знает это.
He told me that he had seen me
somewhere. - Он сказал мне, что
он где-то видел меня.

Примечание: В
английском
языке
глагол to
answer – отвечать редко
используется для введения косвенной речи, чаще: Он ответил = He said.
2 Личные и притяжательные местоимения прямой речи заменяются по смыслу,
как и в русском языке:
He says, "I have your book." – Он
говорит: «У меня есть твоя
книга».
Mary says, "Peter has
taken my dictionary." -Мария
говорит: «Петр взял мой
словарь».

He says that he has my book. – Он
говорит, что у него есть моя
книга.
Mary says that Peter has
taken her dictionary. -Мария
говорит, что Петр взял ее
словарь.

3 Если глагол, вводящий косвенную речь (главное предложение), употреблен
в настоящем или будущем времени – Present Indefinite, Present Perfect, Future
Indefinite, то глагол в косвенной речи (придаточное предложение) остается в
том же времени, в каком он был в прямой речи :
He says (has said, will say),
"I sent them the catalogue on
Monday." Он говорит (сказал,
скажет): «Я послал им
каталог в понедельник».

He says (has said, will say) that
he sent them the catalogue on
Monday. - Он говорит (сказал,
скажет), что он послал им
каталог в понедельник.

4 Если глагол, вводящий косвенную речь (главное предложение), употреблен в
одном из прошедших времен, то время глагола прямой речи заменяется в
косвенной речи (придаточном предложении) другим временем, согласно правилу
согласования времен. Согласно этому правилу:
а) Если в прямой речи было одно из настоящих времен (Present), то в косвенной
речи оно меняется на соответствующее ему прошедшее (Past) время:
Прямая речь
He said, "I know it." – Он сказал:
«Я знаю это».
"I am working," she said. – «Я
работаю», - сказала она.
He said, "I have translated the
text." – Он сказал: «Я перевел
текст».

Косвенная речь
He said that he knew it. – Он сказал,
что он знает это.
She said that she was working. – Она
сказала, что она работает.
He said that he had translated the text. –
Он сказал, что он перевел текст.

184

He said, "I get up at eight o'clock." Он сказал: «Я встаю в восемь
часов».
He said, "I have been waiting for
you since five o'clock." - Он сказал:
«Я жду вас с пяти часов».

He said that he got up at eight o'clock. Он сказал, что он встает в восемь
часов.
He said that he had been waiting for me
since five o'clock. - Он сказал, что он
ждет меня с пяти часов.

б) Если в прямой речи было прошедшее неперфектное время (Past
Indefinite или Continuous), то в косвенной речи оно меняется на
соответствующее перфектное время:
He said, "I saw her there." – Он
сказал: «Я видел ее там».
She said, "I was reading." – Она
сказала: «Я читала».

He said that he had seen her there. – Он
сказал, что видел ее там.
She said that she had been reading. –
Она сказала,что он читала.

Примечание 1: Эти времена могут оставаться без изменения если указано время
совершения действия:
The boy said, "I was born in 1988."
– Мальчик сказал: «Я родился в
1988 году».
He said, "I began to study English
in 1992." - Он сказал: «Я начал
изучать английский язык в 1992
году».

The boy said that he was born in 1988. –
Мальчик сказал, что он родился в
1988 году.
He said that he began to study English
in 1992. - Он сказал, что он начал
изучать английский язык в 1992 году.

Примечание 2: Однако с такими указаниями времени, как the day before, two
years before и т. п., время заменяется на Perfect:
She said that she had been there the day Она сказала, что была там накануне.
before.
в) Если в прямой речи было прошедшее перфектное время (Past
Perfect или Perfect Continuous), то в косвенной речи оно остается без изменения:
He said, "We had finished our work
by six o'clock." - Он сказал: «Мы
окончили свою работу к шести
часам».

He said that they had finished their work
by six o'clock. - Он сказал, что они
окончили свою работу к шести часам.

г) Если в прямой речи было одно из будущих времен (Future), то в косвенной
речи оно меняется на соответствующее ему будущее в прошедшем (Future in the
Past). Глагол will заменяется на would соответственно:

185

He said, "I will go there." – Он
сказал: «Я пойду туда».
He said, "I’ll (will) be
working this summer." – Он сказал:
«Я буду работать этим летом».

He said that he would go there. – Он
сказал, что он пойдет туда.
He said that he would be
working that summer. – Он сказал, что
он будет работать этим (тем) летом.

Примечание: Если в прямой речи были модальные глаголы, то те из них, кто
имеет
формы
прошедшего
времени
изменятся
в
косвенной
речи: can на could,may на might, have (to) на had (to) – во практически и все.
Остальные при переходе в косвенную речь не меняются: must, ought и др.
He said, "The contract will be signed in He said that the contract would be
the evening." - Он сказал: «Контракт signed in the evening. - Он сказал, что
будет подписан вечером».
контракт будет подписан вечером.
4 Глагол must заменяется в косвенной речи глаголом had, когда must выражает
необходимость совершения действия в силу определенных обстоятельств:
She said, "I must send him a
telegram at once." -Она сказала:
«Я должна послать ему
телеграмму немедленно».

She said that she had to send him a
telegram at once. -Она сказала, что
должна послать ему телеграмму
немедленно.

Когда же глагол must выражает приказание или совет, то must остается без
изменения:
He said to her, "You must consult a
doctor." - Он сказал ей: «Вы
должны посоветоваться с
врачом».

He told her that she must consult a
doctor. - Он сказал ей, что она должна
посоветоваться с врачом.

5 Глаголы should и ought в косвенной речи не изменяются:
She said to him, "You should (ought
to) send them a telegram at once." - Она
сказала ему: «Вам следует послать
им телеграмму немедленно».

She told him that he should (ought to)
send them a telegram at once. - Она
сказала ему, что ему следует послать
им телеграмму немедленно.

6 Указательные местоимения и наречия времени и места в прямой
речи заменяются в косвенной речи по смыслу другими словами, как и в
русском языке:
Прямая речь
this этот

Косвенная речь
that тот, этот
186

these эти
now теперь
here здесь
today сегодня
tomorrow завтра
the day after
tomorrow послезавтра
yesterday вчера
the day before
yesterday позавчера
ago тому назад
next year в будущем году
last night вчера вечером (ночью)

those те, эти
then тогда
there там
that day в тот день
the next day на следующий день
two days later через два дня
the day before накануне
two days before двумя днями раньше
before раньше
the next year, the following year в следующем
году
the previous night предыдущим вечером
(ночью)

Например:
"I’ll go there tomorrow," he said. – «Я
пойду туда завтра», – сказал он.

He said that he’d (это
сокр. would) go there the next day. –
Он сказал, что он пойдет туда на
следующий день.
He said, "They were here yesterday." – He said (that) they had been there the
Он сказал: «Они были здесь вчера». day before. –Он сказал, что они были
там накануне.
Следует иметь в виду, что подобная замена не должна производиться
автоматически. Она должна соответствовать логике ситуации, например: если
сообщение передается в тот же день и в том же месте, то это будет выглядеть
так:
I said, "I’ll be here tomorrow." – Я
сказал: «Я буду здесь завтра».

I said (that) I’d (I would)
be here tomorrow. – Я сказал, что я
буду здесь завтра.
He said, "I live in this house." – Он
He said that he lived in that house. –
сказал: "Я живу в этом доме".
Он сказал, что он живет в этом
(том) доме.
He said, "I can't translate this article." - He said that
Он сказал: «Я не могу перевести
he couldn't translate that article. - Он
эту статью».
сказал, что он не может перевести
эту статью.
He said, "I will write the
He said that he would write the
letter tomorrow." - Он сказал: «Я
letter the next day. -Он сказал, что
напишу письмо завтра».
он напишет письмо на следующий
день.
187

He said, "I was here yesterday." - Он
сказал: «Я был здесь вчера».

He said that he had been there the day
before. - Он сказал, что он был там
накануне.

Вопросительное предложение
Вопросительные предложения, воспроизведенные в косвенной речи,
называются косвенными вопросами.
В отличие от вопроса в прямой речи, где в большинстве случаев существует
обратный порядок слов (кроме вопросов к подлежащему) - перед подлежащим
стоит сказуемое или его часть, вопросы в косвенной речи имеют структуру
повествовательного предложения, т.е. прямой порядок слов (подлежащее, за ним
сказуемое). Знак вопроса в конце такого предложения отсутствует,
вспомогательный глагол to do в Present и Past Indefinite не употребляется.
Между главным и придаточным предложениями соблюдается правило
согласования времен, как и в рассмотренном выше случае повествовательного
предложения. В зависимости от типа прямого вопроса (вопроса в прямой речи)
существует две модели образования косвенных вопросов.
1 Специальные вопросы при обращении в косвенную речь становятся
дополнительными придаточными предложениями, присоединяемыми к главному
с помощью тех вопросительных слов (местоимений или наречий) которые были
использованы в самом вопросе. Типичными вопросительными словами в этих
вопросах
являются: who кто, when когда, where где,
куда, why почему, which который, whose чей и т.п.
Прямая речь
He asked me, "Who has come?" - Он
спросил меня: «Кто пришел? »
He asked, "When did you see him?" –
Он спросил: «Когда ты видел его?»
He asked me,
"Why have you come so late?" - Он
спросил меня: «Почему вы пришли
так поздно?»
I asked, "How long will it take you to
get there?" –Я спросил: «Сколько
времени тебе понадобится, чтобы
доехать туда? »
He asked me, "Where were you
yesterday?" - Он спросил меня: «Где
вы были вчера?»
He asked me, "Where do they live?" Он спросил меня: «Где вы
живете?»

Косвенная речь
He asked me who had come. - Он
спросил меня, кто пришел.
He asked when I had seen him. – Он
спросил, когда я видел его.
He asked me why I had come so late. Он спросил меня, почему я пришел
так поздно.
I asked him how long it would take him
to get there. – Я спросил его, сколько
времени ему понадобиться, чтобы
доехать туда.
He asked me where I had been the day
before. - Он спросил меня, где я был
накануне.
He asked me where I lived. - Он
спросил меня, где я живу.

188

He asked me, "Who showed you my
work?" - Он спросил меня: «Кто
показал вам мою работу?»

He asked me who had shown me his
work. - Он спросил меня, кто показал
мне его работу.

Если, однако, в прямом вопросе, относящемся к подлежащему или именной
части сказуемого, имеется глагол-связка to be, то в косвенном вопросе может
применяться как порядок слов вопросительного, так и повествовательного
предложения:
He asked me, "What is the price of this He asked me what was the price of this
car?" - Он спросил меня: «Какова
car. = He asked me what the price of
цена этого автомобиля?»
this car was. - Он спросил
меня, какова цена этого автомобиля.
2 Общие вопросы заменяются придаточным предложением, которое
присоединяется к главному при помощи союзов if и whether, имеющих значение
частицы ли. Запятая не ставится.
Прямая речь
"Do you know the boy?" I asked
him. – «Ты знаешь мальчика? » –
спросил я его.
He asked, "Have you met my wife?"
– Он спросил: «Ты знаком с моей
женой? »
He asked me, "Will you be here
tomorrow?" - Он спросил меня: «Вы
будете здесь завтра?»
He asked me, "Have you received our
invoice?" - Он спросил меня: «Вы
получили нашу фактуру?»
She said, "Have you read the
morning paper?" - Она сказала:
“Вы читали утреннюю газету?”
I asked, "Do you understand now?" Я спросил: “Теперь вы
понимаете?”

Косвенная речь
I asked him if he knew the boy. – Я
спросил его, знает ли он мальчика.
He asked if (whether) I had met his
wife. – Он спросил, знаком ли я с его
женой.
He asked me whether (if) I would be
there the next day. - Он спросил
меня, буду ли я там на следующий
день.
He asked me whether (if) I had
received their invoice. - Он спросил
меня, получил ли я их фактуру.
She asked whether (if) I read the
morning paper. -Она спросила, читал
ли я утреннюю газету.
I asked him if he understood now. - Я
спросил его, понимал ли он (это)
теперь.

Примечание: Следует отличать if в значении если в условных предложениях
от if в
значении ли в косвенных вопросах.
После if если будущее
время
заменяется настоящим, а после if ли такая замена не происходит:
I will ask him if he will come.

Я спрошу его, придет ли он.

189

I will ask him about it if he comes.

Я спрошу его об этом, если он
придет.

Краткие ответы в косвенной речи передаются повторением вспомогательного
или модального глагола, содержащегося в кратком прямом ответе. При это
временная форма вспомогательного глагола меняется в соответствии с правилом
согласования времен.
"Do you speak English?" – «Вы говорите по-английски? »
"Yes, I do. No, I don't." - «Да.
I answered that I did. - Я ответил,
Нет».
что я говорю.I answered that
I didn't. - Я ответил, что не
говорю.
Краткий косвенный ответ вводится союзом that, а слова yes и no опускаются.
I asked him, "Will you go there?" He answered, "Yes,
I will. (No, I won’t.)" - Я спросил
его: «Вы пойдете туда?» - Он
ответил: «Да, пойду (Нет, не
пойду)».

I asked him whether he would go
there. - He answered that
he would (he wouldn’t). - Я
спросил его, пойдет ли он туда. Он ответил, что пойдет (что не
пойдет).

В официальной речи употребляются следующие косвенные краткие ответы:
He answered in the affirmative.
He answered in the negative.

Он ответил утвердительно.
Он ответил отрицательно.

Повелительное предложение
Косвенные приказания и просьбы вводятся глаголами, выражающими
просьбу: to ask просить, to beg просить, умолять, to implore умолять или
команду, приказание: to tell сказать, велеть, приказать, to order
приказывать, to allow разрешать и др.
После этих глаголов следует инфинитивная конструкция "Объектный падеж с
инфинитивом": местоимение в объектном падеже или существительное в
общем падеже обозначают лицо, к которому обращена просьба или команда +
инфинитив. Таким образом, получается, что действие, выраженное в прямой
речи повелительным наклонением (инфинитивом без to), заменяется в косвенной
речи инфинитивом с частицей to.
Так как мы говорим об инфинитиве, то ни о каком согласовании времен речи нет.
Личные, притяжательные и указательные местоимения, а также обозначения
времени и места заменяются по смыслу.
Прямая речь

Косвенная речь
190

He said, "Stop the car." - Он
сказал: «Останови машину».
She said to him, "Come at five
o'clock." - Она сказала ему:
«Приходите в пять часов».
She said to me, "Open the window,
please." - Она сказала мне:
«Откройте, пожалуйста, окно».
I said to her, "Please bring me a
glass of water." - Я сказал ей:
«Пожалуйста, принесите мне
стакан воды».
She said to the boy, "Wait for me
here." - Она сказала мальчику:
“Жди меня здесь”.
The commander said to the sentry,
"Take the prisoner away." Командир сказал часовому:
“Уведите пленного”.

He told me to stop the car. - Он
велел мне остановить машину.
She told him to come at five o'clock.
- Она велела ему придти в пять
часов.
She asked me to open window. Она попросила меня открыть
окно.
I asked her to bring me a glass of
water. - Я попросил ее принести
мне стакан воды.
She told the boy to wait for her there.
- Она велела мальчику ждать ее
там.
The commander ordered the sentry
to take the prisoner away. Командир велел часовому увести
пленного.

Отрицательная форма глагола в повелительном наклонении заменяется
инфинитивом с предшествующей частицей not.
He said to me, "Don't go there." - Он
сказал мне: «Не ходите туда».
She said to me, "Don't open the
window, please." - Она сказала мне:
“Не открывайте, пожалуйста,
окно”.

He told me not to go there. - Он
велел мне не ходить туда. =
Он не велел мне ходить туда.
She asked me not to open the
window. - Она попросила меня не
открывать окно.

В русском языке повелительное наклонение заменяется в косвенной речи либо
инфинитивом, либо придаточным предложением с союзом чтобы. В английском
языке
повелительное
наклонение заменяется в
косвенной
речи только
инфинитивом:
She said to him, "Close the door." Она сказала ему: "Закройте
дверь".

She told him to close the door. - Она
велела ему закрыть дверь. = Она
сказала, чтобы он закрыл дверь.

Примечание: Следует
иметь
в
виду,
что
после
глаголов to
ask просить, to tell сказать, велеть, to order, to command приказывать в
английском языке всегда следует косвенное дополнение, обозначающее лицо, к
которому обращена просьба или приказание:

191

I asked him to send off the letter.
The captain ordered the sailors to
discharge the steamer.

Я попросил его отослать
письмо.
Капитан приказал
матросам разгрузить пароход.

1. * Stanley Arnold, the multi-millionaire businessman and head of Arnold
Motors, has just died. He wasn’t very popular man. Below are some examples of
what the press said about him during his lifetime. Write down what they said.
“Arnold is not a very nice person.” – Today Magazine.
Today Magazine said that Arnold was not a very nice person.
1. “Arnold Motors has never paid any tax.” – News Extra
2. “Arnold spends the company’s money at Las Vegas casino.” – Newsday Magazine
3. “When he dies, he will probably leave more than $500 million.” – International
News
4. “Stanley Arnold never speaks to his children.” – Modern World
5. “He is planning to leave his money to a dogs’ home.” – The Daily Free Press
6. “Arnold has friends in the Mafia.” – World Magazine
7. “The police ought to ask Stanley Arnold some questions.” – The Saturday Reporter
8. “No one will be sorry when he’s gone.” – The Daily Talk
2. Complete the sentences. Put the verbs in the past simple or past perfect.
1. We ______ a table in the restaurant because we ______ . (not get; not book)
2. I _______ Maria because she ______ her hair. (not recognize; cut)
3. My friend ______ to tell me I ______ my jacket in the car. (phone; leave)
4. When I _____ the TV, the match _______ . (turn on; finish)
5. She _____ me the book because she ______ it yet. (not lend; finish)
6. He _____ all his exams because he _____ at all. (fail; not study)
7. When we ____ home we saw that somebody ____ the kitchen window. (get; break)
3. Match the sentences halves.
1. I couldn’t get into my flat because A. He had made other plans.
2. When our friends arrived B. I realized that I’d seen it before.
3. I took the sweater back because C. it was the first time she had flown.
4. Jack didn’t come with us D. I’d forgotten my keys.
5. I turned on the TV E. I hadn’t turn off the cooker.
6. Jenny was nervous because F. he had bought me the wrong size.
7. When the film started G. we hadn’t finished cooking the dinner.
8. At work I suddenly remembered that H. to see what had happened.

192

4. Write the sentences in reported speech.
A)
1. “I love you.” He told her that ______________________
2. “I’m tired.” She said that ________________________
3. “I don’t like rock music.” He told her that______________________
4. “I’ll book a table.” He said ____________________________
5. “I’ve bought a new car.” Paul told us that _____________________
6. “I live in the city centre.” She said that she ____________________
7. “We can do it.” They said that _______________________
8. “I saw the film on TV.” Julie said that _______________________
B) Make reported questions.
1. “Do you want to dance?” He asked her if ______________________
2. “Do you like football?” Mike asked me if I ___________________
3. “What music do you like?” I asked her __________________________
4. “Are you tired?” She asked me _______________________
5. “Have you been to New York?” I asked them ________________________
6. “Where did you live before?” He asked me ________________________
7. “Can you swim?” She asked him _______________________
8. “Where are you from?” I asked him _________________________
5. * The American pop group THUNDER left Britain yesterday after their first
tour of the country. At the airport they spoke to reporters. How did the British
newspapers report what they said?
1. Mel – “We want to thank our fans!”
2. Gale – “I am glad I was here.”
3. John – “Our fans are great!”
4. Benny – “I feel really bad about leaving.”
5. Zoe – “I enjoyed myself!”
6. Pam – “The hotel was wonderful!”
7. Lena – “We’ve had a wonderful time!”
8. Paul – “We’ll be back!”
6. Complete the sentences using reported speech.
1. ‘Don’t walk on the grass!’ The man told us ________walk on the grass.
2. ‘We may not have it in stock.’ The shop assistant said they ________ have it in
stock.
3. ‘I’ll give you a lift.’ He said he ________ give me a lift.
4. ‘What are your names?’ They asked us what our names ________.
5. ‘I must be back at 3 p.m.’ He said he ________ be back at 3 p.m.
6. ‘Are you listening?’ The teacher asked ________ we were listening.
7. ‘I’ve left my homework at home.’ She said she ________ her homework at home.
8. ‘Are you listening?’ The teacher asked ________ we were listening.
9. ‘I must be back at 7.30 p.m.’ She said she ________be back at 7.30 p.m.
10. ‘I’ve left my homework at home.’ He said he________ his homework at home.
11. ‘I’ll give you a lift.’ He said he ________ give me a lift.
193

12. ‘We may not have it in stock.’ The shop assistant said they ________ have it in
stock.
13. ‘Don’t walk on the grass!’ The man told us ________ walk on the grass.
7. Circle the correct answer.
Jane said that she will / would come shopping with me.
1. He said me / told me that he was at the shopping centre.
2. We asked the shop assistant how much it was / was it.
3. He told me that he haven’t bought / hadn’t bought anything.
4. I asked the manager whether / that the shoes were in the sale.
5. She said that she had to go / must go to the market.
6. They asked me where I worked / did work.
7. I told / tell them that I may / might be late.
8. My boss asked me if I can / if I could work last night.
8. Change the direct speech into reported sentences and questions.
1 Billy – “I haven’t bought any clothes for ages.”
2 Sally – “I don’t like shopping in the sales!”
3 Tim - “How much did you pay for your bag?’
4 Manny–“We’ll buy our plane tickets on the Internet.”
5 The shop assistant – “Do you have the receipt?”
6 Walt – “Where are the toilets?”
1. Billy said that___________________________________________
2. Sally told her friend ______________________________________
3. Tim asked me ___________________________________________
4. Manny said _____________________________________________
5. The shop assistant asked me ________________________________
6. Walt asked a man _________________________________________

194

9. * The tennis star Robbie Monroe has announced that he is giving up the game.
Later today he is holding a press conference to answer reporters’ questions.
Debbie Newton, a reporter with the Daily Sport will be at the press conference.
She has written down some questions that she would like to ask. Say what
questions Debbie is going to ask. (The reporting verbs are in the present, so there
is no tense change)
Debbie is going to ask why Robbie is retiring.
1. She wants to know…..
2. She’d like to ask……
3. She is going to ask…..
Why are you retiring?
1 Are you tired of tennis?
2 Does your wife agree with your decision?
3 Where are you going to live?
4 How do you plan to spend your time?
5 Do you intend to train young players?
6 What do you think about the sport of tennis today?
7 Would you like your own children to become tennis players?
8 What has been your greatest achievement?
10. * Tina has left school but she hasn’t got a job yet. Yesterday she had an
interview for a job at a pet shop. A man and a woman interviewed her. The next
day Tina told her friends what they had asked her. Give Tina’s words.

They asked me how old I was.

1. Have you had a
job before?

How old are you?
2. Have you got a car?

3. Can you drive?

4. Where did you
go to school?

5. What exams
did you take?
7. Do you like
animals?

6. What do you
know about
animals?
9. Are you going to
work on Saturdays?

8. Do you want
this job?

195

11. Circle the correct answer.
1. “My brothers are taller than me.”
a) He told me that his brothers are tall than him.
b) He said me his brothers were taller than him.
c) He said that his brothers were taller than him.
d) He said that his brothers are taller than him.
2. “I will see you soon.”
a) He said would see me soon. b) He asked if he would see me soon.
c) He said I will see him soon. d) He said he would see me soon.
3. “I have a cold.”
a) She said had a cold. b) She asked if I had a cold.
c) She said has a cold. d) She said that she had a cold.
4. “I know the way.”
a) He told me he know the way. b) He said that he knew the way.
c) He asked me the way. d) He said he know the way.
5. “He lost his phone.”
a) He said he has loses his phone. b) He said he losts his phone.
c) He said that he had lost his phone. d) He said lost his phone.
6. “Do you want coffee?”
a) He asked I wanted coffee. b) He asked if I wanted coffee.
c) He said if I wanted coffee. d) He asked if I want coffee.
7. “Are you Simon?”
a) She asked whether I was Simon. b) She asked whether I am Simon.
c) She asked whether if I was Simon. d) She asked whether I Simon.
8. “Why do you like Jazz?”
a) She asked if I like Jazz. b) She ask why I like Jazz.
c) She asked why I likes Jazz. d) She asked why I liked Jazz.
9. “Bring your ball.”
a) He told me to bring my ball. b) He tells me to bring my ball.
c) He told me bring a ball. d) He asked me if I brought my ball.
10. “You must come to my party.”
a) She recommended that I come to her party. b) She asked me to come to her party.
c) She insisted that I came to her party. d) She said that I come to her party.

196

What do you remember?
Choose the correct answer a, b, c or d.
1. Mary told me that she ______ to leave for London next week.
a) is going b) has gone c) were going d) was going
2. Mary told me that writing a test ______ her nervous.
a) is making b) made c) will make d) make
3.I said that I ______ if I ______ time.
a) will go; have b) would go; had c) would go; have had d) will go; had
4. I am surprised to see you. Your mother said you ______ ill.
a) were b) are c) has been d) had been
5. She said that Mary ______ into her flat because she ______ her key.
a) cannot get; lost b) couldn't get; has lost c) couldn't get; had lost
d) can't get; was losing
6. Jane told everybody that she ______ a meeting ______ .
a) had; tomorrow b) was having; tomorrow c) will have; the next day
d) was having; the next day
7. He said that he ______ in America for two years.
a) lived b) had lived c) had been living d) lives
8. Jane told me that Africa ______ than America.
a) was nicer b) has been nicer c) is being nicer d) is nicer
9. "How are your parents?" she asked. I answered that they ______ very well.
a) were b) are c) have been d) were being
10. — The play is boring.
— Is it? I thought you said it ______ exciting!
a) is b) were c) was d) had been
11. Jane told me that I ______ at her house if I ______ ever in Paris.
a) could stay; was b) can stay; am c) can to stay; was d) could have stayed; was
12. Ellie exclaimed that she ______ that car since her farther gave it to her and that
there had been no complaints.
a) had driven b) had been driving c) drove d) was driving
13. She said she couldn't go in the water because she ______ her swimming suit.
a) had not brought b) didn't bring c) hasn't brought d) will not bring
14. The receptionist told us that from our room we ______ a wonderful view over the
sea.
a) will have b) were going to have c) would have d) were having
15. The receptionist explained that breakfast ______ served between 7.00 and 9.00.
a) is b) is being с) was d) was being
16. The guide reminded us that after lunch we _________ sightseeing.
a) go b) were going c) went d) would go
17. The hotel owner informed us that he ______ the police already.
a) is going to call b) has called c) was going to call d) had called

197

18. Не asked me if Tom ______ yet.
a) hadn't left b) left c) leaves d) hasn't left
19. He asked me how long I ______ English.
a) learn b) am learning c) has been learning d) had been learning
20. All the students knew they ______ revise for the examinations.
a) will b) must c) may d) had to
21. The teacher asked what we______.
a) discuss b) discussed c) are discussing d) were discussing
22.I forgot which exercises I ______ do.
a) must b) had c) had to d) 'd do
23. He asked me which street I ______ in.
a) am living b) live c) 'll live d) lived
24. I've heard that he ______ back to Moscow tomorrow.
a) came b) is coming c) come d) has come

I. Read the text paying attention to the use of Indirect speech in it.
Would you like to live such a long life?
When she died at the age of 122, Jeanne Calment was the oldest person on record.
This amazing woman, from Arles in France, had not exactly lived what might be
described as ‘a healthy lifestyle’. Family and friends reported that she was fond of
cheese, wine and chocolate. She had also smoked cigarettes until she was 117. We
asked several experts how a person, especially a cigarette-smoker, could live so long.
They offered more than one answer. ‘The average life expectancy is now about 80 for
women and 75 for men’, observed Dr Elizabeth Jones, director of the Centre for
Studies on Ageing. She says that there has been a steady rise in the maximum age of
death throughout Europe during the past century and a major reason for this is
improved medical care. Another researcher, Dr Michael Glass, says, ‘There are no
theoretical reasons why we can’t have a life span of 200 years.’ Better medical care
won’t be the only factor, according to Dr Glass. He explained that genetic
engineering would soon allow us to repair or replace damaged cells, the real cause of
ageing. He believes that we will be able to stop the ageing process. Other researchers
have noted that attitude is also an important factor in longer life. Dr John Park is the
author of ‘Living Beyond 100’. ‘Those who live to a ripe old age,’ he says, ‘are those
who can cope with stress and other difficulties in life.’ He wrote in his best-selling
book that people who lived past 100 were almost always optimistic and had a great
attitude to life.

198

6 глава
Приложение 1
Числительное (Numeral)
Числительным называется слово, обозначающее количество или порядок
предметов по счету. Числительные в английском языке, так же как и в русском,
делятся на количественные и порядковые.
Количественные числительные обозначают количество предметов и отвечают
на вопрос How many? - Сколько? Порядковые числительные обозначают
порядок предметов при счете и отвечают на вопрос Which? - Который?
Количественные
1 one
2 two
3 three
4 four
5 five
6 six
7 seven
8 eight
9 nine
10 ten
11 eleven
12 twelve
13 thirteen
14 fourteen
15 fifteen
16 sixteen
17 seventeen
18 eighteen
19 nineteen
20 twenty
21 twenty-one
22 twenty-two
23 twenty-three
24 twenty-four
25 twenty-five
30 thirty
31 thirty-one
32 thirty-two
40 forty
50 fifty
60 sixty

Порядковые
1 first
2nd second
3rd third
4th fourth
5th fifth
6th sixth
7th seventh
8th eighth
9th ninth
10th tenth
11th eleventh
12th twelfth
13th thirteenth
14th fourteenth
15th fifteenth
16th sixteenth
17th seventeenth
18th eighteenth
19th nineteenth
20th twentieth
21st twenty-first
22nd twenty-second
23rd twenty-third
24th twenty-fourth
25th twenty-fifth
30th thirtieth
31st thirty-first
32nd thirty-second
40th fortieth
50th fiftieth
60th sixtieth
70th seventieth
st

199

80th eightieth
90th ninetieth
100th hundredth
101st hundred and first
116th hundred and sixteenth
125th hundred and twenty-fifth
200th two hundredth
500th five hundredth
1,000th thousandth
1,001st thousand and first
1,256th thousand two hundred
and fifty-sixth
2,000th two thousandth
25,000th twenty-five thousandth
100,000th hundred thousandth
1,000,000th millionth
1,000,000,000th milliardth или
billionth

70 seventy
80 eighty
90 ninety
100 a (one) hundred
101 a (one) hundred and one
116 a (one) hundred and sixteen
125 a(one)hundred and twentyfive
200 two hundred
500 five hundred
1,000 a (one) thousand
1,001 a (one) thousand and one
1,256 a (one) thousand two
hundred and fifty-six
2,000 two thousand
25,000 twenty-five thousand
100,000 a(one) hundred thousand
1,000,000 a (one) million
1,000,000,000 a (one) milliard в
Англии; a(one) billion в США

В английском языке слова hundred сто, thousand тысяча, million миллион
являются существительными, поэтому, если они используются в ед. числе
перед ними обязательно ставится неопределенный артикль a или числительное
one, например:
a hundred или one hundred - (одна) сотня;
1,025 - a (one) thousand and twenty-five - (одна) тысяча
двадцать пять
- Они не принимают окончание множественного числа -s, когда перед ними
стоит числительное, например:
two hundred две сотни, двести
three thousand три тысячи
five million пять миллионов
- Но они принимают окончание множественного числа -s, если они выражают
неопределенное количество сотен, тысяч, миллионов, а после них
употребляется существительное с предлогом of.
hundreds of students
thousands of songs

сотни студентов
тысячи песен

200

Приложение 2
Предлоги (Prepositions)
Предлог - это служебное слово, выражающее отношение существительного или
местоимения к другим словам в предложении.
Эти отношения бывают: пространственные, временные, причинные, целевые и
др.
В русском языке они выражаются с помощью падежных окончаний или
падежных окончаний в сочетании с предлогами. В английском языке, в отличие
от русского, существительные не имеют падежей (за исключением
притяжательного) и значения падежных отношений между словами передаются
только предлогами.
Предлоги, как и все служебные слова, не могут употребляться самостоятельно.
Предлоги не являются членами предложения и не изменяются.
Предлоги места
Предлоги места отвечают на вопрос: где? (находится объект в пространстве
относительно других объектов).
above – над; выше
across – через; поперек; на той
стороне
against – напротив; около
among – между, среди
at – у, возле, около; в, на
before – перед
behind – за, позади
below – под, ниже
beside – рядом с, около, возле
between – между, среди
beyond – за, по ту сторону

by – у, около, рядом с
in – в, на
in front of – впереди,
напротив
inside – внутри, в
near – возле, у, около, вблизи
on – на
outside – вне, за пределами
over – над; свыше; на той
стороне
round/(around амер.) –
вокруг, кругом
under – под, ниже

Предлоги противоположного значения:
before перед - behind позади, за;
above над, выше - below под, ниже;
over над - under под
The picture is on the
desk.
The picture
is under the desk.
The picture is over the
desk.

Картина лежит на столе.
Картина лежит под столом.
Картина висит над столом.

201

The picture is in the
desk.

Картина лежит в столе.

1 AT - Нахождение вблизи указанного места или объекта):
а) at the wall/door/window/house/car - у стены/двери/окна/дома/машины;
б) at/on the corner - на углу, at the bus stop/crossroads/end of the road/street/entrance
- на автобусной остановке/перекрестке/в конце улицы, дороги/у входа;
в) at the top of the page - наверху/вверху страницы, at the top/bottom наверху/внизу
He stopped at the door.
The shop is at the end of the street.
Jane is waiting for you at the bus
stop.

Он остановился у/около двери.
Магазин (находится) в конце
улицы.
Джейн ждет
тебя на автобусной остановке.

2 Пребывание в каком-либо месте, учреждении, организации, на каком-либо
событии, т.е. где совершается какое-либо действие:
at the
theater/cinema/museum/swimming-pool/library/office/factory/party
в
театре/кино/музее/плавательном
бассейне/библиотеке/офисе/на заводе/вечеринке;
at/или in my friend's house/Mike's house - дома (в доме) у моих друзей/у Майка в
доме
I'll see him at the
lecture/lesson/meeting.

Я увижу
его на лекции/уроке/собрании.

3 Со словами, обозначающими занятие, деятельность или состояние (без
артикля the !): at home/work/school/university/college/church/table/war - дома/на
работе/в школе/университете/колледже/церкви/за столом (быть в процессе еды
или привычной работы)/на войне или в сост. войны.
Примечание 1: В американском варианте встречается как at так и in со словами
school/university/college/church в школе/университете/колледже/церкви.
Примечание 2: Артикль the. Без артикля – at school/church быть в школе/в
церкви в значении на занятиях/на молитве. С артиклем – at the school/church находится в помещении школы/церкви с любой иной целью.
4 При обозначении адреса с номером дома: at 35 Maple Avenue - в номере/(в доме
номер) 35 на Мейпл авеню
1 IN - Нахождение в регионе, местности, стране, городе, (в небольшом городе,
поселке in или at):
in the north/east на севере/востоке;
in Europe/Spain/London в Европе/Испании/ Лондоне;
in the South of France/British Isles на Юге Франции/Британских островах;
202

in the country за городом, in (the) town в городе (встреч. с the и без), in/at a/the
village в поселке/деревне, in Oxford Street на Оксфорд Стриит (с указанием
номера дома –at), in/on the street на улице (встречаются оба варианта).
Они живут в США.
Он нашел монету на улице.

They live in the U.S.A.
He found a coin in the
street.

2 Нахождение где-либо, внутри чего-либо:
а) in the wood/park/garden/yard/tree - в лесу/парке/саду/во дворе/на дереве; in the
sky - в/на небе; in the water/sea/river/lake - в воде/море/реке/озере;
б) in the office в офисе (внутри помещения, а не в значении – на работе), in the
house/ room/kitchen/garage/lift (elevator) - в доме/комнате/кухне/гараже/лифте;
в) in the car/helicopter/boat - в машине/вертолете/лодке; in the front/back of a car впереди/сзади в машине;
г)
in
the
glass/bottle/box/bag/pocket/cup
в
стакане/бутылке/коробке/сумке/кармане/чашке; in my pocket/wallet - в моем
кармане/бумажнике;
д) in the photo/picture/mirror/newspaper - на фотографии/картине/ в
зеркале/газете;
е) in bed - в кровати, постели; in hospital/prison - в больнице/тюрьме;
ж) in the armchair - в кресле, (Но: on the chair - на стуле)
The pen is in the box.
There is nobody in the room.

Ручка (находится) в коробке.
В комнате никого нет.

1 ON - Указание поверхности (горизонтальной, вертикальной, любой), где сверху
что-либо, или кто-либо находится:
а) on the snow/ice/grass/sea/ground - на снегу/льду/траве/море/земле;
б) on the coast/beach/bridge/A34 road- на побережье/пляже/мосту/дороге,шоссе
А34;
в) on thebench/roof/wall/floor/ceiling/carpetна скамье/крыше/стене/полу/потолке/ковре;
г) on the shelf/table/bed/sofa/chair - на полке/столе/кровати/диване/стуле;
д) on the head/back/shoulder/palm - на голове/спине/плече/ладони;
е) on the ground/first/second… floor - на первом/втором/третьем…этаже;
ж) on the page 7 - на странице 7; on the map - на карте; on the menu - в меню
The book is on the table.
Книга на столе.
The map is on the wall.
Карта на стене.
We were sitting on the grass.
Мы сидели на траве.
I live on the 7th floor at 21
Я живу на восьмом этаже в (доме)
Oxford Street inLondon.
21 по Оксфорд Стриит в Лондоне
2 То же самое при указании поверхности, куда направлено действие:

203

He fell on the floor.
Put the book on the table.

Он упал на пол.
Положи книгу на стол.

3 Некоторые стандартные выражения с предлогом on:
а) путешествовать, передвигаться (на чем?): on thе plane/train/ship/bus/bike/horse
на самолете/поезде/корабле/автобусе/мотоцикле/лошади.
Но: in the car/in my car/ in Tom's car - в машине/в моей машине/в машине Тома;
б) путешествовать, передвигаться (каким способом/образом?): by plane/by air самолетом/по воздуху, by boat/ship/by sea - лодкой/пароходом/морем, by train/by
rail - поездом/по ж/д (по рельсам), by car/bus/by road - машиной/автобусом/по
дороге/шоссе;
в) on the radio/television - по радио/телевизору;
г) on the front/back of a letter/paper - на лицевой/обратной стороне
письма/документа;
д) on the left/right - слева/справа; on the way (to) - по дороге, по пути (к); on the
farm - на ферме; on foot - пешком; on holiday - в отпуске; on sale в продаже; on business - по делу
Предлоги направления
Предлоги направления движения отвечают на вопрос: куда? (движется объект в
пространстве относительно других объектов).
across – через; поперек
along – вдоль, по
down – вниз, с; вдоль по
for – в, к
from – с, от, из
into – в
out – за (движение наружу)

out of – из (движение изнутри)
over – через; над
round/(around амер.) – вокруг,
кругом
through – через; сквозь
to – к, в, на
toward(s) – к, по направлению к
up – вверх по; вдоль по

Предлоги противоположного значения:
down вниз - up вверх;
from с, от, из - to к, в, на;
into в ( внутрь) - out (of) из (изнутри)
DOWN Главное, что нужно помнить об этом предлоге: down это не
только вниз, но и вдоль по. Например: down the stairs – вниз по лестнице/по
ступенькам,

204

down the hall – вдоль по коридору,
down the street может быть, скорее всего, вдоль по улице, или, вниз по улице,
если улица наклонна, и переводить надо в зависимости от контекста.
1 Со значением: вниз (по), с, (противоположен предлогу up):
He went down the stairs.

Он спустился вниз по лестнице.

2 Со значением: по, вдоль (по), дальше по):
He walked down the corridor.
They lived down the street.

Он пошел по коридору.
Они живут дальше по этой улице.

INTO Направление внутрь (куда?), все, что движется внутрь какого-то объема:
а) into the
room/hall/kitchen/garage/house/carв комнату/холл/кухню/гараж/дом/машину;
б) into the
box/bag/pocket/glass/cup/plate в коробку/сумку/карман/стакан/чашку/тарелку;
в) into the water/river/lake - в воду/реку/озеро;
г) into the wood/park/yard/garden - в лес/парк/двор/сад
She came into the room.
He put the book into the bag.

Она вошла в комнату.
Он положил книгу в портфель.

Примечания 1: Предлоги to и into. Предлог to выражает направление движения
в сторону чего-либо, а into направление движения внутрь чего-либо.
Примечание 2: Обратите внимание на то, что во всех этих словосочетаниях
используется определенный артикль, так как сама ситуация, как правило,
предусматривает определенность.
1 TO Действие/движение направлено в сторону предмета или лица - куда?,
(противоположен предлогу from от):
а) to the
wall/door/window/house/car/fence к стене/двери/окну/дому/машине/изгороди;
б) to the wood/lake к лесу/озеру;
в) to the north/south/east/west на север/юг/восток/запад, к северу/югу… ;
г) fly to America/Moscow лететь в Америку/Москву; come to England прибыть в
Англию; return to Italy вернуться в Итали;
д) to bed - в кровать, постель;
е) в выражениях: to the end - до конца, to the right (left) - направо (налево).
Let's go to the river.
I’m going to the south.

Давайте пойдем на речку.
Я направляюсь/еду на юг.

205

2 По направлению к учреждению, заведению, организации, на какое-л. событие и
т.д.: to the
theater/cinema/museum/library/office/station/the
party
в театр/кино/музей/ библиотеку/офис/на станцию/на вечеринку т.п.
Он пришел на собрание в пять
часов.
Я иду в кино.

He came to the meeting at 5
o'clock.
I'm going to the cinema.

3 Со словами, обозначающими занятие, деятельность или состояние без
артикля the:
to work на работу, to school в школу (учиться,
а
не
чинить
крышу
здания), to church в церковь;
а слово home дом в данном случае употребляется вообще без предлога и без
артикля:
I'm going home. Я иду домой.
Предлоги времени
after – после; через
at – в
before – до, перед
between – между
by – к; не позднее, чем; до
during – в течение, во время,
за период
for – в течение; на

from – с, от
from… to (till) – с, от… до
in – в; через, за, в течение
on – в, по
since – с, с тех пор как
till / until – до, вплоть до до тех
пор пока
towards – к

Предлоги противоположного значения:
before до, перед - after после, через
AT
а) at four o’clock в четыре часа, at 7 o'clock в семь часов, at 10.30am в 10:30;
б) at midnight/noon/sunrise/sunset/dawn в полночь/полдень/на восходе/закате/рассв
ете; лишь at nigh – ночью, (также и in the night);
в) at lunch/dinner (time) во время ленча/обеда, at tea-time за чаем, во время чая;
г) at Christmas/Easter в Рождество/Пасху; at the
end
of
the
month/January/film/concert в конце месяца/января/фильма/концерта;
д) at present
– в настоящее
время; at the
moment
– сейчас, в данный
момент; at the same time в то же время; at this/that time в это время; at the age of
20 в возрасте 20лет; at the beginning (of) - в начале (чего-л.); at the end в конце; at first - сперва, сначала.
He left the house at noon.
The classes begin at 9 o’clock.
He is having breakfast at this
moment.

Он вышел из дома в полдень.
Занятия начинаются в 9 часов.
Он завтракает в этот момент.

206

Примечание: at в выражении At what time…? обычно опускается:
What time do you usually start work? В котором часу ты обычно начинаешь
работать?
IN
1 С частями суток, неделями, месяцами, временами года, годами, веками:
а) in the morning/afternoon/evening - утром, днем, вечером, а in the night /at night ночью (встречается и то, и другое); in the evenings по вечерам/вечерами;
б) in January/February/April/May - в январе/феврале/апреле/мае;
в) in (the) winter/spring/summer/autumn - зимой/весной/летом/осенью (с the о
конкретном отрезке времени – встреч. чаще, без the в общем/абстрактном
смысле);
г) in 2005 в 2005 году; in the 1990s - в 1990-х годах, in the 80s - в 80-х годах; in the
20th century - в XX веке/столетии, in the next century - в следующем веке; in the
Easter/Christmas holiday(s) - в Пасхальные/Рождественские каникулы; in the
past/future - в прошлом/будущем.
Он просыпался слишком часто
ночью.
Я поеду туда в июне.
Он родился в 1984 году.

He woke too often in the night.
I’ll go there in June.
He was born in 1984.

2 Что-либо произойдет через некоторое время: in a few minutes/an hour/two
hours/ two days/a month/a year - через несколько минут/час/два часа/два
дня/месяц/год.
Я буду готов через час.
Он вернется через неделю.
Я окончу школу через год.

I'll be ready in an hour.
He will return in a week.
I’ll finish school in a year.

Но при указании конкретного дня (даты) вместо предлога in употребляется
предлог on, например:
on the morning (evening, afternoon) of the 25th утром (вечером, днем) двадцать
пятого
ON
а) on Sanday/Monday - в воскресенье/понедельник, on Tuesdays - по вторникам,
on Wednesday morning/Thursday afternoon/Friday evening/Saturday night - в среду
утром/четверг днем/пятницу вечером/субботу ночью;
б) on the 1st of September - 1 сентября (предлог не переводится); on the 15th of May
– 15-го мая; on 6 March - 6-го марта; on 25 Dec. 2004 - 25-го декабря 2004 года;
on July 30th - 30-го июля; on December 25 - 25-го декабря;
в) on Christmas Day/Independence Day - в Рождество/День независимости
(4 июля США); on the/(my) birthday - в день (моего) рождения; on my day off - в
мой выходной день; on weekend - в/на уик-энд; on weekends - по выходным; on
that day - в тот день; on arrival - по прибытии.
207

Он придет в воскресенье.
У меня урок
английского в понедельник.
Они приехали первого июня.

He will come on Sunday.
I have an English
lesson on Monday.
They arrived on the first of June.

Одновременность событий - по, во время: on my way home по пути домой; on a
trip во время поездки.
Последовательность событий
- по,
после (часто
в
сочетании
с
герундием): On coming home I began to work. По приходе домой, я начал
работать.
Предлоги времени не употребляются:
а) в выражениях со словами next следующий и last прошлый:
He's
coming
back next Tuesday. (not on
next Tuesday) Он
вернется в
следующий вторник.
I went to London last June. (not in last June) Я ездил в Лондон в прошлом июне.
б) в выражениях с this этот (и иногда с that тот/этот):
We'll call you this evening. (not in this evening) Мы позвоним тебе сегодня
вечером.
в) перед tomorrow завтра, yesterday вчера, the day after
tomorrow послезавтра, the day before yesterday позавчера:
I've got to get up very
early tomorrow morning.

Я должен/Мне нужно встать очень
ранозавтра утром.

г) перед one однажды/один, any любой, each каждый, every каждый, some како
й-нибудь, all весь:
You can come any day.
We meet every Sunday.

Ты можешь прийти в любой день.
Мы
встречаемся каждое воскресенье.
Время суток:

at 3 o'clock - в 3 часа
by 3 o'clock - к 3
часам
for 3 hours - за 3
часа (в течение 3-х
часов)

since 3 o'clock - с 3 часов
till 3 o'clock - до 3 часов
in 3 hours - через 3 часa
from 3 to 4
o'clock
с 3 до 4 часов

208

КЛЮЧИ
Модальные глаголы

1. a
2. b
3. b
4. b
5. b
6. b
7. a

8. b
9. b
10. b
11. a
12. c
13. a
14. c

15. b
16. c
17. c
18. c
19. c
20. a

Passive

1. c
2. d
3. d
4. b
5. a
6. d
7. c

8. a
9. a
10. c
11. c
12. a
13. d
14. a

15. b
16. c
17. a
18. d
19. a
20. a

Придаточные предложения условия и времени. Типы условных предложений

1. a
2. c
3. d
4. a
5. c
6. c
7. c
8. a

9. a
10. a
11. b
12. c
13. a
14. c
15. b
16. d

17. a
18. d
19. c
20. c
21. d
22. d
23. a
24. a

Прямая и косвенная речь. Согласование времен

1. d
2. b
3. b
4. a
5. c
6. d
7. b
8. a

9. a
10. c
11. a
12. b
13. a
14. c
15. c
16. b

17. d
18. a
19. d
20. d
21. d
22. c
23. d
24. b

209

Неличные формы глагола

1. a
2. b
3. d
4. c
5. b
6. d
7. d
8. d
9. c
10. b
11. d

12. b
13. d
14. b
15. c
16. d
17. a
18. b
19. d
20. d
21. a
22. a

23. d
24. b
25. c
26. a
27. a
28. a
29. a
30. c
31. b
32. a

210

Литература
1. Голицынский Ю.Б. Грамматика: Сборник упражнений. – 4-е изд., - СПб.:
КАРО, 2004. – 544 с. – (Английский язык для школьников).
2. Грамматика английского языка: сб. метод. Материалов для студ. III курсов неязыковых фак. Вузов всех форм обучения / сост.
Ю.И. Попова, Е.С. Антонова. – Волгоград: Изд-во ВГПУ «Перемена»,
2008. – 160 с.
3. Гроза О.Л. и др. “New Millenium English” : учебник англ. Яз. Для 10 кл.
общеобраз. Учрежд. / О.Л. Гроза, О.Б. Дворецкая, Н.Ю. Казырбаева, В.В.
Клименко, М.Л. Мичурина, Н.В. Новикова, Т.Н. Рыжкова,
Е.Ю. Шалимова. – Изд. Второе, доп. – Обнинск: Титул, 2004. – 178 с. : ил.
4. Дроздова Т.Ю., Берестова А.И., Маилова В.Г. English grammar: reference
& practice: учебное пособие для старшеклассников школ и гимназий,
студентов неязыковых вузов с углубленным изучением английского
языка. Издание шестое, переработанное и дополненное.- СПб.: ООО
«Издательство «Химера», 2000. – 360 с.
5. Игнатова Т.И., Янковская Н.Б., Алексеева Е.В. “Start-up English for Very
Busy People” : Учебное пособие. – М.: Толмач СТ: Издательство «ОмегаЛ», 2010. – 140 с.
6. Рубцова М.Г. Полный курс английского языка: учебник-самоучитель.- 3-е
изд., испр. и доп. - М.: Астрель: АСТ, 2007. – 542 с.
7. Степанова С.Н., Хафизова С.И., Гревцева Т.А. Английский язык для
педагогических специальностей: учеб. пособие для студ. высш. пед. учеб.
заведений.- М.: Издательский центр «Академия», 2008. – 224 с.
8. Христорождественская Л.П. Английский язык. Практический курс: в 2 ч.
Ч 2. – Мн.: Книжный Дом, 2004. – 528 с.
9. Clive Oxenden, Christina Lathan-Koeing and Paul Seligson “New English
File”: Elementary Student’s Book, - Oxford University Press, 2004.
10.Clive Oxenden, Christina Lathan-Koeing and Paul Seligson “New English
File”: Pre-intermediate Student’s book, - Oxford University Press, 2005.
11.John Eastwood. “A Basic English Grammar Exercises” – Second Edition –
Oxford University Press, 1991.
12.John Eastwood. “Oxford Practice Grammar” – Intermediate – with Tests –
Oxford University Press, 2006.
13.Malcolm Mann, Steve Taylore-Knowles “Grammar and Vocabulary”: Preintermediate to intermediate, - Printed and bound in Spain by Grafo, S.A.,
2007.
14.Peter Viney and Karen Viney “Grapevine”: Student’s book, - Oxford
University Press, 1994.
15. Richard Acklam, Sally Burgess “First certificate Gold”, - Longman, 1996.

211

16. Virginia Evans “Round-up 3 (new and updated) English Grammar book” –
Longman, 1995.
17. Virginia Evans “Round-up 4 (new and updated) English Grammar book” –
Longman, 1995.
18. Virginia Evans “Round-up 5 (new and updated) English Grammar book” –
Longman, 1995.

212

СОДЕРЖАНИЕ
Введение ................................................................................................
1 глава ...................................................................................................
Артикль (The Article ) ..........................................................................
Местоимение (The Pronoun) ................................................................
Имя Существительное (The Noun) ......................................................
Прилагательное (The Adjective) ..........................................................
2 глава ....................................................................................................
Глаголы to be ..........................................................................................
Оборот there is (there are) ......................................................................
Глагол to have ........................................................................................
Настоящие времена (The Present Tenses) ...........................................
Прошедшие времена (The Past Tenses) ...............................................
Будущие времена (The Future Tenses) ................................................
Модальные глаголы (Modal Verbs) .....................................................
Страдательный залог (The Passive Voice) ..........................................
3 глава ....................................................................................................
Неличные формы глагола (Non-finite forms of the verb): ..................
Инфинитив (The Infinitive) ..................................................................
Герундий (The Gerund) .........................................................................
Причастия (The Participles) ..................................................................
4 глава ....................................................................................................
Условные предложения (Conditionals). ..............................................
5 глава ....................................................................................................
Прямая и косвенная речь (Direct and Indirect Speech) ......................
6 глава ....................................................................................................
Приложения ...........................................................................................
Ключи .....................................................................................................
Литература .............................................................................................

213

3
7
7
17
25
33
41
41
47
51
58
85
108
132
147
154
154
154
160
162
172
172
183
183
199
199
209
211